f
W$t Unibersttp
OF
prtttgf) Columbia
CALENDAR
ELEVENTH SESSION
1925-1926
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA
1925 Ws)t WLutotx&itv
OF
JBrttisif) Columbia
CALENDAR
Eleventh Session
1925-1926
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA
1925 CONTENTS
Page
Academic Year _ 5
Visitor _ _. 7
Chancellor „ _ 7
President 7
The Board of Governors _ 7
The Senate 7
Officers and Staff „ 8
Historical Sketch 15
The Constitution of the University _ 17
The Work of the University 18
Endowments and Donations _ - 19
Suggested Local Scholarships 20
The Library _ _ 21
New Buildings _ _ 2 3
General Information _ 3 4
Admission to the University _. 36
Registration and Attendance _ _ __ 3 8
Fees _ __ 40
Medals, Scholarships and Prizes _ _ 42
Faculty op Arts and Science
Time Table of Lectures .^£. 56
Time Table of Supplemental Examinations 60
Regulations in Reference to Courses 61
Honour Courses 6 4
Examinations and Advancement - 70
Courses of Instruction
Department of Bacteriology 72
" Botany 73
" Chemistry _ _ 78
" Classics - 82
" Economics, Sociology and Political Science 85
" English __ 90
" " Geology and Geography „ 96
" History - 101
" " Mathematics 107
" Modern Languages — 112
" Philosophy _ 116
" Physics 118
" Zoology 121
Faculty op Applied Science
Regulations in Reference to Courses 125
General Outline of Courses 128
Courses in—
Chemical Engineering — 130
Chemistry , 131 The University of British Columbia
Civil Engineering 133
Electrical Engineering 135
Forest Engineering 136
Geological Engineering 138
Mechanical Engineering 140
Metallurgical Engineering 141, 143
Mining Engineering 141, 144
Nursing and Health 145
Double Courses in Arts and Applied Science 149
Examinations and Advancement 150
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Botany 152
" Chemistry 156
" Civil Engineering 159
" " Economics 169
" Forestry 169
" Geology and Geography 174
" Mathematics 178
" Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 180
" Mining and Metallurgy 191
" Physics 195
" Nursing and Health 197
" Zoology 201
Faculty op Agriculture
Regulations in Reference to Courses 205
Examinations and Advancement 206
Courses in—
Agronomy Major 210
Animal Husbandry Major 211
Dairying Major 211
Horticulture Major 212
Poultry Husbandry Major 212
Courses of Instruction—
Department of Agronomy 213
" " Animal Husbandry 215
" " Dairying 218
" " Horticulture 220
" " Poultry Husbandry 223
Regulations as to the Master's Degree 225
List of Students in Attendance, Session 1924-25 229
Degrees Conferred, May, 1924 259
Medals., Scholarships and Prizes Awarded, May, 1924 264
Teacher Training Course 266
Summer Session 268
Student Organization 269
Victoria College 273
Westminster Hall 274
Anglican Theological College 274
Ryerson College 275 Academic Year
ACADEMIC YEAR 1925-1926
1925
Monday,
August 30th.
Matriculation Supplemental Examinations
begin.
„' [ Supplemental Examinations in Arts begin.
September 9th. j
Friday, 1 Supplemental Examinations in Applied
September 18th. J Science begin.
, Ir..-, I Last day for Registration.
September 18th. j
„~ • ,' \ Lectures begin.
September 22nd. J
' Last day for payment of First Term fees.
th. J
October 5th
^ , ,«\ !■ Last day for Change in Students' Courses.
October 10th. |
^ , «, ! r Meeting of the Senate.
October 21st. J
_ , ' L Last day of Lectures for Term.
December 4th. J
^ , „.-, > Examinations begin.
December 8th. J
Wednesday,
December 16th.
I Meeting of the Senate.
}
^ , *„ , i Examinations end
December 17th The University op British Columbia
1926
Monday,
January 4th.
Second Term begins.
y' L Last day for payment of Second Term fees.
January 18th. J
Wednesday, 1 Meetfnj? of ^ genate
February 17th. J
Thursday, ) Last d of Lectures.
April 8th. /
ues ay, l gegsjonaj Examinations begin.
April 13th. /
Field Work in Applied Science begins immediately at the close of the Examinations
« •, ™ i > Last day for payment of Graduation fees.
April 22nd. j
~ , I Meeting of the Senate.
May 5th. j
Thursday, 1 ,-, ..
M <r \ Congregation.
May 6th.
Thursday, \ Meeting of Convocation.
May 6th. J
Monday, "I Junior and Senior Matriculation Examina-
June 21st. | tions begin. THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
VISITOR
The Hon. Walter Cameron Nichol, Lieutenant-Governor of
British Columbia.
CHANCELLOR
R. E. McKechnie, Esa., M.D., CM., LL.D., F.A.C.S.
PRESIDENT
L. S. Klinck, Esq., M.S.A., D.Sc, LL.D.
BOARD OF GOVERNORS
R. E. McKechnie, Esa., M.D., CM., LLD., F.A.C.S. (ex officio).
L. S. Klinck, Esa., M.S.A., D.Sc, L.L.D. (ex officio).
Robie L. Reid, Esa., K.C, Vancouver. Term expires 1925.
Campbell Sweeny, Esa., Vancouver. Term expires 1925.
Christopher Spencer, Esa., Vancouver. Term expires 1925.
Robert P. McLennan, Esq., Vancouver. Term expires 1927.
Roderick Fraser, Esq., M.D., Victoria. Term expires 1927.
Joseph N. Ellis, Esq., B.C.L., K.C, Vancouver. Term expires 1927.
Evlyn F. K. Farris, M.A., LL.D., Vancouver. Term expires 1929.
Denis Murphy, Hon. Mr. Justice, Vancouver. Term expires 1929.
Henry C Shaw, Esq., B.A., Vancouver. Term expires 1929.
SENATE
(a) The Minister of Education, The Honourable John Duncan MacLean,
M.D., CM.
The Superintendent of Education, S. J. Willis, Esq., B.A.
The Chancellor.
The President (Chairman).
(6) Dean of the Faculty of Agriculture, F. M. Clement, Esq., B.S.A., M.A.
Dean of the Faculty of Applied Science, Reginald W. Brock, Esq.,
M.A, LL.D., F.G.S., F.R.S.C.
Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science, H. T. J. Coleman, Esq.,
B.A., Ph.D.
Representatives of the Faculty of Agriculture: H. M. King, Esa.,
B.S.A.; A. F. Barss, Esa., A.B., M.S.
Representatives of the Faculty of Applied Science: H. R. Christie,
Esa., B.Sc.F.; R. H. Clark, Esa., M.A., Ph.D.
Representatives of the Faculty of Arts and Science: Daniel
Buchanan, Esa., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.C; M. Y. Williams, Esa.,
B.Sc, Ph.D., F.G.S .A. The University op British Columbia
(c) Appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor in Council:—
E. J. Rothwell, Esq., M.B., New Westminster.
His Honour Petee S. Lampman, Victoria.
Jakes Henderson, Esa., M.A., Vancouver.
(d) The Principal of Vancouver Normal School, D. M. Robinson, Esa., B.A.
The Principal of Victoria Normal School, D. L. MacLaurin, Esa., B.A.
(e) Representative of High School Principals and Assistants, G. A.
Fergusson, Esa., B.A.
(/) Representatives of Affiliated Colleges:—
Victoria College, Victoria, E. B. Paul, Esa., M.A., LL.D.
Westminster Hall, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. W. H. Smith,
M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
The Anglican Theological College of British Columbia, Vancouver, Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A.
Ryerson College, Vancouver (Theological), Rev. J. G. Brown,
M.A.
(g) Elected by Convocation:—
G. G. Sedgewick, Esa., B.A., Ph.D., Vancouver.
C. Killam, Esa., M.A., D.C.L., Vancouver.
Rev. A. H. Sovereign, M.A., B.D., F.R.G.S., Vancouver.
His Honour J. D. Swanson, B.A., Kamloops.
The Right Rev. A. U. de Pencier, M.A., D.D. Vancouver.
W B. Burnett, Esa., B.A., M.D., CM., F.A.C.S., Vancouver.
G. W. Scott, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.
A. E. Lord, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.
Sherwood Lett, Esa-, B.A., Vancouver.
J. M. Turnbull, Esa-, B.A.Sc, Vancouver.
J. S. Gordon, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.
G. E. Robinson, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.
A. E. Richards, Esa., B.S.A., New Westminster.
W. P. Argue, Esa., B.A., Vancouver.
Miss A. B. Jamieson, B.A., Vancouver.
OFFICERS AND STAFF
L. S. Klinck, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S.A., D.Sc. (Iowa State College),
LL.D. (Western Ontario), President.
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Dean of the
Faculty of Arts and Science.
Reginald W. Brock, M.A., LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S., F.R.S.C, Dean of
the Faculty of Applied Science.
F. M. Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Dean of the
Faculty of Agriculture.
Miss M. L. Bollert, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Dean of Women.
Stanley W. Mathews, M.A. (Queen's), Registrar.
F. Dallas, Bursar.
John Ridington, Librarian. Officers and Staff
Department of Agronomy
P. A. Boving, Cand. Ph. (Mahno, Sweden), Cand. Agr. (Alnarp. Agriculture, Sweden), Professor and Head, of the Department.
G. G. Moe, B.S.A., M.Sc (McGill), Associate Professor.
D. G. Laird, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.S. (Wis.), Assistant Professor.
Geo. B. Boving, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant.
Department of Animal Husbandry
H. M. King, B.S.A. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
R. L. Davis, B.S.A. (Montana), M.S.A. (Iowa State College), Assistant
Professor.
H. R. Hare, B.S.A. (Toronto), Assistant Professor.
J. G. Jervis, V.S. (Ont. Vet. Col.), B.V.Sc (Toronto), Lecturer in
Veterinary Science.
Department of Bacteriology
Hubert Winslow Hill, M.B., M.D. (Toronto), D.P.H. (Johns Hopkins),
Professor and Head of the Department.
Charles S. McKee, M.B. (Toronto), Special Lecturer.
Miss Freda L. Wilson, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Miss Helen M. Mathews B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Botany
Andrew H. Hutchinson, M.A. (McMaster), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor
and Head of the Department.
John Davidson, F.L.S., F.B.S.E., Assistant Professor.
Frank Dickson, B.A. (Queen's), Assistant Professor.
F. Heward Bell, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Miss Gertrude Smith B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Afiss Marjorie Elliott, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Chemistry
E. H. Archibald, B.Sc. (Dal.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), F.R.S.E.&C,
Professor and Head of the Department.
Rorert H. Clark, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Leipsig), Professor of Organic
Chemistry.
W. F. Seyer, B.A., MiSc (Alberta), Ph.D. (McGill), Associate Professor.
M. J. Marshall, M.Sc. (McGill), Ph.D. (Mass. Inst, of Technology),
Assistant Professor.
Charles A. H. Wright, B.A., B.Sc, M.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. (McGill),
Lecturer.
John Allardyce, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Instructor.
Wm. E. Graham, B.A.Sc (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
J. L. Huggett, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Swanzey Peck, B.A.Sc (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
A. F. Gill, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
R. N. Crozier, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant. 10 The University of British Columbia
Department of Civil Engineering
William E. Duckering A.B., B.S. in C.E., C.E. (Washington), Professor
and Head of the Department.
E. G. Matheson, B.A.Sc. (McGill), M.E.I.C, M.Am.S.CE., Associate
Professor.
W. H. Powell, B.Sc. (McGill), Lecturer.
A. Lighthall, B.Sc. (McGill), Instructor.
F. A. Wilkin, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Instructor.
Cyril Jones, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Department of Classics
Lemuel Robertson, M.A. (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department.
O. J. Todd, Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor of Greek.
H. T. Logan, B.A. (McGill and Oxon), M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
Department of Dairying
Wilfrid Sadler, B.S.A., M.Sc. (McGill), N.D.D., British Dairy Institute,
University College, Reading, England, Professor and Head of the
Department.
N. S. Golding, N.D.A., N.D.D., B.S.A. (Toronto), M.Sc. (Iowa), Associate
Professor.
Assistant.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science
Theodore H. Boggs, B.A. (Acadia and Yale), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale), Professor and Head of the Department
Henry F. Angus, B.A. (McGill), B.C.L., M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
S. E. Beckett, M.A. (Queen's), Assistant Professor. (On leave of absence, 1924-25.)
Huntley M. Sinclair, M.A. (Edinburgh), Instructor.
Miss Doris Lee, B.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of English
G. G. Sedgewick, B.A. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor and Head of
the Department.
W. L. MacDonald, B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Ph.D. (Harvard),
Associate Professor.
Frederick G. C. Wood, B.A. (McGill), A.M. (Harvard), Associate Professor.
Thorleip Larsen, M.A. (Toronto), B.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
(On leave of absence, 1924-25.)
Francis Cox Walker, B.A. (U.N.B.), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Assistant
Professor.
Miss M. L. Bollert, M.A. (Toronto), A.M. (Columbia), Assistant Professor.
Frank H. Wilcox, A.B., Ph.D. (Calif.), Assistant Professor.
Miss Stella McGuire, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant. Officers and Staff 11
Miss Isobel Harvey, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Hunter C. Lewis, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Miss Sallee Murphy, B.A. (Brit. CoL), M.A. (Toronto), Assistant.
Department of Forestry
H. R. Christie, B.Sc.F. (Toronto), Professor and Head of the Department.
F. Malcolm Knapp, B.S.F. (Syracuse), M.S.F. (Wash.), Assistant Professor.
Department of Geology and Geography
R. W. Brock, M.A., LL.D. (Queen's), F.G.S., F.R.S.C, Professor and
Head of the Department.
S. J. Schofield, M.A., B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Mass. Institute of
Technology), F.G.S.A., F.R.S.C, Professor of Physical and Structural Geology.
W. L. Uglow, M.A. (Queen's), B.Sc. (School of Mining, Kingston),
M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography.
M. Y. Williams, B.Sc. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Yale), F.G.S.A., Professor of
Palaeontology and Stratigraphy. (On leave of absence, 1924-25.)
E. M. Burwash, B.A. (Toronto), M.A., B.D. (Victoria), Ph.D. (Toronto
and Chicago), Lecturer.
Department of History
Mack Eastman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor and Head
of the Department.
W. N. Sage, B.A. (Toronto and Oxon), M.A. (Oxon), Associate Professor.
F. H. Soward, B.A. (Toronto), B.Litt. (Oxon), Assistant Professor.
Stanley Moodie, M.A. (Brit. Col.), Assistant.
Department of Horticulture
F. M, Clement, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Wisconsin), Professor and
Head of the Department.
A. F. Barss, A.B. (Rochester), B.S. in Agriculture (Cornell), M.S.
(Oregon Agricultural College), Associate Professor.
F. E. Buck, B.S.A. (McGill), Assistant Professor.
Assistant.
Department of Mathematics
Daniel Buchanan, M.A. (McMaster), PhD. (Chicago), F.R.S.C., Professor and Head of the Department.
L S. Dederick, A.B. (Kenyon), A.M., Ph.D. (Harvard), Professor.
George E. Robinson, B.A. (Dal.), Associate Professor.
E. E. Jordan, M.A. (Dal.), Assistant Professor.
L Richardson, B.Sc (London), Assistant Professor.
B. S. Hartley, M.A. (Cambridge), R.N. (retired), Assistant Professor.
Miss May L. Barclay, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Joseph F. Brown, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Miss Islay Johnston, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant. 12 The University of British Columbia
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Herbert Vickers, M.E. (Liverpool), M.Sc, Ph.D. (Birmingham), Professor and Head of the Department.
Associate Professor.
H. F. G. Letson, M.C, B.Sc (Brit. CoL), Ph.D. Engineering (London),
A.M.I. Mech.E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Electrical
Engineering.
H. P. Archibald, B.A.Sc (McGill), Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and
Shopwork.
E. M. Coles, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Instructor in Electrical Engineering.
H. Taylor, Instructor in Machine Shop.
E. G. Parsons, Instructor in Thermo Laboratory.
G. Sinclair Smith, M.A.Sc. (McGill), Instructor in Machine Design.
John F. Bell, Eng. Capt. O.B.E., R.N., M.E.I.C., Instructor.
C. H. Barker, Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering.
S. Northrop, Assistant (Woodworker).
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
J. M. Turnbull, B.A.Sc. (McGill), Professor and Head of the Department.
H. N. Thomson, B.Sc (McGill), Professor of Metallurgy.
George A. Gillies, M.Sc (McGill), Associate Professor of Mining.
Department of Modern Languages
H. Ashton, M.A. (Cantab), D. Lett. (Univ. Paris), D. Litt. (Birmingham), F.R.S.C, Officier de PInstruction Publique (France), Professor and Head of the Department.
A. F. B. Clark, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Harvard), Associate Professor
of French.
Miss Isabel MacInnes, M.A. (Queen's), Ph.D. (Calif), Assistant Professor of Modern Languages.
Henri Chodat, M.A. (McGill and Harvard), Assistant Professor of
French.
Miss Margaret Ross, Instructor in French.
Miss Janet T. Greig, B.A. (Queen's), Instructor in French.
E. E. Delavault, B. es L., L. en D. (Paris), Assistant in Oral French.
Madame G. Barry, Assistant in Oral French.
Miss Dorothy Dallas, B.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant in French.
Department of Nursing and Health
Hibbert Winslow Hill, M.B., M.D. (Toronto), D.P.H. (Johns Hopkins),
Professor and Head of the Department.
Miss Ethel I. Johns, R.N., Assistant Professor.
Alison Cumming, B.A. (Dalhousie), M.D., C.M. (McGill), Lecturer,
Preventive Medicine.
Lyall Hodgins, M.B. (Toronto), Lecturer, Preventive Medicine. Officers and Staff 13
Department of Philosophy
H. T. J. Coleman, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Columbia), Professor and
Head of the Department.
James Henderson, M.A. (Glasgow), Associate Professor.
George M. Weir, B.A. (McGill), M'.A. (Sask.), D. Paed. (Queen's),
Professor of Education. (On leave of absence, 1924-25.)
A. O. MacRae, B.A. (Dalhousie), Ph.D. (Leipgiz and Jena), Special
Lecturer.
Department of Physics
T. C. Herb, M.A., B.Sc. (Dal.), Ph.D. (Chicago), Professor and Head
of the Department.
A. E. Hennings, M.A. (Lake Forest College,' 111.), Ph.D. (Chicago),
Associate Professor.
J. G. Davidson, B.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (CaL), Associate Professor.
Cyril Jones, B.A.Sc. (Brit. CoL), Assistant. ■
Department of Poultry Husbandry
E. A. Lloyd, B.S.A. (Sask.), Professor and Head of the Department.
V. S. Asmundson, B.S.A. (Sask.), M.S.A. (Cornell), Assistant Professor.
, Assistant.
Department of Zoology
C McLean Fraser, M.A. (Toronto), Ph.D. (Iowa), F.R.S.C, Professor
and Head of the Department.
G. J. Spencer, B.S.A. (Toronto), M.Sc. (Illinois), Assistant Professor.
George Van Wilby, M.A. (Brit. CoL), Assistant.
Harold White, M.D., C.M. (McGill), Medical Examiner to Students. THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
HISTORICAL SKETCH
The creation of a University in British Columbia was first
advocated by Superintendent Jessop in 1877, but it was not
until 1890 that the Provincial Legislature passed an Act
establishing a body politic and corporate named '' The University
of British Columbia.'' In 1891 this Act was amended to require
that a meeting of the Senate be held within one month after
the election of the Senators by Convocation. The Senators were
elected, but a quorum did not assemble on the date fixed by
the Chancellor, Dr. I. W. Powell, of Victoria. Thus the first
attempt to establish a University in British Columbia failed.
However, some of the work normally done in a University
was begun in 1894, when an Act was passed which permitted
the affiliation of high schools in the Province with recognized
Canadian Universities. In 1899 Vancouver High School was
affiliated with McGill University in order to provide First Year
work in Arts, and took the name of Vancouver College. First
Year work in Arts was offered by Victoria High School when
it became Victoria College by affiliation with McGill University
in 1902. In the same year Vancouver College undertook the
Second Year in Arts.
In 1906 an Act was passed incorporating the Royal
Institution for the Advancement of Learning of British Columbia, which, in the same year, established at Vancouver the
McGill University College of British Columbia. The scope of
the work undertaken by this college was gradually increased
until at the time it was taken over by the University of British
Columbia it was giving three years in Arts and Science, and
two years in Applied Science. When the University of British
Columbia opened in the autumn of 1915, both the McGill University College of Vancouver and Victoria College, which since
1907 had been a part of it, ceased to exist. 16 The University of British Columbia
Definite steps to establish the University were taken by
Dr. H. E. Young, Minister of Education, in 1907, when he
introduced a "University Endowment Act." This Act was
followed in 1908 by an Act establishing and incorporating the
University of British Columbia and repealing the old Act of
1890-1. This Act, with its subsequent amendments, determines
the present constitution of the University.
As authorized by an Act passed by the Provincial Legislature
in 1910, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed a Site
Commission to decide upon a site for the proposed University.
The Commission held its first meeting on May 25th, 1910, in
Victoria, and after a thorough examination of the Province
recommended the vicinity of Vancouver. In the autumn the
Executive Council decided to place the University at Point
Grey—the site which the Commission had named as its first
choice. In 1911 the Legislature passed an Act authorizing the
Lieutenant-Governor in Council to grant this site to the University. The grant was increased in 1915, so that it now consists
of 540 acres at the extremity of Point Grey. The waters of
the Gulf of Georgia form more than half the boundary of the
University Campus. A tract of some 3,000 acres of Government land immediately adjoining the site, and lying between
it and the City of Vancouver, has been set aside by the Government in order that University revenue may be provided by its
sale or lease.
In February, 1912, the Hon. H. E. Young, Minister of
Education, called for competitive plans which should include
plans in detail for four buildings to be erected immediately, and
a block plan showing all the proposed buildings on the Campus.
Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, of Vancouver, B. C, were the
successful competitors, and were appointed University architects.
. The first Convocation, held on August 1st, 1912, chose Mr.
F. L. Carter-Cotton as first chancellor of the University. In
March, 1913, the Lieutenant-Governor in Council appointed as
President of the University F. F. Wesbrook, M.A., M.D., CM.,
LL.D. On April 4th, 1918, Dr. R, E. McKechnie was elected Historical Sketch 17
Chancellor; on April 12th, 1921, he was re-elected for a second
term, and on April 3rd, 1924, for a third term. On the death of
President Wesbrook, October 20th, 1918, L. S. Klinck, M.S.A.,
D.Sc, was appointed acting President, and on June 1st, 1919,
President.
In the spring of 1923 construction work on the Science
Building, which had been begun in 1914, but interrupted because of war conditions, was resumed, and in the autumn of
the same year the contract was let for the Library. .These
buildings, which are of stone and are fire-proof, conform closely
to the original plans as prepared by the architects in 1914. The
initial units of these two structures have been completed and
they, with the semi-permanent buildings now almost ready, will
be occupied for the first time at the opening of the present
session.
THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNIVERSITY
The Constitution of the University is governed by the British
Columbia University Aet B.C.R.S. 1924 c. 265, which provides
That the University shall consist of a Chancellor, Convocation, Board of Governors, Senate, and the Faculties;
that the first Convocation shall consist of all graduates
of any university in His Majesty's dominions resident in
the Province two years prior to the date fixed for the
first meeting of Convocation, together with twenty-five
members selected by the Lieutenant-Governor in
Council. After the first Convocation it shall consist of
the Chancellor, Senate, members of the first Convocation, and all gradutes of the University; that the
Chancellor shall be elected by Convocation; that the
Board of Governors shall consist of the Chancellor,
President, and nine persons appointed by the Lieutenant Governor in Council; that the Senate shall consist of: (a) The Minister of Education, the Chancellor,
and the President of the University, who shall be Chairman thereof; (6) the deans and two professors of each 18 The University of British Columbia
of the Faculties elected by members of the Faculty;
(c) three members to be appointed by the Lieutenant-
Governor in Council; (d) the Superintendent of Education, the principals of the normal schools; (e) one
member elected by the high-school principals and
assistants who are actually engaged in teaching: (/) one
member elected by the Provincial Teachers' Institute
organized under subsection (e) of section 8 of the
"Public Schools Aet"; (g) one member to be elected
by the governing body of every affiliated college or
school in this Province; (h) fifteen members to be
elected by Convocation from the members thereof;
It is further provided that the University shall be non-
sectarian.
The University Act gives the University full powers to grant
such degrees in the several Faculties and different branches of
Knowledge as the Senate may from time to time determine.
It reserves for the University the sole right in this Province to
confer degrees, except in Theology, and it expressly, enacts
that "No other university having corporate powers capable of
being exercised within the Province shall be known by the
same name, nor shall any such university have power to grant
degrees.'' i
THE WORK OF THE UNIVERSITY
The University of British Columbia is an integral part of
the public educational system of the Province, and its function
is to complete the work begun in the public and high schools.
It is the policy of the University to promote education in general,
and in particular to serve its constituency through three
channels—teaching, research, and extension work.
As regards teaching, the University furnishes instruction in
the various branches of a liberal education and in those technical
departments which are most directly related to the life and
industries of the Province. The scope of the teaching activity
of the University is fully described in Sec. 9 of the Act.
In order to make the teaching of the University more vital Endowments and Donations 19
and for the advancement of knowledge, research is encouraged
in every department.
The people of the Province are informed of the results of
special work by the staff of the University through a system
of extension lectures. The University sends lecturers to various
parts of the Province during the examination weeks in December
and April. In the case of places which can be visited without
prejudice to the duties of the lecturer at the University, lectures
are arranged to take place during the University term. A list
of subjects and lecturers can be obtained on application to the
Secretary of the Extension Lecture Committee, through who
all arrangements are made.
ENDOWMENTS AND DONATIONS
However well supported by public funds, a University must
depend to a great extent upon private benefactors. In anticipation of endowments the Act provides that:
"Any person or corporation may, with the approval of the
Senate, found one or more professorships, lectureships,
fellowships, scholarships, exhibitions, prizes, or other
awards in the University, by providing a sufficient endowment in land or other property, and conveying the same
to the University for such purposes, and every such
endowment of lands or other property shall be vested in
the University for the purpose or purposes for which it
is given."
Only a limited number are in a position to make endowments, but many—including alumni and friends of higher
education—may add greatly to the usefulness of the University
by making contributions that lie within their power. It is
gratifying to note that the number of those who assist the
University in this way is constantly increasing.
Among the most notable gifts received during the past
year are the following:
department of geology and geography
Granite Island Quarrie Ltd.—A polished and engraved slab of granite.
Crawford Logan—Chalcocite specimen, Arizona.
Robt. Connell—Fossils, Sooke.
Dr. W. F. Ferrier—Ferrierite specimen.
Dr. W. Workman—Mineral specimen.
G. C. A. Jackson—Ore specimen.
H. C. Gunning—Suite of rocks, Hajelton Series.
W. D. Brunton—Suite of Epidote crystals.
John Hopp—Suite of Premier ore specimens. Suite of gold crystals, Barkerville. 20 The University of British Columbia
department of botany
Mrs. J. P. MacFadden, New Denver, B. C.—Collection of pressed specimens of
mosses from Kootenay district.
Rev. R. Connell, Victoria, B. C.—Herbarium specimens of flora of Nebraska.
R. W. Pilsbury, Prince Rupert—Roots and seeds of Calla for Botanical Garden.
Geo. Sudworth, Dendrologist, Washington, D. C—Herbarium specimens and cones
of U. S. trees.
Dr. C. McLean Fraser, Vancouver, B. C—Herbarium specimens of flora of Eastern
Canada.
DEPARTMENT OF FORESTRY
Dominion Forestry Branch—Samples of tree seed; also various publications.
United States Forest Service—Forestry publications.
Asa S. Williams, Vancouver, B. C—Forestry publications.
B. C Forest Branch—Forestry publications.
Natural Resources Intelligence Branch, Ottawa—Forestry publication.
Henry Disston & Sons.—Forestry publications.
Matthew Sutton, Vancouver, B. C—Section of spruce log for exhibit at University
site. Point Grey.
Suggested Local Scholarships
As the number of Matriculation Scholarships offered at
present is quite inadequate to the needs of the Province, a
scheme which has great possibilities both for the growth of the
University and the prosperity of the Province is earnestly
recommended to consideration.
In the large universities, both of Great Britain and the
United States, local or district scholarships have proved a strong
bond between the community and the University, have brought
the University close to the life of the young, and opened up
the prospect of a University education to many who would not
otherwise have contemplated it.
Such local or district scholarships might be established as
Matriculation Scholarships, by City or Municipal Councils or
other public bodies, or by private benefactors. They would be
awarded by a local authority, but the University would reserve
the right of confirmation.
In awarding such scholarships, standing in the Matriculation Examination need not be the only consideration. It is
desirable that regard should be had also to financial circumstances, character, and intellectual promise. Scholarships may
be offered for students taking a particular course, and in this
way the study of such sciences and technical branches of knowledge as have special importance for the industries of the
district may be encouraged. In short, local scholarships may be
arranged to meet local needs and to prepare the native sons The Library 21
of the Province to play their part in the development of its
resources.
THE LIBRARY
The University Library consists of 53,000 volumes and
about 10,000 pamphlets. It includes representative works in all
the courses offered by the University, and a growing collection
of works on other subjects. It also receives regularly 450
magazines and periodical publications devoted to literature and
history, the sciences, and the transactions of learned societies.
The Library is classified throughout on the Congressional system.
In general one or two books may be borrowed by students
for a period of seven days, or for a shorter time should the
books be in general demand. Books to which the teaching staff
have specially referred their students are placed in a "Reserve"
class. Reserved books are lent only for periods during which the
Library is closed. Unbound periodicals are not issued on loan.
Books that are costly, rare, or unsuitable for general circulation,
are lent only under special conditions.
While the Library is primarily for the use of the staff and
students of the University, its resources are available to those
of the general public who are engaged in research or special
study, and who make personal application to the Librarian for
such privileges.
During the session the Library is open from 8.45 a.m. to
10 p.m.; in vacation from 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. except on Saturdays,
when the hours are from 9 a.m. to noon.
The University is deeply indebted to all who have made
gifts to the Library in the past year. These have been both
valuable and numerous. Their very number prevents detailed
acknowledgement, but recognition should be made of the Nora
E. Coy Memorial Canadian History Collection, still in process of
gift by the Alumni Association, of the gifts of representative
works in modern fiction by the Classes of Arts '26 and '27, and
of a number of sets of Transactions, and complete or partial sets
of scientific periodicals, by societies and friends of the University. NEW BUILDINGS
LOCATION
The new home of the University is situated on the promontory which forms the western extremity of the Point Grey
Peninsula. On three sides it is bounded by the Gulf of Georgia.
The site comprises an area of 548 acres, of which approximatley
one-half is campus. In all directions appear snow-capped
mountains, strikingly rugged and impressive.
BUILDINGS
The buildings, planned to meet the requirements of fifteen
hundred students, are of two classes, permanent and semipermanent. The former were designed by the University architects, Messrs. Sharp and Thompson, the latter by architects of the
Department of Public Works of the Provincial Government. The
permanent buildings have been erected in the location originally
assigned for them; the others in the quadrangle designated as
"unassigned" in the original plan. By utilizing the "unassigned"
area for the semi-permanent buildings, all the locations intended
for future expansion have been left available.
The entire mechanical equipment of these buildings was
designed after a close study had been made not only of present
requirements, but of the ultimate development of the institution.
This consideration accounts for the fact that only a part of the
present equipment is permanent. After a careful survey of the
whole system, a forced hot water system was found to present
advantages that made its adoption advisable. Direct radiation
with a system of warmed air supply and extraction for ventilation is used to take care of the heat losses in the buildings. A
separate system of ventilation is installed for all sanitary conveniences, and a specially constructed system for fume closets.
The various services throughout these buildings, such as hot and
cold water, distilled water, gas and steam for laboratory
purposes, compressed air, etc., with the necessary apparatus, are
all of a modern type. An attempt has been made to reduce 24 The University of British Columbia
vibration and noise to a minimum by installing all moving
apparatus on floating slabs, with a further insulation of cork.
The plan at the back of the calendar shows the units previously erected and those nearing completion. It also indicates the
nature of their construction and their relation to the other groups
of buildings which are to be erected in the future.
PERMANENT BUILDINGS
Of the twelve buildings now in the course of erection, three
are of fire-proof construction, the Science Building, the Library,
and the Power House.
Science Building
The Science Building has been designed in the Tudor style,
this being a phase of English Gothic which lends itself fairly
readily to those adaptations which are necessary in order to meet
modern collegiate requirements. Externally, British Columbia
granite has been used throughout. Wherever possible plain wall
surfaces, consisting of the split faces of granite arranged
in random sizes with white joints, have been used. The
general grey tone is relieved by the use of a small quantity of
field stone of darker shades. All window openings are filled with
leaded glass in steel sashes. Internally, the building is finished
in brick work and tiles in pleasing tones of brown which harmonize with the oak panelled doors, the total effect in keeping
with that of the period it is designed to represent.
This building, which was designed for the sole use of
Chemistry ultimately, now accommodates the Departments of
Chemistry, Physics, Bacteriology and Nursing and Health. One
and one-half floors will be devoted to Chemistry; an equivalent
assignment of space has been alloted to Physics, and half of one
floor has been set aside for Bacteriology, and Nursing and
Health. All lecture rooms and laboratories are well lighted,
and a system of forced ventilation has been installed throughout
the entire building. Distilled water, gas, steam, compressed air,
and electrical supply circuits have been provided wherever re- New Buildings 25
quired. These services are carried in trenches in the floor, an
arrangement which facilitates any necessary repairs.
Ample provision has also been made for offices, balance
rooms,' preparation rooms, apparatus rooms, supply rooms,
photographic rooms, technicians' rooms, and reading-room for
students. Locker and lavatory accommodation has also been
provided.
Chemistry.—In this Department there are two lecture rooms,
two elementary laboratories for quantitative and qualitative
analysis, an advanced qualitative laboratory, an elementary organic laboratory, an advanced organic laboratory, an agricultural
laboratory, a physical labortory, an industrial laboratory and
an organic combustion laboratory. There are also several
laboratories well equipped for private research.
Physics.—The Department of Physics has two large lecture
rooms, four large and several smaller laboratories, a constant temperature room and a battery room. Three of the
large laboratories are equipped for the study of Elementary
Physics, Mechanics, and Heat and Electricity. The fourth is
specially designed for the conducting of experiments requiring
the use of highly sensitive apparatus. Smaller laboratories are
designed for light and X-ray experiments.
Bacteriology.—Provision has been made in this Department
for four laboratories. Two of these are for general student use,
one is for serological work and one is for advanced research.
In addition to laboratory and lecture room accommodation, an
office, a preparation room and a sterilization room have been
provided.
Nursing and Health.—The three rooms assigned to this
Department constitute a teaching unit such as is provided in
modern training schools for the instruction of nurses. All the
equipment necessary for the demonstration of elementary
nursing procedure is available, and can be used for practice
teaching purposes. 26 The University of British Columbia
Library Building
The central unit of the Library Building is a massive
structure of British Columbia granite which harmonizes with
the Science Building in its Gothic architectural lines. Owing
to the exigencies of the plan, however, the massing is more broken,
and thus better effects of light and shade are obtained. Some
tracery and stained glass in the upper portion of the building is
employed to obtain in a restricted manner the richness of detail
characteristic of this style of architecture.
Internally, the same effect has been striven for, wherever
such an end was possible with due regard to economy. The
Main Entrance Hall has a groined ceiling with arches and wall
surface finished in Caen Stone plaster. This treatment is carried
up to the Main Concourse floor through the staircase Hall; the
lower portion of the Concourse walls is plastered with Caen
Stone, the quoins to windows and doors, and corbels to roof
trusses being finished in the same material. The roofs of the
Concourse and of the two reading rooms adjacent are finished
in native woods stained a dark brown, with patterae and shields
picked out in bright heraldic colours. Windows throughout the
building are of leaded glass. In the Concourse and the inner
hall this is of a pale amber shade, with the coats of arms of the
Canadian Universities worked into the centre light. On the
window above the Loan Desk on the East Side of the Concourse
the armorial bearings of Oxford and Cambridge, as the oldest
universities of the Empire, are used as flanking emblems to that
of the University of British Columbia. The floors of the Main
Entrance Hall staircases and of the Concourse are finished with
large marbled rubber tiles which harmonize with the general
colour scheme, and ensure quietness in the principal parts of the
building. Plain oak of simple detail, stained to represent old
fumed oak, is used throughout for doors and other wood finish.
The principal reading room has a floor space of 100 ft. by 50
ft. and is 60 ft. in height. Two other reading rooms, each 60 ft. by
30 feet, open off the main reading room. These rooms provide
accommodation for 250 students. The sixth and seventh tiers New Buildings 27
of the stack, not being required at present to house the University book collection, are used as a periodical room and will
accommodate about seventy readers. The Stack, which occupies
the entire rear of the building, consists of seven tiers, four of
which are fully equipped with steel stacks of the latest design.
Here fifty-two semi-private study "carrels" facilitate research
for advanced students. The offices of the Librarian and the
Library Staff provide ample accommodation for receiving,
cataloguing and accessioning. The Faculty common room, the
"Browsing" room, and the Frank Burnett museum are also
located in this building. The Burnett collection represents the
arts, handicraft and weapons of Polynesia. This collection, which
has been presented by Mr. Burnett to the University, is the result
of numerous voyages made by him to the Central and South
Pacific Islands. It constitutes one of the finest collections of this
class of material yet accumulated by any private collector.
Power House
The Power House has been placed in the centre of the space
which will ultimately be the Engineering Quadrangle, and will
therefore eventually be masked by the future permanent buildings towards the Mall. For this reason it does not pretend to
follow very closely the style of the other permanent buildings
except in mass, being finished in rough case of broken texture,
relieved with red quarry tiles as diapers, copings and offsets,
with windows grouped as far as possible to give pleasing proportions of voids and solids.
The ultimate development of this plant will be 2500 horse
power at normal rating. The present installation consists of
three units, each of 250 horse power normal rating, capable of
developing 100 per cent, in excess of this. Each unit, so equipped
as to operate independently of the others, may act as a service
as well as an experimental station. In other words, on any one
boiler an experimental test may be conducted while the rest
of the plant is cut in on the service lines. Instruments are provided to record every operation so that close checking and 28 The University of British Columbia
comparisons of the performance of the different types of boilers
may be made to a degree.
The B. & W. Unit is equipped with B. & W. Natural Draft
Stoker, the Sterling Boiler with forced draft Coxe Travelling
Grate. The Kidwell with forced draft Coxe Travelling Grate is
also equipped with air pre-heater, by-passed, so that tests may
be conducted with or without pre-heated air. Induced draft is
used with individual forced draft fans; separate boiler feed
lines and pump with Linehart Scale provide boiler feed for
tests. A travelling weigh scale records the amount of coal used,
while a steam jet ash conveyor elevates the ashes to an overhead
bunker.
The efficiency and flexibility of the plant lends itself to
economical operation, while the knowledge gained in the use of
different appliances will be of interest and value to power plant
users.
SEMI-PERMANENT BUILDINGS
In this group their are nine buildings in all,—Administration, Auditorium and Cafeteria, Arts, Applied Science, Agriculture; three Engineering Buildings—Mechanical, Electrical;
Mining, Metallurgy and Hydraulics; and the Forest Products
Building. These buildings, which are set on concrete foundations, are of frame construction with stucco finish, and are designed for a life of forty years. Their exterior design harmonizes
with the permanent buildings so far as materials of construction
will permit. With the exception of a part of the Engineering
Laboratories, these buildings have been finished internally with
plaster and fir trim.
The Administration Building
On the ground floor of this building are situated the offices
of the President, the Dean of the Faculty of Arts and Science,
the Registrar, and the Bursar. On the second floor are two
large rooms, one for meetings of the Board of Governors and
the Senate, and the other for meetings of Faculties and
Committees. New Buildings 29
Auditorium Building
The Auditorium Building is designed in a pleasing treatment of Renaissance architecture and is furnished with the most
modern equipment. It has a seating capacity of 1100, a large
and admirably equipped stage for the encouragement of dramatic presentations, an orchestra pit and adequate off-stage
dressing rooms. Provision has been made for the operating of
moving pictures and the stage is equipped with a cyclorama and
all necessary electrical illumination devices.
The Cafeteria is situated in the basement and is designed
to accommodate 400 students at one time. There is also a small
dining room for the Faculty. The kitchen is furnished with the
latest cooking and baking equipment.
The bookstore, post office, medical offices, women's rest
room, students' council offices, and numerous committee rooms
for subsidiary organizations are also located in this building.
Arts Building
In the Arts Building, which forms the centre of the semipermanent group, are located the lecture rooms and offices for
the following Departments in the Faculty of Arts and Science:
Classics, Economics, Sociology and Political Science, English,
History, Mathematics, Modern Languages and Philosophy.
The lecture rooms, 16 in number, are well designed and
exceptionally well lighted. The largest room accommodates 250
students; the seating capacity of the others ranges from 32 to 64.
Four common rooms for the undergraduates in Arts and Science
are located in this building, as is also the office of the Dean
of Women.
Applied Science Building
This building houses the Departments of Geology, Botany,
Zoology, Forestry and the drafting rooms and offices for Civil
Engineering. All the laboratories have been equipped with the
essential services. One large lecture room, providing accommodations for 250 students, and 11 smaller lecture rooms with a
seating capacity ranging from 25 to 112, are located in this 30 The University of British Columbia
building. These will be used by the different Departments
jointly as class requirements may determine. Extensive provision has been made for drafting rooms and for the necessary
offices, preparation rooms, storage rooms, and photographic
rooms. A geological museum, a reading room and a common
room for students have also been provided.
Geology.—In addition to the necessary lecture rooms, the
Department of Geology has three large and well equipped
laboratories, the Mineralogical, the Petrological and the Geological. There are also two small research laboratories, one for
graduate students and one for the staff.
The Department workroom is well equipped for the preparation of specimens. The museum contains valuable collections of
illustrative material which supplements the extensive working
collections in the laboratories. The reading room is equipped
with books, separates, maps, photographs and slides for reference.
Botany.—The Botanical laboratories include a large junior
laboratory, a senior laboratory, two student research laboratories
and three private research rooms. These laboratories are used
for practical work in Botany and General Biology. A Herbarium
of over 15,000 sheets and a botanical garden containing over
1000 specimens of native plants furnish an abundance of material
for class room and laboratory purposes.
Zoology.—This Department, which includes courses in
Entomology, has two large laboratories, a small research laboratory and two private laboratories, all well equipped. There is
also a room for class material, which will serve for a time as a
repository for museum collections and for specimens to be used
for illustration.
Forestry.—While the Department of Forestry has its own
laboratory for work in wood technology, its. own class room
and offices, it uses the laboratories of other Departments quite
extensive, notably those in Biology, Civil Engineering and
Forest Products. The Department possesses, in the forest belt New Buildings 31
which has been preserved on the campus as a natural park, a
very valuable outdoor laboratory for forestry students.
Civil Engineering.—Well equipped and well lighted
draughting and designing rooms are available for all classes in
drawing, mapping, machine design and computation work. The
equipment necessary for all types of Civil Engineering work is
available. The hydraulic laboratory, which is situated in the
Mining, Metallurgy and Hydraulics Building, is well equipped
for demonstrations and tests covering the main field of hydraulic
principles and machinery; while in the Forest Products Laboratory, which is at the disposal of students in Civil Engineering,
excellent facilities are available for extensive tests of timber,
cement and steel.
Agriculture Building
This building accommodates the Departments of Agronomy,
Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture and Poultry. The
office and record rooms for the Farm Survey studies are also
located in this building.
The lecture rooms, of which there are four, are exceptionally
well lighted. The largest accommodates 112 students, while the
seating capacity of the others ranges from 36 to 54.
In addition to lecture and laboratory accommodation, provision has been made for the necessary offices, preparation rooms,
storage rooms and also for a photographic dark room, a herd
book room, and a students' common room.
Agronomy.—This Department is provided with a combined
laboratory and lecture room which is equipped with water, gas
and electricity. While this room will be used for studies in
crop production, for the judging of specimens of plants and for
the determination of soil samples, the main emphasis will be laid
on the work conducted in the Department's outdoor laboratory—
the Agronomy fields.
Animal Husbandry.—The different classes and types of
livestock constitute the main laboratory material of this depart- 32 The University of British Columbia
ment. In this material and in the farm survey records, the
Department possesses a wealth of data for teaching and illustration in farm management, livestock management, feed and
nutrition, and studies in pedigree and breeding.
Dairying.—The new laboratories of the Department of
Dairying provide facilities for conducting researches on the bacterial flora of milk, butter and cheese, and the relation of the flora
to the production and sale of high quality products. Excellent
provision is made for the instruction of students in the work
indicated. Cheese-making and butter-making will be conducted
in the temporary dairy building; but the new laboratories permit
of closer contact of the various activities of the Department.
Horticulture.—In the laboratory provided for this Department, comprehensive studies supplement the practical experience
of the students in the propagation, planting, pruning and care of
horticultural crops. Materials for these purposes are provided
from the orchard, the ornamental trees, shrubs and flowers, and
from plants grown in the glass propagating house.
Poultry Husbandry.—In the poultry laboratory in the
Agriculture Building, facilities and equipment are provided to
assist in the study of poultry nutrition, disease, and other problems related to the industry. On the poultry plant, which is the
main laboratory of the Poultry Department, ten pure breeds of
commercial importance are tested and bred for egg and meat
production. Experiments in management and marketing are
conducted with these birds and their products.
Mechanical and Electrical Buildings
The Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
is housed in two buildings, the larger one for Mechanical
Engineering, the smaller for Electrical Engineering. The Mechanical Building comprises a large laboratory, three lecture
rooms, a draughting room, a calorimeter room, a storage room,
and a machine shop. In the Electrical Building, there are two
electrical laboratories, a junior and a senior, a battery rooms, a New Buildings 33
photometer room and a meter standardizing room, together with
the necessary office accommodation.
Mining and Metallurgy Building
The Ore Dressing laboratory, which includes a workshop,
storage room, and flotation room, contains modern equipment in
small sizes. The laboratory is fully wired for power and light
and has large water mains and drains.
The Metallurgical laboratory includes a fire assay room,
with oil, gasolene, and gas furnaces; a wet assay room, with
large fan draught fume closet and work benches wired for
electric and gas heating; a fine balance room with vibrationless
table; a pulp and rough balance room, a photographic dark
room, and ample storage facilities.
Forest Products Building
The Forest Products Building is being erected, equipped
and maintained under a joint agreement between the Department of the Interior and the University. The University is
erecting the building and has agreed to furnish the heat, light
and power without cost to the Dominion Government. The Department of the Interior has undertaken to provide the personnel
and to furnish the equipment.
In this building there are a large timber testing laboratory,
an experimental kiln-drying laboratory, a pathological laboratory, an exhibit room, a carpenter shop and a special building
for air seasoning studies of lumber. Provision has also been made
for the necessary offices and for a reference library. All laboratories are well equipped. Testing machines range from a
200,000-pound Olsen Universal compression and tension machine,
to the most delicate balances. 34 The University of British Columbia
GENERAL INFORMATION
The Session
The University Year or Session is divided into two terms.
The first begins on Tuesday, September 22nd, 1925, and the
second on Monday, January 4th, 1926. Registration and enrolment must be complete by Friday, September 18th, 1925.
Courses of Study
For the Session of 1925-26 the University offers instruction
in the four years of each of the three Faculties, Arts and Science,
Applied Science (including Nursing), and Agriculture, leading
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Applied Science
and Bachelor of Science in Agriculture. It is also possible to
proceed to a Master's degree in each Faculty (see "Regulations
as to the Master's Degree"). Advanced courses of instruction
and facilities for research are offered to students who are
graduates of any University or College of recognized standing.
Admission to these advanced courses, or to the privileges of
research, does not in itself imply admission to candidacy for a
higher degree.
Academic Dress
The undergraduate's gown is black in colour and of the
ordinary stuff material, of ankle length, and with long sleeves
and the yoke edged with khaki cord. The graduate's gown is the
same, without cord. The Bachelor's hood is of the Cambridge
pattern, black bordered with the distinctive colour of the particular Faculty; the Master's hood is the same, lined with the
distinctive colour. The colours are, for Arts and Science,
the University blue; for Applied Science, red; for Agriculture,
maize.
Physical Examination
In order to promote the physical welfare of the student
body, every student, on entering the University, will be
required to undergo a physical examination, to be conducted General Information 35
by, or under the direction of, the University Medical Examiner.
Physical defects and weaknesses, amenable to treatment, may
thus be discovered, and the student is advised to apply to his
physician for such remedial measures as his ease may require.
About 10 to 15 per cent, of the students are re-examined in their
second year.
Dean of Women
During the session the Dean of Women may be consulted by
parents and students on matters pertaining to living conditions,
vocational guidance, and other questions that directly affect the
social and intellectual life of the women students.
Board and Residence
A list of approved boarding-houses which receive men or
women students, but not both, may be obtained from the
Registrar. Men and women students are not permitted to lodge
in the same house, unless they are members of the same family,
or receive special permission from the Senate. The cost of good
board and lodging is from $35 per month upwards; of a room
alone, $8 to $12 per month. A cafeteria is operated under the
supervision of the Students' Council, and lunch and afternoon
tea may be obtained there at very reasonable prices. Refreshments at social functions are also supplied. 36 The University of British Columbia
ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
All inquiries relating to admission to the University should
be addressed to the Registrar.
1. Except under special circumstances no student under
the age of sixteen is admitted to the First Year Courses in the
Faculty of Arts and Science, and no student under the age of
seventeen to the Second Year Courses in the Faculty of Arts
and Science nor to the First Year Courses in the Faculties of
Agriculture and Applied Science.
2. Candidates for admission to the courses in the First
Year of the Faculty of Arts and Science or the Faculty of
Agriculture and to the course in Nursing in Applied Science are
required to pass the Junior Matriculation Examination of the
Province of British Columbia or to submit certificates showing
that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere.
3. Candidates for admission to the work of the First Year
in the Faculty of Applied Science (except Nursing) are required
to have completed the First Year in the Faculty of Arts and
Science or to have passed the Senior Matriculation Examination
of the Province of British Columbia, or to submit certificates
showing that they have passed an equivalent examination elsewhere.
4. Students who have passed the Senior Matriculation
Examination are admitted to the courses of the Second Year
in the Faculty of Arts and Science.
5. Certificates or diplomas showing that a candidate has
passed the Matriculation Examination of another University will
be accepted in lieu of the Junior or Senior Matriculation Examinations if the Faculty concerned considers that the examination
has covered the same subjects and required the same standard.
If, however, the examination covers some but not all of the
necessary subjects the candidate will be required to pass the
Matriculation Examination in the subjects not covered.
6. Prospective candidates who wish to enter by certificates
other than Matriculation certificates issued in British Columbia Admission to the University 37
should under no circumstances come to the University without
having first obtained from the Registrar a statement of the
value of the certificates they hold, as many of these may lack
one or more essential subjects, or the work done in a subject
may not be adequate, or, again, the percentage gained may not
be sufficiently high. Moreover, it must be remembered that a
certificate may admit to one Faculty and not to another. When
an applicant's diploma or certificate does not show the marks
obtained in the several subjects of the examination he must
arrange to have a statement of his marks sent to the Registrar
by the Education Department or University issuing such diploma
or certificate. The fee for examination of certificates is $2.00.
7. A student of another University applying for exemption
from any subject or subjects which he has already studied is
required to submit with his application a Calendar of the
University in which he has previously studied, together with a
complete statement of the course he has followed and a certificate
of the standing gained in the several subjects. The Faculty
concerned will determine the standing of such a student in this
University. The fee for the examination of certificates is $2.00.
8. No candidate under 18 years of age will be admitted to
the University without complete Junior Matriculation; and no
candidate over 18 years of age who has deficient Matriculation
standing will be admitted without the special permission of the
Faculty concerned.
9. The Junior and Senior Matriculation Examinations of
the Province of British Columbia are arranged by the High
School and University Matriculation Board of the Province.
This Board consists of members appointed by the Department
of Education and by the University. The requirements for
Matriculation may be obtained in the publication, "Requirements for Matriculation," issued by the University, or in the
"Courses of Study," issued by the Department of Education. 38 The University of British Columbia
REGISTRATION AND ATTENDANCE
Those who intend to register as students of the University
for the session 1925-26 are required to make application to the
Registrar before Friday, September 19th, on forms to be obtained
at the Registrar's office.
1. There are four classes of students:—
(a) Graduate students—Students who are pursuing courses
of study in a Faculty in which they hold a degree,
whether they are proceeding to a Master's degree or
not. (See "Regulations as to Master's Degree.")
(b) Full undergraduates—Students proceeding to a degree
in any Faculty who have passed all the examinations
precedent to the year in which they are registered.
(c) Conditioned undergraduates—Students proceeding to a
degree but who have incomplete entrance qualifications
or who are required to pass supplemental examinations
in a year previous to that in which they are registered.
(d) Partial students—Students not belonging to one of the
three preceding classes. (See 7, below.)
2. All students other than graduate students are required
to attend in person at the office of the Registrar on or before
Friday, September 18th, to furnish the information necessary
for the University records; to register for the particular classes
which they wish to attend, and to sign the following declaration:
"I hereby accept and submit myself to the statutes, rules,
regulations, and ordinances of The University of British Columbia, and of the Faculty or Faculties in which I am registered,
and to any amendments thereto which may be made while I
am a student of the University, and I promise to observe the
same."
In the information furnished for the University records,
students are requested to state what churches they propose to
make their place of worship. This information is available for
any of the city churches desiring it.
3. After the above date a fee of $2.00 will be charged for
late registration. Registration and Attendance 39
4. Students registering for the first time must present the
certificates which constitute their qualification for admission
to the course of study for which they wish to register. The
Registrar is empowered to register all duly qualified students.
Doubtful cases will be dealt with by the Faculty concerned.
5. Each student on registering will receive a class card for
each class for which he has registered. Only students provided
with such cards will be admitted to a class. Provisional cards
will be given to any students whose status is subject to consideration.
6. Students desiring to make a change in the course for
which they have registered must apply to the Registrar on the
proper form for a "change of course." Except in special circumstance, no change will be allowed after the fifteenth day of
the session. If the application is approved by the Faculty
concerned, the Registrar will give the necessary notifications.
7. Partial students are not normally required to pass an
examination for admission, but before registering they must
produce a certificate showing that they have satisfied the Dean
and the Heads of the Departments concerned that they are
qualified to pursue with advantage the course of study which
they propose to undertake.
8. Students are required to attend at least seven-eighths
of the lectures in each course that they take. Lectures will commence on the hour, and admission to a lecture or laboratory
and credit for attendance may be refused by the Instructor for
lateness, misconduct, inattention or neglect of duty. Absence
consequent on illness or domestic affliction may be excused only
by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, and medical certificates
or other evidence must be presented immediately on return to
University work. In cases of deficient attendance students may
(with the sanction of the Dean and the Head of the Department
concerned) be excluded from the final examination in a course:
but unless the unexcused absences exceed one-fourth of the total
number of lectures in a course, such students may sit for
supplemental examination. 40 The University of British Columbia
FEES
All cheques must be certified and made payable to "The
University of British Columbia."
1. The sessional fees are as follows:
For Full and Conditioned Undergraduates
In Arts and Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 5th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan 18th.. 50.00
$100.00
In Applied Science—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 5th $75.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 18th.. 75.00
$150.00
In Agriculture—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 5th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 18th.. 50.00
$100.00
In Nursing—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 5th $50.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 18th.. 50.00
$100.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oet. 5th $ 7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. 5th 5.00
For Partial Students
Fees per "Unit"—Payable on or before Oct. 5th 10.00
Alma Mater Fee—Payable on or before Oct. 5th 7.00
Caution Money—Payable on or before Oct. 5th 5.00
In Teacher Training Course—
First Term, payable on or before Oct. 5th $30.00
Second Term, payable on or before Jan. 18th.. 30.00
$ 60.00
For Graduates
Registration and Class Fees — Payable on or before
Oct. 15th $ 25.00
After these dates an additional fee of $2.00 will be exacted
of all students in default. Fees 41
The Alma Mater Fee is a fee exacted from all students
for the support of the Alma Mater Society. It was authorized
by the Board of Governors at the request of the students themselves.
The Caution Money is a deposit from which deductions will
be made to cover breakages, wastage, and use of special materials
in laboratories, etc. If the balance to the credit of a student
falls below $1.50, a further deposit of $5.00 may be required.
2. Immediately after October 5th and January 18th, the
Bursar will notify students who have not paid their fees that
steps will be taken to ensure their exclusion from classes while
the fees remain unpaid.
3. Students registering after October 5th shall pay their fees
at the time of registration, failing which they become subject to
the provisions of Regulation 2.
4. Special fees are:—
Regular supplemental examination, per
paper $ 5.00
Special examination, per paper 7.50
Graduation 20.00
Supplemental examination fees must be paid two weeks
before the examination, special examination fees when application for examination is made, and graduation fees two weeks
before Congregation. 42 The University of British Columbia
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Medals for 1925-26
The Governor-General's Medal
A gold medal, presented by His Excellency the Governor-
General of Canada, will be awarded to the student standing at
the head of the graduating class in the Faculty of Arts and
Science. Honour and pass students may compete for this medal.
The Historical Society Gold Medal
A gold medal, donated by E. W. Keenleyside, Esq., and
known as the Historical Society Gold Medal, will be open to the
members of the graduating class. The award will be made by
the Department of History, on the basis of the student's standing in the courses in History which he has taken during his
undergraduate course, and the general interest he has shown in
the subject.
Scholarships for 1925.26
The Rhodes Scholarship
An annual scholarship at one of the colleges of Oxford is
assigned by the trustees of the late Mr. Cecil J. Rhodes to the
Province of British Columbia. Each scholarship is tenable for
three years, and is of the value of £300 a year, supplemented
until further notice by an annual bonus of £50.
In accordance with the wish of Mr. Rhodes, the election of
candidates will depend upon: (1) Force of character, devotion
to duty, courage, sympathy, capacity for leadership; (2) Ability
and scholastic attainments; (3) Physical vigor, as shown by
participation in games or in other ways.
A candidate must be a British subject, with at least five
years' domicile in Canada, and unmarried. He must have passed
his nineteenth but not his twenty-fifth birthday on October 1st
of the year for which he is elected.
He must be at least in his Sophomore Year in some recognized degree-granting university or college of Canada, and (if Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 43
elected) complete the work of that year before coming into
residence at Oxford.
He may compete either in the province in which he has
acquired any considerable part of his educational qualification,
or in the province in which he has his ordinary private domicile,
home, or residence.
Candidates for the 1926 scholarship must have their applications, with all the required material, in the hands of the
Secretary of the Selection Committee not later than October 20th,
1925. The committee is at present constituted as follows:
Chief Justice Hunter (Chairman), Mr. Justice Gregory
(Deputy-Chairman), Messrs. H. R. Bray, A. G. Cameron,
H. T. Logan (Secretary), E. A. Munro.
The following have been awarded the Rhodes scholarships
from the Province:
A. W. Donaldson 1904 E. V. Gordon 1915
I. I. Rubinowitz 1905 E. W. Berry 1916
H. R, Bray 1906 S. Lett 1919
T. Larsen 1907 J. H. Mennie 1919
H. T. Logan 1908 L. A. Mills 1920
A. Yates 1909 W. H. Coates 1920
S. C. Dyke 1910 R. L. Vollum 1921
J. B. Clearihue 1911 L. W. McLennan 1922
A.N.King 1912 N. A. Robertson ; 1923
G. L. Haggen 1913 G. S. Livingston 1924
B. E. Atkins 1914 E. J. Knapton 1925
The 1851 Exhibition Scholarship
Under the revised conditions for the award of the 1851
Exhibition Scholarship in Science, The University of British
Columbia is included in the list of universities from which
nominations for scholarships allotted to Canada may be made.
These scholarships are of the value of £250 per annum,
tenable, ordinarily, for two years. They are granted only to
British subjects under 26 years of age, who have been bona fide
students of science of not less than three years' standing. 44 The University of British Columbia
The Canadian Federation of University Women Scholarship
The scholarship of the Canadian Federation of University
Women, of the value of $1,000, available for study or research,
is open to any woman holding a degree from a Canadian university. In general, preference will be given to those candidates
who have completed at least one year of graduate study and
have some definite research in preparation. Any candidate
must be recommended by her own university; if successful in
her application, she may pursue her studies at any university
satisfactory to the Committee of Selection. Applications and
recommendations must be received not later than February 1st.
The W. C. Macdonald Scholarship
A scholarship in Agriculture, of the value of $500, for one
year's post-graduate study at Macdonald College, P.Q., has been
put at the disposal of the University by W. C. Macdonald
(Registered). The scholarship is primarily intended for
graduates in Agriculture of The University of British Columbia,
but, failing such, will be open to any resident of the Province
who is a graduate of an agricultural college.
The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $100, given by the
Faculty Women's Club of the University, will be open to graduates of this university who intend in the following year to pursue
post-graduate study in this or any other approved university.
Application for this scholarship should be made to the
Registrar not later than the last day of the final examinations.
Graduate Scholarship in Applied Science
This scholarship, of the value of $100, donated by Dean
R. W. Brock, may be awarded to a graduate student in Applied
Science who shows special aptitude for post-graduate studies.
Applications should be made to the Registrar not later than
the last day of the final examinations. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 45
The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $250, donated by the
Universities Service Club, will be awarded for the academic year
1925-26 to a returned soldier student in attendance at The
University of British Columbia. Applications for this scholarship may be made by returned soldier students who intend
doing Second, Third, or Fourth Year work at The University
of British Columbia, or post-graduate work at any approved
institution. Each application must contain a statement of
the academic record, the war record, and the special claims
of the applicant, with two supporting references, and must be in
the hands of the Registrar not later than April 30th.
The award will be made by Senate, upon recommendation
of Faculty acting in consultation with the Executive of the
Universities Service Club.
The Nichol Scholarship
By the generosity of the Hon. Walter Nichol, Lieutenant-
Governor of the Province, five three-year scholarships, each of
the annual value of $1,200, will be available for study in the
University of France, or at one of the other institutions of
higher education in France. These scholarships will be open to
graduates of the University of British Columbia who intend to
take up teaching as a profession. One scholarship will be available in 1925.
The intention of the donor being the development in
Canada, and particularly in this Province, of a wider knowledge
of the people of France, their ideals, literature, art and science,
and the promotion thereby of a better mutual understanding
between French and British in this country, each successful
candidate must undertake to return to British Columbia to
practise his profession for such time as seems reasonable in the
opinion of the Senate of the University.
Each scholarship may be held for three years, provided the
holder can show from year to year satisfactory progress in the
course of study undertaken. Application for the scholarships
must be made to the Registrar before May 1st. 46 The University of British Columbia
ROYAL INSTITUTION SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
(a) Matriculation Scholarships
1. Seven General Proficiency Scholarships will be awarded
on the result of the Junior Matriculation Examinations.
A. One of $150 to be awarded to the candidate who obtains
the highest standing in the Province.
B. Six of $100 each, one for each of the following districts,
to be awarded to the candidate from each of such districts who
obtains the highest standing among the candidates from the
district:—
1. Victoria District.
2. Vancouver Island (exclusive of Victoria District)
and Northern Mainland.
3. Vancouver District.
4. Fraser Delta (exclusive of Vancouver District, but
including Agassiz).
5. Yale.
6. Kootenays.
Note:—In the district from which the winner of A comes,
B will be awarded to the candidate standing second.
These scholarships can be enjoyed only by students in
attendance at The University of British Columbia.
2. A student who wins a Junior Matriculation Scholarship
and proceeds to Senior Matriculation in his own district high
school may have the scholarship reserved for him for one year,
to be awarded subject to his obtaining satisfactory standing in
the Senior Matriculation Examination.
3. A student winning a Matriculation Scholarship and
taking his first two years of the Arts course in an affiliated institution, may be allowed to enjoy the privilege of the scholarship
if he attends the University during the Third Year.
4. Sums accruing from unawarded Matriculation Scholarships may be used in the form of bursaries or loans. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 47
(b) First Year Scholarships
Four scholarships of $75 each (three in Arts and Science
and one in Applied Science) will be awarded for general proficiency in the work of the First Year.
(c) Student Loans
A fund is provided from which a loan not to exceed $100
may be made to a deserving student who is in need of pecuniary
assistance. Application for such a loan should be addressed to
the President of the University.
UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS
1. A scholarship of the value of $200 may be awarded to a
graduate student who shows special aptitude for post-graduate
studies. (Application should be made to the Registrar not later
than the last day of the final examinations.)
2. Two scholarships in Arts and Science of $75 each will
be awarded to students proceeding to the Fourth Year, the
award to be based on the work of the Third Year.
3. Three scholarships (two in Arts and Science and one in
Applied Science) of $75 each will be awarded to students proceeding to the Third Year, the award to be based on the work
of the Second Year.
4. A scholarship in Agriculture of $75 will be awarded to a
student proceeding to the Second Year, the award to be based
on the work of the First Year.
5. Two scholarships of $75 each may be awarded to
returned soldiers taking the work of the First Year, the award
to be based on the work of the year.
6. One scholarship of $75 will be awarded upon the results
of the Senior Matriculation Examination.
The Shaw Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by friends of the late
James Curtis Shaw, Principal of Vancouver College, and afterwards of McGill University College, Vancouver, will be paid
throughout his undergraduate course to any child of the late 48 The University of British Columbia
Principal Shaw who is in regular attendance at the University
as a fully matriculated student; when there is no such candidate,
it will be awarded upon the results of the examination of the
Second Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student
standing highest in any two of the following three subjects,
English, Latin, Greek, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The McGill Graduates' Scholarship
This scholarship of $137.50, founded by the McGill
Graduates' Society of British Columbia, will be awarded upon
the results of the examinations of the Second Year in Arts and
Science to the undergraduate student standing highest in
English and French, and proceeding to the work of the Third
Year.
The Vancouver Women's Canadian Club Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $110, given by the Women's
Canadian Club, will be awarded to the student obtaining first
place in Canadian History.
The Dunsmuir Scholarship
This scholarship of $165, founded by the Hon. James
Dunsmuir, will be awarded upon the results of the examinations
of the Third Year in Applied Science to the undergraduate
student standing highest in the Mining Engineering Course, and
proceeding to the work of the Fourth Year.
Note :—The above three scholarships were originally donated
to the Royal Institution, and have, with the consent of the
donors, been transferred by the Board of Governors of that
institution to The University of British Columbia.
The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $110, founded by the
members of the Terminal City Club as a memorial to those
members of the Club who lost their lives in the Great War, will
be awarded upon the results of the examinations of the Second
Year in Arts and Science to the undergraduate student standing
highest in English and Economics, and proceeding to the work
of the Third Year. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 49
The Arts '19 Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $150, given by the students
of Arts '19, will be awarded on the recommendation of the
Faculty Committee on Scholarships to a Third Year student in
Arts and Science proceeding to the Fourth Year.
The award will be based on (1) literary and scholastic
attainments, and (2) exhibition of moral force of character and
instincts to lead and take an interest in fellow-students and in
University activities.
This scholarship will be paid in full to the winner at the
beginning of the session.
The Kerr Scholarship
This scholarship, of the value of $200, given through the
Economic and Historical Society by the generosity of Mr. George
Kerr, will be awarded to the student standing highest in History
in the Third Year who will take at least two courses in History in
the Fourth Year.
The Scott Memorial Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $110—the proceeds
of an endowment of $2,000—founded by the Imperial Order of
the Daughters of the Empire of the City of Vancouver, in
memory of Captain Robert Falcon Scott, the Antarctic explorer,
who sacrificed his life in the cause of Science, will be awarded
for general proficiency in biological subjects to the student who
has completed his Second Year in Arts and Science, and who is
proceeding in the Third Year to Honour work either in Biology
or in a course including Biology.
The P. E. O. Sisterhood Scholarship
A scholarship of the annual value of $75, given by Chapters
A, C, and D, of the P. E. O. Sisterhood, will be awarded to the
woman student standing highest in English in the First Year
of the Faculty of Arts and Science. 50 The University of British Columbia
The Native Sons of Canada Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $500, given by the
Native Sons of Canada, Assembly No. 2, through the generosity
of one of its members, and intended to encourage knowledge of
Canada and devotion to her interests, will be awarded wholly
or in part to the undergraduate student of the Second, Third,
or Fourth Year in the Faculty of Arts and Science who submits
the best thesis on an assigned subject of Canadian History.
Unless the leading thesis is of exceptional merit, the scholarship
will be awarded in amounts of $350 and $150 to the first and
second competitors respectively. Subjects for the competition
have been selected as follows:—
1925-26: Geographical Factors in Canadian History; or
The United States and Canada, 1815-1925.
1926-27: Economic Factors in Canadian History; or Does
Canada Need a New National Policy?
1927-28: The Present Status of Canada; or The Growth of
Canadian National Feeling; or Canada and the Imperial Conferences.
The British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship
This scholarship, of the annual value of $100, donated
by the British Columbia Fruit Growers' Association, will be
awarded to a student taking the horticultural options of the
Third Year. To qualify for this scholarship candidates must
attain scholarship standing, not only in horticultural subjects,
but also in the work of the year, and must be proceeding to the
Horticultural Course of the Fourth Year — the year in which
the scholarship shall be enjoyed.
The Canadian Club of Vancouver Bursary
Through the generosity of the Canadian Club of Vancouver,
a sum of $300 will be available in 1925-26 to assist worthy male
matriculants who would not otherwise be able to enter upon the
University course. Candidates must be British subjects. They
should make application for the award as soon as possible after
the announcement of matriculation results. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 51
The Khaki University and Young Men's Christian Association
Memorial Scholarship Fund
The sum of $12,000, given to the University by the
Administrators of the Khaki University of Canada, provides a
fund to assist returned soldiers who are in actual need of money
to enable them to complete their courses, and to found scholarships, in the award of which preference should be given to the
sons and daughters of soldiers of the Great War.
Prizes for 1925-26
The British Columbia Dairymen's Association Prizes
A sum of $100 is given annually by the British Columbia
Dairymen's Association to encourage the judging of live stock
among students in the Department of Animal Husbandry. It is
awarded in three equal amounts to the students winning places
on the team that represents the University in stock-judging at
the Pacific International Exposition.
The Convocation Prize
This prize, of the value of $50, donated by Convocation of
The University of British Columbia, will be awarded annually
to the student obtaining first place in the Fourth Year of
Applied Science.
The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize
A book prize of the value of $50, given by J. N. Harvey,
Esq., in memory of his son, Gerald Myles Harvey, who died on
active service, will be awarded to the student in Arts and Science
who submits the best essay on a specified subject in Economics
or Political Science. The subjects for the Session 1925-26 are
as follows:
1. Is it Economically or Socially Advantageous to Restrict the
Export of Raw Materials from Canada?
2. How far is Canada Losing by Emigration ? Is this Loss
Avoidable, and if so, by What Means? 52 The University of British Columbia
3. Canada's Political Future:
(a) Independence within the British Commonwealth of
Nations.
(b) Sovereign Independence.
(c) Union with the United States.
The Historical Society Prize
Through the generosity of R. L. Reid, Esq., K.C, the
Historical Society of the University has been able to offer,
annually, a prize of $25, open to all students in Arts and Science,
for the best essay on an assigned subject.
The University Prize
A book prize of the value of $25, open to all students of the
University, will be awarded for an essay on a special literary
subject, to be announced at the beginning of the Session by the
Department of English.
The Vancouver Women's Conservative Association Prize
This prize, of the value of $25, given by the Vancouver
Women's Conservative Association, is open to students taking
the Mathematics of the First Year in the Faculty of Arts and
Science. In awarding the prize preference will be given to the
son or daughter of a deceased soldier, provided satisfactory
standing is secured in the subject.
The Walter Morberly Memorial Prize
A book prize of the annual value of $25, donated by the
Vancouver Branch of the Engineering Institute of Canada in
memory of the late Walter Moberly, will be awarded for the best
engineering thesis submitted by any Fourth Year student in the
Faculty of Applied Science.
The Players' Club Prize
A prize of the value of $50, donated by the Players' Club,
is offered for an original play suitable for the club's Christmas
performance. The award will be made on the recommendation
of the Faculty members of the Advisory Board of the Players'
Club. Medals, Scholarships and Prizes 53
The Letters Club Prize
A prize of $25, presented by R. L. Reid, Esq., K.C, honorary
member of the Letters Club, is offered annually for the best essay
by an undergraduate student in Arts on an assigned subject in
Canadian literature. The award will be made on the recommendation of the Department of English.
The Provincial Board of Health Prizes
The Provincial Board of Health of the Province of British
Columbia offers the sum of $100 in prizes for competition in
the Course in Public Health Nursing.
Graduate Bursary in Mining and Metallurgy
Through the British Columbia Division of the Canadian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, the Granby Consolidated
Mining and Smelting Company, and the Crow's Nest Coal Company, each offer to give employment annually to two selected
graduates of The University of British Columbia, to enable them,
while earning a livelihood, to obtain practical experience and
personal knowledge of the various phases of metal mining or
smelting, and coal mining, respectively, under favorable conditions and in the minimum of time.
The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy Bursary
The British Columbia Division of the Canadian Institute of
Mining and Metallurgy offers a bursary of $50 to be awarded
on the recommendation of the Faculty of Applied Science to the
student taking the courses in Mining, Metallurgy, or Geological
Engineering, who, in the judgment of the Faculty, will be most
benefited thereby.
The Professional Engineers' Prizes
Five book prizes, each of the value of $25, have been offered
by the Association of Professional Engineers of British Columbia
and may be competed for by those students in the Third Year
of the Faculty of Applied Science who are registered as pupils
with the Association, a prize to be awarded for a thesis in each
of five branches of engineering, and the regular summer theses
to be offered in competition. 54 The University of British Columbia
GENERAL REGULATIONS
1. Scholarships, medals, and prizes will be awarded at the
close of the session, and, in case of Matriculation Examinations,
after the June examination.
2. If the award of a medal, scholarship, or prize is based
on an examination, no award will be made to a candidate who
obtains less than 75 per cent, of the possible marks.
3. No candidate will be permitted to hold more than one
scholarship, but anyone who would, but for this provision, have
been entitled to a second scholarship will have his name published in the lists.
4. A scholarship which cannot be awarded because of Rule 3
will be granted to the candidate next in order of merit, provided
that he has obtained the marks required by Rule 2.
5. In the case of scholarships awarded to undergraduates,
the successful candidate, in order to retain his scholarship,
must proceed with his course to the satisfaction of the Faculty
concerned, but the Faculty may, upon satisfactory reasons being
shown, permit a scholar to postpone attendance for a year without forfeiting the scholarship, the payment of the scholarship
being also postponed.
6. The scholarships will be paid in three instalments during
the session following their award — on the 15th of November,
the 15th of January, and the 15th of March.
7. Winners of scholarships who desire to do so may resign
the monetary value, while the appearance of their names in the
University list enables them to retain the honour. Any funds
thus made available will be used for additional scholarships or
student loans. THE f^
FACULTY
Qof
ARTS AND SCIENCE 56
The University of British Columbia
TIME TABLE
FACULTY OF ARTS
KEY TO BUILDINGS: A, Arts; Ag, Agriculture;
MORNINGS
10
11
Monday
Biology 2
Biology 3
Botany 6 e
Economics 3
English 1 a
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5..
English 13
French 2
Sees, a, b, c ..
Geology 3 and 4..
Greek 1
Mathematics 10..
Philosophy 1 a
Physics 1 a.
Botany 5 a
Botany 6 d
Chemistry 3
Economics 1 a
English 9
French 3 b
French 4 b
Geology 1
History 8
Mathematics 1 a.
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5..
Philosophy 5.
Physics 1 b
Physics 3
Agricultural
Economics
Biology 1
Chemistry 7
Economics 1 b
Economics 7
English 14
French 1
Sees, a, b, c, d..
French 4 d
Geology 8
Government 3 (not
given 1925-26).
History 2
History 7
Latin 1 a
Mathematics 2...
Physics 4
Zoology 1
Room
A 204
AplOl
AplOl
A 108
A 103,
106,205,
206,207
A 100
A 101,
104,105
Apl02
A 102
A 201
AplOO
S200
AplOl
AplOl
S300
A 103
Ap202
A 104
A 105
AplOO
A 101
A 100,
106,205,
206,207
A 102
S200
S210
AgI02
AplOO
S417
S400
A 102
A 203
A 105,
108,204
207
A 104
Apl02
A 100
A 101
A 103
A 106
S210
AplOl
Tuesdat Room
Botany 2
Botany 4
Economics 2
English 1 b
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11
French 2
Sees, d, e, f
Geology 5 and 12.
Latin 2
Latin 6
Physics 2 a
Zoology 2
Zoology 3
Botany 3
Botany 6 c
Chemistry 9
Economics 1 c ....
English 17
French 4 a
Geology 2
Government 1 ....
Greek 2
History 6
Mathematics 1 b..
Philosophy 2
Physics 2 b ...
Botany 1
Botany 6 b
Chemistry 1 c ....
Chemistry 4
Economics 1 d ....
French 1
Sees, e, f, g, h..
French 3 a
(Geology 6
Government 2
History 3
History 9
Latin 1 b
Philosophy 8 ..
Zoology 4
Zoology 7
AplOl
A 108
A 100,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 101,
104,105
Apl02
A 103
A 102
S200
AplOl
AplOl
AplOl
AplOl
S417
A 103
A 203
A 104
Apl02
A 108
A 102
A 101
A 105,
106,205,
206,207
208
A 204
S200
A 204
A 201
S300
S417
AplOO
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 100
Apl02
A 102
A 106
A 101
A 103
A 205
AplOl
AplOl
Wednesday Room
Biology 2
Biology 3
Botany 6 e
Economics 3
English 1 a
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 13
French 2
Sees, a, b, c
Geology 3 and 4..
Greek 1
Mathematics 10 ..
Philosophy I a ....
Physics 1 a
Botany 5 b
Botany 6d
Chemistry 3
Economics 1 a ....
English 9
French 3 b
French 4 b
Geology 1
Geology 7^x(.
History 8
Mathematics 1 a..
Philosophy 5
Physics 1 b ...
Physics 3
Agricultural
Economics
Biology I
Chemistry 7
Economics 1 b ...
Economics 7
English 14
French 1
Sees, a, b, c, d...
French 4 d
{Geology 8
'Government 3 (not
given 1925-26 )
History 2
History 7
Latin 1 a
Mathematics 2 ...
Physics 4
Zoology 1
A 204
AplOl
AplOl
A 108
A 103,
106,205.
206,207
A 100
A 101,
104,105
Apl02
A 102
A 201
AplOO
S200
AplOl
S300
A 103
Ap202
A 104
A 105
AplOO
Apl02
A 101
A 100,
106,205,
206,207
A 102
S200
S210
Agl02
AplOO
S417
S400
A 102
A 203
A 105,
108,204,
207
A 104
Apl02
A 100
A 101
A 103
A 106
S210
Ap 101 Time Table
57
-1925-26
AND science
Ap, Applied Science; S, Science.
MORNINGS
Thtosday
Botany 2
Economics 2
English 1 b
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11
French 2
Sees, d, e, t
Geology 5 and 12...
Latin 2
Latin 6
Physics 2 a
Zoology 2
Zoology 3
Botany 3
Botany 6 c
Chemistry 9
Economics 1 c ....
English 17
French 4 a
Geology 2
Government 1 ....
Greek 2
History 6
Mathematics 1 b
Philosophy 2
Physics 2 b
Botany 1
Chemistry 1 c
Chemistry 4
Economics 1 d
French 1
Sees, e, f, g, h..
French 3 a
^Geology 6
Government 2
History 3
History 9
Latin 1 b
Philosophy 8
Zoology 4
Zoology 7
Room
A 108
A 100,
106,200,
206,207,
208
A 101,
104,105
Apl02
A 103
A 102
S200
AplOl
AplOl
AplOl
AplOl
S417
A 103
A 203
A 104
AplOSJ
A 108
A 102
A 101
A 105,
106,205?
206,207,
208
A 204
S200
A 204
S300
S417
AplOO
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 100
Apl02
A 102
A 106
A 101
A 103
A 205
AplOl
AplOl
Feidat
Botany 6f
Botany 7 a
Economics 3
English 1 b
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 13
French 2
Sees, a, b, c
Geology 3 and 4 ..
Greek 1
Mathematics 10 ....
Philosophy 1 a
Physics 1 a
Botany 5 a
Chemistry 2
Economics 1 a ....
English 9
French 3 b
French 4 b
Geology 7 ~~^6~
History 8 ..........
Mathematics 1 a
Philosophy 5
Physics 1 b ....
Agricultural
Economics
Economics 1 b ....
Economics 7
English 14
French 1
Sees, a, b, c, d..
French 4 d
!ipeology 8
Government 3 (not
given 1925-26) .
History 2
History 7
Latin 1 a
Mathematics 2
Zoology 6
Zoology 7
Room
AplOl
A 108
A 103,
106, 205,
206,207
A 100
A 101,
104,105
Apl02
A 102
A 201
AplOO
S200
S,£
AplOl
S300
A103
^Vp202
A104
A 105
AplOO
A 101
A 100,
106,205,
206,207
A 102
S200
Agl02
S400
A 102
A 203
A 105,
108,204,
207
A 104 i
Apl02
A 100
A 101
A 103
A 106
AplOl
AplOl
Saturday
Botany 5 b Lab
Chemistry 9 Lab...
Economics 2
English 1 a
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11
French 2
Sees, d, e, f
eology 10
atin 2
Latin 6
Physics 2 a
Botany 5 b Lab....
Chemistry 9 Lab..
Economics 1 c
English 17
French 4 a
^Geology 10
Government 1
Greek 2
History 6
Mathematics 1 b .
Philosophy 2
Physics 2 b ...
Botany 5 b Lab....
Chemistry 1 c
Chemistry 9 Lab..
Economics 1 d
French 1
Sees, e, f, g, h...
French 3 a
^Geology 10
Government 2
History 3
History 9
Latin 1 b
Philosophy 8 ..
Room
A 108
A 100,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 101,
104,105
A108
A 102
S200
A 103
A 203
A 104
A108
A 102
A 101
A 105,
106,205,
206,207,
208
A 204
S200
S300
AplOO
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 100
A102
A 106
A 101
A 103
A 205 58
The University of British Columbia
AFTERNOONS
TIME TABLE
Monday
Room
Tuesday
Room
Wednesday
Room
Botany 5 a Lab.
Botany 6 c Lab
Chemistry la
Economics 5 (not
given 1925-26)...
English 2 b
S300
A 100,
Ap 100,
202
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 204
A 201
A 101
A 102
A 202
A 207
S200
Bacteriology 1
Biology 1 Lab. a...
Botany 6 e Lab.
English 7
A 101
A 105,
106,205,
206,207,
208
Chemistry 1 a
Economics 5 (not
given 1925-26) ...
English 2 a
S300
Mathematics 1 b
Zoology 2 Lab. ...
A 100
A 104,
French 1
Sees, i, j, k, 1
105,108,
203
A 204
1
Sees, i, j, k, 1.
French 4 c
Geology 7 Lab....\-
Greek, Beginners...
A 201
A 101
Greek, Bgeinners...
Historv 4
A 102
Mathematics 3 . , .
Philosophy 4
A 202
A 207
Mathematics 3
Philosophy 4
S200
Zoology 5 Lab.
Sociology
Zoology 5 Lab.
Zoology 6 Lab
Botany 6 a Lab.. ...
Botany 6 c Lab. ..
Chemistry 1 b
Chemistry 7 Lab....
S300
A 108
A 102
A 104
A 105,
203,204
AplOO
A 100
A 101
S200
A 201
Apl02
A 102
Bacteriology 1 a
Biology 1 Lab. a...
Botany 6e Lab.v
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2
A 103,
106,205,
206,207
A 100
A 201
Biology 3 Lab
Botany 3 Lab
Chemistry 1 b
S300
A 108
English 10
A 102
Sees. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
English 16
A 104
English 10
French 1
A 108,
Sees, m, n, o
Geology 7 Lab...^.
Geography 1 ...„.._
203,204
2
French 1
Geology 1 Lab
Greek, Beginners...
Zoology 3 Lab
AplOO
A 100
A 101
Philosophy 1 b
Zoology 6 Lab
S200
Philosophy 1 b ....._
Bacteriology 1
Botany 4 Lab
Botany 5 a Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 7 Lab. ...
English 12
Biology 1 Lab. b.
Botany 2 Lab
Botany 4 Lab.
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
English 8
A 201
A 101
A 102
3
English 15
Physics 3 Lab
Zoology 2 Lab
Latin 7
Physics 4 Lab.
Zoology 6 Lab
4
Bacteriology
Botany 4 Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 7 Lab...
Physics 4 Lab
Biology 1 Lab. b.
Botany 2 Lab.
Botany 4 Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab. 2
Chemistry 2 Lab.b
Physics 3 Lab
Zoology 2 Lab
Zoology 3 Lab
1
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
5
Chemistry 1 Lab. 1
Chemistry 2 Lab. a Time Table
59
—Continued
AFTERNOONS
Thubsday
Room
Friday
Room
Bacteriology 1
English 7
A 101
A 100,
106,205,
206, 207
Biology 1 Lab. c...
Chemistry 1 a
Economics 5 (not
given 1925-26)
English 2 a ,
French 1
S300
A 100
A 104,
105,108,
203
A 204
A 201
A 101
A 102
A 202
A 207
S200
-
Geology 1 Lab
Mathematics 1 a ...
Zoology 1 Lab
Sees, i, j, k, 1
French 4 c
Greek, Beginners...
1
Latin 4
Mathematics 8
Philosophy 4
Sociology
Zoology 7 Lab.
Bacteriology 1
Chemistry 3 Lab. b
A 100,
106, 205,
206, 207,
208
A102
Biology 1 Lab. c...
Chemistry 1 b
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
Economics 4
S300
A 108
A 102
A 104
A 105,
203,204
AplOO
A 100
A 101
S200
Sees. 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11
English 10 .
English 16
French 1 W.
Greek 1
Sees, m, n, o ...
Geography 1
History 1
2
Philosophy ..._
Botany 6 b Lab
Botany 6e Lab
Botany 7 a Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 8 Lab.b
English 8
A 201
A 101
A 102
Biology 1 Lab. d
Botany 6d Lab
Chemistry 1 Lab, 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
English 12
A 201
3
English 15
Latin 7
Botany 7 a Lab....
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 8 Lab. b
Biology 1 Lab. d...
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
Chemistry 3 Lab. a
Zoology 7 Lab
4
Chemistry 1 Lab. 3
Chemistry 2 Lab. b
Chemistry 1 Lab. 4
Chemistry 2 Lab. a
5 Faculty of Arts and Science Supplemental Examinations
SEPTEMBER, 1925
Oi
©
Date
Wednesday,
September 9th
Thursday,
September 10th
Friday,
September 11th
Saturday,
September 12th
Monday,
September 14th
Tuesday,
September 15th
Wednesday,
September 16th
Hour
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
A.M.
9
A.M.
1
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
9
1
A.M.
P.M.
First Year
History, 1, 2, 3
English Literature
Latin Authors
Latin Composition, Sight, and
History
French Authors
French Grammar
Physics 1
Geometry
Greek
Trigonometry
Chemistry 1
German
Algebra
English Composition
Economics 1
Biology 1
Geography
Second Year
History, 1, 2, 3
English Literature
Latin Authors
Latin Composition, Sight, and
History
Calculus
French Authors
French Grammar
Physics 1, 2, 3
Philosophy 1
Geometry
Greek
Botany 1
Zoology 1
Chemistry 1,2
Getrman
Algebra
English Composition
Geology 1, 2
Economics 1, 2
Biology 1
Geography
Third Year
o
a>
a
crq
a
►3
feed
►3
CO
fc
o
a
8
a
is FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF B.A.
The degree of B.A. is granted with Honours or as a Pass
degree. Four regular sessions of class-room work from Junior
Matriculation or three from Senior Matriculation are required.
A double course in Arts and Science and Applied Science
is offered, leading to the degrees of BA. and BA.Sc. (See
"Double Course.")
No distinction is made between Pass and Honour students
in the First and Second Years, except as regards prerequisites
for later work, but in the Third and Fourth Years there are
special requirements for Honour students.
Courses are described in terms of units. A unit normally-
consists of one lecture hour (or one continuous laboratory period
of not less thari two or more than three hours) per week
throughout the session, or two lecture hours (or equivalent
laboratory periods) throughout a single term.
Note.—Students in any of the affiliated Theological Colleges
who file with the Registrar a written statement expressing their
intention of graduating in Theology will be allowed to offer,
in each year of their Arts course, in place of optional subjects
set down in the Calendar for the Year and course in which
they are registered, Religious Knowledge options, to the extent
of three units taken from the following list: Hebrew, Biblical
Literature, New Testament Greek, Church History, Christian
Ethics and Apologetics.
First and Second Years
1. The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15
of which must be taken in each year; but there are certain
courses not open to First Year students. Details of the courses
are given by the various departments and appear at pages
64 to 116. 62 Faculty of Arts and Science
Each student must take: Units
(a) English 1 in the First Year and
English 2 in the Second Year 6
(b) The first two courses in a language
offered for Matriculation, one course
in each year 6
(c) Mathematics 1, in the First Year 3
(d) Economics 1, or History 1 or 2 or 3,
or Philosophy 1 3
(e) Biology 1, or Chemistry 1, or Geology 1, or Physics 1 3
(/) Three courses—not already ehosen—
selected from the following:—
Biology 1, Botany 1, Chemistry 1,
Chemistry 2, Economics .1, Economics 2, French 1, French 2, Geography 1, Geology 1, Geology 2,
German 1, German 2, Greek 1,
Greek 2, History 1, History 2, History 3, Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics 3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics 1,
Physics 2, Physics 3, Zoology 1 9
Note.—Botany 1, Zoology 1, Geology 1 and
2 and History 3 are not open to
First Year students. Economics 1,
and Philosophy 1 are open to First
Year students only if the permission
of the Heads of these departments is
obtained. History 2 is open to
First Year students only if they
are preparing for entrance to the
Normal School.
2. No student in his First Year may elect more than one
beginners' course in language, and no beginners' course in Pass Courses 63
language will count towards a degree unless followed by a second
year's work in that language.
3. A student taking three languages in the first two years
may defer the course selected under e (above) to the Third or
Fourth Year.
Note (for students intending to enter the Faculty of
Applied Science:
(a) Physics 1 and Chemistry 1 are compulsory.
(b) A grade of 50 per cent, is required in Physics 1, Chemistry
1 and Mathematics 1 (a), (b), and (c).
(c) Biology 1 or Economics 1, if completed in First Year Arts,
need not be taken in Applied Science.
(d) French is advisable for students expecting to enter Geological Engineering.
To ensure the conformity of their courses to Calendar regulations, all students in their Second Year are advised to submit
to the Dean of the Faculty, on or before March 31st of each year,
a scheme of the courses they propose to take during their last
two years.
Third and Fourth Years : Pass Curriculum
1. The work of the Third and Fourth Years consists of 30
units, of which students must take, in their Third Year, not
less than 15 units or more than 18.
2. A minimum of 15 units must be taken in two Major
subjects, at least 6 units in each, and a minimum of 6 units in
some other subject or subjects. Work in the First or Second
Year is required in each of the Major subjects, except in the
case of Bacteriology. Both Major subjects must be chosen from
one of the following groups:
(a) Chemistry, Bacteriology, Botany, Geology, Physics,
Zoology.
(b) Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics. 64 Faculty of Arts and Science
(c) Economics, Philosophy, Mathematics.
(d) English, Greek, Latin, French, German, History,
Economics, Philosophy.
3. Details of courses available in the Third and Fourth
Years are furnished by the various departments, and appear
at Pages 64 to 116.
Any course not taken in the First and Second Years may
be taken in the Third or Fourth Years, except History 1, 2, 3,
but no credit will be given for a language course normally
taken in the First Year unless it is taken in the Third Year and
continued in the Fourth Year. Some courses, however, are
intended for Honour students only.
4. During the Fourth Year one course of private reading,
to count not more than 3 units, may be taken with the consent
of the department concerned.
HONOURS
1. Students whose proposed scheme of work involves Honour
courses must obtain the consent of the departments concerned
and of the Dean before entering on these courses; and this cop-
sent will normally be granted only to those students who have a
clear academic record at the end of their Second Year with at
least Second Class standing in the subject or subjects of specialization. (Cards of application for admission to Honour courses
may be obtained at the Registrar's office.)
2. Certain departments offer Honour courses either alone
or in combination with other departments. For Honours in a
single department, at least 18 of the requisite 30 units must be
taken in the department concerned, and at least 6 outside it.
For Honours in combined courses, at least 12 units are required
in each of two subjects. Particulars of these courses are given
below.
3. All candidates for Honours may, at the option of the
department or departments concerned, be required to present a
graduating essay embodying the results of some investigation Honour Courses 65
that they have made independently. Credit for the graduating
essay will be not less than 3 or more than 6 units.
4. Candidates for Honours are required, at the end of their
Fourth Year, to take a general examination, oral or written, or
both, as the department or departments concerned shall decide.
This examination is designed to test the student's knowledge of
his chosen subject or subjects as a whole and is in addition to
the ordinary class examinations of the Third and Fourth Years.
5. Honours are of two grades—First Class and Second Class.
Students who, in the opinion of the department concerned, have
not attained a sufficiently high ranking may be awarded a pass
degree. If a combined Honour course is taken, First Class
Honours will be given only if both the departments concerned
agree; and an Honour degree will be withheld if either department refuses a sufficiently high ranking.
6. The following Honour courses are regularly offered, and
other Honour courses may be arranged with the department
or departments concerned.
HONOUR COURSES IN SINGLE DEPARTMENTS
Biology (Botany Option)
Prerequisites:—Biology 1, Chemistry 1, and Botany 1.
Physics 1 and Zoology 1 are required before completion of the
course and should be taken as early as possible.
Required Courses:—Botany 3, 4, 5 (a), and 6 (c).
Optional Courses:—Biology 2 and 3; courses in Botany not
specifically required; and courses in Zoology. Optional eourses
should be selected in consultation with the department.
Biology (Zoology Option)
Prerequisites:—Biology 1, Zoology 1, Chemistry 1.
Physics 1 and Botany 1 are required before completion of
the course and should be taken as early as possible. Students
are also advised to take Chemistry 2 and 3.
Required Courses:—Zoology 2, 3, 5, 6. 66 Faculty of Arts and Science
Optional Courses:—Zoology 4, 7, 8; courses in Botany;
Geology 6. These optional courses should be selected in consultation with the Head of the department.
Chemistry
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2.
Course:—Candidates are required to complete the following
courses: Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9.
Classics
Course:—Any three of Greek 3, 5, 6, 7, and any three of
Latin 3, 4, 5, 6.
As proof of ability to write Greek and Latin prose, candidates must attain not less than Second Class standing in Greek
8 and Latin 8. During the candidate's Fourth Year, papers will
be set on sight translation; and the candidate is advised to
pursue a course of private reading under the supervision of the
department.
There will also be a general paper on Antiquities, Literature
and History. ,
Economics
Prerequisites:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—Economics 2 if not already taken, any 15 further
units in the department, and a graduating essay which will
count 3 units. (Tutorial instruction will be arranged in connection with the essay.)
Students must pass an oral examination and, if required,
address a general audience on a designated subject.
Work in this department should be supplemented by a
course in Ethics and by the foundational courses in History.
English Language and Literature
Prerequisites:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—English 19 (involving an examination on the life,
times, and complete works of some major English author), 20,
21 (a), 21 (6), 22, 24 (the seminar, which must be attended in Honour Courses 67
both years, though credit will be given only for the work of the
final year), and a graduating essay which will count 3 units.
Candidates will be required to take a final Honours examination, written or oral, or both, on the History of English
Literature. In the award of Honours special importance will
be attached to the graduating essay and to the final Honours
Examination.
If the candidate's work outside the department does not
include a course in English History, he must take an examination
in that subject.
Geology
Prerequisites:—Geology 1. If possible Geology 2 should be
taken. Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 should be taken in the First
Year. Zoology 1, to which Biology 1 is prerequisite, should be
taken in the Third Year in preparation for Geology 6.
Course:—18 units to be chosen from Geology 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 10, 12.
History
Course:—Any 18 units, of which the graduating essay will
count 3 units. The seminar (which carries no credit) must be
attended in either the Third or the Fourth Year. A reading
knowledge of French is required.
French
Course:—French 3 (a), 3 (b), 3 (c) in the Third Year.
French 4 (a),i (b),i (c) in the Fourth Year.
A graduating essay (in French) which will count 3 units.
Mathematics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Any 18 units in Mathematics, and Physics 3 and
4. Mathematics 3 or 4, but not both, may be taken among the
requisite 18 units. A final Honours Examination is required.
Physics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 2, Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Mathematics 10, 16, 17. Physics 3 and 4, and 12
additional units. 68 Faculty of Arts and Science
COMBINED HONOUR COURSES
(a) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Bacteriology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Biology 1; Botany 1,
or Zoology 1.
Course:—Bacteriology 1, 2 and 5; the required courses for
either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour
course in Biology.
(b) Biology (Botany and Zoology) and Geology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Biology 1; Geology 1.
Course:—Geology 2, 3 and 6; the required courses for either
the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour course
in Biology.
(c) Chemistry and Biology (Botany and Zoology)
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2;
Biology 1.
Course:—Chemistry 3, 4, 5, 7 and 9; the required courses for
either the Botany option or the Zoology option of the Honour
course in Biology.
(d) Chemistry and Physics
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Mathematics 2. ^
Course:—Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and Physics 3, 4, 7
or 9, and 8 or 10. Candidates are advised to take Mathematics 10.
(e) Chemistry and Geology
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1; Physics 1 or 2, and Geology 1.
Course:—Chemistry 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7, and at least 12 units
in Geology.
(f) Mathematics and Physics
Prerequisites:—Mathematics 1 and 2; Physics 1 or 2.
Course:—Mathematics, at least 12 units, including Mathematics 10, 16 and 17.
Physics, at least 12 units, including Physics 3 if not already
taken, and Physics 4. Combined Honour Courses 69
(g) Any two of:
Economics, English, French, History, Latin, Philosophy.
Economics
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—Any 12 units, including Economics 2, if not
already taken.
English
Prerequisite:—A reading knowledge of French or German.
Course:—English 20 and 24, and any three of the English
courses of the first division. The seminar must be attended
during both of the final years, but credits which count for the
B.A. degree will be given only for the work of the Fourth Year.
A final Honours Examination, written or oral, or both, is
required on the History of English Literature since 1500.
French
Course:—If the graduating essay is written on a French
subject, 3 (a) and 3 (c), 4 (a) and 4 (c); otherwise either
these courses or 3 (a) and 3 (b), 4 (a) and 4 (b).
Courses 3 (b) and 4 (b) are intended primarily for Honour
students and should be taken whenever possible, even if they
are not required to make up the minimum number of units.
History
Prerequisites:—A reading knowledge of French.
Course:—History 4 or 5 and any 9 additional units, of
which the graduating essay, if written in History, will count
3 units.
The seminar (which carries no credits) must be attended
in either the Third or Fourth Year.
Latin
Course:—Latin 8 and any four of 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. In the
final year candidates must pass an examination (a) in sight 70 Faculty of Arts and Science
translation, and (b) in Latin Literature, History and Antiquities.
Private reading under the direction of the department is
recommended.
Philosophy
Course:—Any 12 units besides Philosophy 1, six units in
each year.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations in all subjects and obligatory for all
students are held in December and in April. Applications for
special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after
the close of the examination period.
2. In the First and Second Years, candidates will not be
considered as having passed unless they obtain at least 40 per
cent, on each subject and 50 per cent, on the aggregate. In the
case of Beginners' Greek and German, however, the passing
mark is 50 per cent. In the Third and Fourth Years, candidates
must obtain at least 50 per cent, on each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to 80
per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50 per
paper.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied
by the necessary fees (See schedule of Fees) must be in the
hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date set
for the examinations. Examinations and Advancement 71
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units of
the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of Matriculation unless special permission to do so is granted by Faculty.
Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is satisfied
that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject
in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from
an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects
of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat
his year, may, on application in writing, be exempted by the
Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations in
subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year,
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special examination in English to be set by the Department of English. Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of Bacteriology
Professor: Hibbert Winslow Hill
Special Lecturer: Charles S. McKee.
Instructor: Freda L. Wilson.
Assistant: Helen M. Mathews.
1. General Bacteriology:—A course consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
The history of bacteriology, the place of bacteria in nature,
the classification of bacterial forms, methods of culture and
isolation, and various bactericidal substances and conditions will
be studied. The relationship of bacteria to agriculture, household science, and public health will be carefully considered.
Text-book:—MacKie & McCartney, An Introduction to
Practical Bacteriology.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 1, and Biology 1.
Seven hours a week. First Term. 2 units.
2. Special Bacteriology:—-A course consisting of lectures,
demonstrations, and laboratory work.
The more common pathogenic bacteria will be studied, together with the reaction of the animal body against invasion by
these bacteria. The course will include studies in immunity
and the various diagnostic methods in use in public health
laboratories.
Text-book:—Conn & Conn, Bacteriology.
Prerequisite:—Bacteriology 1.
Seven hours a week. Second Term. 2 units.
3. As in Dairying 3 (under Faculty of Agriculture.
2 units.
4. As in Dairying 7 (under Faculty of Agriculture.
V/2 units.
5. Immunity:—A reading course. Tutorial instruction of
one hour a week is arranged in connection with this course.
Text-book:—Zinsser, Infection and Immunity.
Prerequisites:—Bacteriology 1 and 2. 3 units. Biology 73
Department of Botany
Professor: A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor: John Davidson.
Assistant Professor: Frank Dickson.
Assistant: F. Heward Bell.
Assistant: Gertrude Smith.
Assistant: Marjorie Elliott.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses
closely related to Biological Science, such as Agriculture, Forestry, Medicine. 1^^^
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
The course is prerequisite to all courses in Botany and
Zoology.
Text-book: — Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea &
Febiger, 1920.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
2. Principles of Genetics:—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Text-book:—Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press.
Prerequisite:—Biology 1.
Two lectures per week. First Term. 1 unit.
3. General Physiology:—A study of animal and plant life
processes. Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having
prerequisite Biology, Chemistry and Physics.
Text-book:—Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans, Green.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Reference
readings Second Term. 3 units. 74 Faculty of Arts and Science
Botany
1. General Botany:—A course including a general survey of
the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized
courses in Botany.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Text-book:—Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Biology 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
2. Morphology:—A comparative study of plant structures.
The relationship of plant groups. Comparative life-histories.
Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant
structures, from the lower to the higher forms, involving a
progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence
of parts.
Text-book:—Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
3. Plant Physiology.
Text-book:—V. I. Palladin, Plant Physiology, English
Edition (Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, Blakiston.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory work per week.
First Term. 2 units.
4. Histology:—A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida; photo-micrographic apparatus.
Text-books—Stevens, Plant Anatomy, Blakiston.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Seven hours per week. Second Term. 2 units Botany 75
5. Systematic Flora.
5 (a) Economic Flora:—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts.
Text-books:—Henry, "Flora of Southern British Columbia,
Gage; Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with Flora, American Book
Co.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and the equivalent of four hours practical
work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the preparation of collections. Second Term. 2 units.
5 (b) Dendrology:—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis on
the species of economic importance. Identification, distribution,
relative importance, construction of keys.
Text-books:—Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch, Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D.C.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and two or three hours laboratory or field work
per week. 2 units.
6 (a) General Plant Pathology:—Identification and life
histories of pathogens causing disease of some common economic
plants; means of combating them.
Text-book:—Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 1 unit. 76 Faculty of Arts and Science
6 (&) Forest Pathology:—Nature, identification and control of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
Text-book:—Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
One lecture and two hours laboratory per week during one-
half of the Second Term. V2 ulut-
6 (c) Plant Pathology (Elementary):—A course similar to
6 (a), but including more details concerning the diseases studied.
Text-book:—Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
6 (d) Plant Pathology (Advanced):—A course designed for
Honour or Graduate students. Technique; isolation and culture
work; inoculations; details concerning the various stages in the
progress of plant diseases; a detailed study of control measures.
Prerequisite:—Botany 6 (a) or 6 (c).
One lecture and four hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
6 (e) Mycology:—A course designed to give the student a
general knowledge of the fungi from a taxonomic point of view.
Text-books:—Stevens, The Fungi which cause Plant Disease,
Macmillan.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
6 (/) History of Plant Pathology:—A lecture course dealing with the history of the science of Plant Pathology from
ancient times to the present.
Text-book:—Whetzel, An Outline of the History of Phytopathology, Saunders.
Prerequisite:—Botany 6 (a) or 6 (c).
One lecture per week. Second Term. y2 unit. Botany 77
7. Plant Ecology.
7 (a) Forest Ecology and Geography:—The inter-relations
of forest trees and their environment; the biological characteristics of important forest trees; forest associations; types and
regions; physiography.
Text-book:—M. E. Hardy, The Geography of Plants, Oxford
University Press.
Prerequisite:—Botany 1.
One lecture and one period of field and practical work per
week. Second Term.
Evening and Short Courses in Botany
A Course in General Botany, comprising approximately
fifty lectures, is open to all interested in the study of plant life
of the Province. No entrance examination and no previous
knowledge of the subject is required.
The course is designed to assist teachers, gardeners, foresters,
and other lovers of outdoor life in the Province. As far as
possible, illustrative material will be selected from the flora of
British Columbia.
The classes meet every Tuesday evening during the University session (Sept.-May) from 7.30 to 9.30 p.m. Field or
laboratory work, under direction, is regarded as a regular part
of the course.
No examination is required except in the case of University
students desiring credit (two units) for this course. Other
students desiring to ascertain their standing in the class may
apply for a written test.
A detailed statement of requirements, and work covered in
this course, is issued as a separate circular. Copies may be had
on request. 78 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of Chemistry
Professor: E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry: R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor: M. J. Marshall.
Lecturer: C. A. H. Wright.
Instructor: John Allardyce.
Assistant: Wm. E. Graham.
Assistant: J. L. Huggett.
Assistant: Swanzey Peck.
Assistant: A. F. Gill.
Assistant: R. N. Crozier.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Text-book:—Alexander Smith, Inorganic Chemistry, Century.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — One lecture and six hours
laboratory per week throughout the First Term. (During the
first six weeks of the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part of the laboratory work.)
(6) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis.
Text-books:—A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan;
Cumming & Kay, Quantitative Analysis, Gurney & Jackson.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 1.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 3 units.
Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of the
compounds of carbon will include the methods of preparation Chemistry 79
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series.
Chemistry 3 will only be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
Books recommended:—Holleman- Walker, Text-book of
Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman, The Practical Methods
of Organic Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Text-book:—James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. V/2 units.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—The work of this course will
include the detection and separation of the less common metals,
particularly those that are important industrially, together with
the analysis of somewhat complex substances occurring in
nature.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. First Term.
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will
include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rocks,
as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles
on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute
consideration than was possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 2.
One lecture and six hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 3 units. 80 Faculty of Arts and Science
6. Industrial Chemistry.—Those industries, which are dependent on the facts and principles of Chemistry, will be considered in as much detail as time will permit. The lectures will
be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments in
the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be
given by specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gases,
thermjo-chemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the physical
properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their chemical
constitutions.
Text-books: — Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements,
Longmans.
For reference:—Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical
Chemistry, Longmans. Getman, Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisites:—-Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
8. Electro-Chemistry. — Solutions are studied from the
standpoint of the osmotic and the dissociation theories. The
laws of electrolysis, electroplating, electromotive force, primary
and secondary cells are considered in some detail.
For reference:—Le Blanc, Elements of Electro-Chemistry,
Macmillan; Creighton-Fink, Theoretical Electro-Chemistry,
Vol. I, John Wiley & Sons; Allmand, Applied Electro-Chemistry,
Longmans, Green.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 4.
Three lectures and three hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry.—Important Organic reactions will be discussed. The Carbohydrates, Proteins, Enzyme Chemistry 81
Action, Terpenes and Alkaloids will be studied in more or less
detail. In the laboratory some complex compounds will be prepared and quantitative determinations of carbon, hydrogen,
nitrogen, sulphur and the halogens miade with the view of
identifying organic compounds.
For reference:—Cohen, Organic Chemistry, Arnold.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
10. History of Chemistry.—Particular attention will be paid
to the development of chemical theory.
For reference:—Von Meyer-McGowan, History of Chemistry, Macmillan. ^ ^
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2, 3, and 4.
Two hours a week. Second Term. 1 unit.
11. Stereochemistry.—Stereochemical theories will be discussed in greater detail than in Chemistry 9, and chemical and
physico-chemical methods employed in determining the constitution of organic compounds will be studied.
The lectures may be taken without the laboratory .work.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 7 and 9.
Lectures: 2 units. Laboratory, three hours per week.
3 units.
12. Colloid Chemistry.—The Chemistry of colloids and the
application of colloidal chemistry to industry.
For reference:—Zsigmondy-Spear, Chemistry of Colloids,
Wiley; Reports on Colloid Chemistry by British Association for
Advancement of Science.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 3 and 4.
Two hours a week. First Term. 1 unit.
14. Organic Agricultural Chemistry.—An introduction to
the compounds of carbon, with special applications to problems
in agriculture. The laboratory work will be adapted to the needs
of the individual student.
Prerequisite:—Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units. 82 Faculty of Arts and Science
15. Dairy Chemistry.—The chemistry of the carbohydrates,
fats, and proteins will be discussed in outline, and the chemical
processes involved in enzyme action and fermentation will receive
consideration.
Text-book:—Chamberlain, Agricultural Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisites:—Chemistry 2 and 3.
One lecture and three hours laboratory per week. 2 units.
Department of Classics
Professor: Lemuel Robertson.
Professor of Greek: O. J. Todd.
Associate Professor: H. T. Logan.
Greek
Beginners' Greek.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. I-
XLVIII; Copp, Clark.
Four hours a week. Mr. Todd. 3 units.
1. Lectures.—White, First Greek Book, Chap. XLIX-
LXXX. Xenophon, Aanabasis I and IV, Goodwin and White,
Ginn.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. I-V,
Unwin.
Four hours a week. Mr. Logan. 3 units.
2. Lectures.—Plato, Apology and Crito, Dyer-Seymour,
Ginn; Aeschylus, Prometheus Bound, Wecklein-Allen, Ginn.
Composition—Arnold's Greek Prose Composition, Abbott,
Longmans. Selected passages will occasionally be set for Unseen
Translation.
History.—Shuckburgh, History of Greece, Chap. VI-X,
Unwin.
Four hours a week. Mr. Todd, Mr. Logan. 3 units.
3. Lectures.—Thucydides, History, Book VII, Marchant,
Macmillan; Sophocles, Antigone, Jebb and Shuckburgh, Cambridge; Euripides, Heracles, Byrde, Oxford. Classics 83
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
5. Lectures.—Homer, Iliad (Selections), Monro, Iliad, 2
Vols., Oxford; Demosthenes, Third Olynthiac, First and Third
Philippics, Butcher, Oxford (Vol. I.).
Literature.—Wright, A Short History of Greek Literature,
American Book Company.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures. — Herodotus, History, Hude, Oxford (the
equivalent of one book will be read); Lysias, Orations (Selections), Hude, Oxford; Aristophanes, The Birds, Hall and
Geldart, Oxford. (Open only to those who have taken or are
taking Greek 3 or 5.) ^
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Aristotle, Ars Poetica, Bywater, Oxford;
Plato, The Republic (Selections), Burnet, Oxford. (Open only
to those who have taken or are taking Greek 3 or 5.)
Three hours a week. Mr. Todd, Mr. Logan. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students; to be
taken in the Third Year.
One hour a week. Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
10. Greek Literature in English Translation.—A survey of
Greek literary history from Homer to Lucian, with reading and
interpretation of selected works from the most important authors.
Knowledge of Greek is not prerequisite.
Two hours a week. Mr. Todd. 2 units.
For those who wish to extend the work to 3 units additional
reading will be provided. 84 Faculty of Arts and Science
Latin
1. Lectures.—Cicero, Pro Lege Manilia, Select Orations and
Letters, Allen and Greenough, Ginn; Ovid, Elegiac Selections,
Smith, Bell.
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, to exercise 19.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 1 to 13.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson. 3 units.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given.
2. Lectures.—Virgil, Aeneid, Bk. VI, Page, Macmillan;
Horace Odes, Bks. I, II (Selections).
Composition.—Bradley, Arnold's Latin Prose Composition,
Longmans, to exercise 40.
History.—Boak, A History of Rome to 565 A.D., Macmillan,
chapters 14 to 20.
Three hours a week. Mr. Logan, Mr. Robertson, Mr. Todd.
3 units.
A fourth hour a week will be devoted to lectures on the
Roman History prescribed. Attendance at these lectures is
voluntary and no formal credit is given.
3. Lectures.—Terence, Phormio, Sloman, Oxford; Virgil,
Aeneid, Bks. VII-XlI, Page, Macmillan.
Literature: Mackail, Latin Literature, Murray.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
4. Lectures.—Horace, Epistles, Wilkins, Macmillan; Cicero,
Selected Letters, Pritchard & Bernard, Oxford.
Literature: Mackail, Latin Literature, Murray.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robertson. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.) Economics 85
5. Lectures.—Juvenal, Satires, Duff, Cambridge; Seneca,
Select Letters, Summers, Macmillan. (Open only to those who
have taken, or are taking, Latin 3 or 4.)
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
6. Lectures.—Tacitus, Histories I, II, Godley, Macmillan;
Garrod, Oxford Book of Latin Verse (Selections), Oxford.
(Open only to those who have taken, or are taking Latin 3 or 4.)
Three hours a week. Mr. Logan, Mr. Todd. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
7. Lectures.—Roman History from 133 B.C. to 180 A.D.
Text-books: A Short History of the Roman Republic, Heit-
land, Cambridge; A History of the Roman Empire, Bury,
Murray.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
8. Composition.—Obligatory for Honour students; to be
taken in the Third Year.
One hour a week. Mr. Todd. 1 unit.
Department of Economics, Sociology and Political Science
Professor: Theodore H. Boggs.
Associate Professor: H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor: S. E. Beckett.
Instructor: Huntley M. Sinclair.
Assistant: Doris Lee.
Economics
1. Principles of Economics.—An introductory study of
general economic theory, including a survey of the principles of
value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1923. Clay,
Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan. 86 Faculty of Arts and Science
Economics 1 is the prerequisite for all other courses in the
department, but may be taken concurrently with Economics 2,
or Government 1. This rule may be waived in the case of
students of the Department of Nursing who may find it impossible to take both Economics 1 and Sociology 1.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. History of Economic Life and Economic Thought.—A
brief outline of Economic Thought, and of Economic and Social
conditions in England previous to 1776. A survey of the more
important phases of European Organization from the time of the
Middle Ages, with special reference to the Industrial Revolution,
the Progress of Agriculture, and resultant social conditions. The
development of modern Economic Thought, with a study of the
influence of Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Mill and others, and
the place of the Deductive and Historical Methods.
Toynbee, The Industrial Revolution, Longmans. Marshall
and Lyon, Our Economic Organization, Macmillan; and assigned
readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
3. Labour Problems and Social Reform.—A study of the rise
of the factory system and capitalistic production, and of the
more important phases of trade unionism in England, Canada,
and the United States. A critical analysis of various solutions
of the labour problem attempted and proposed; profit-sharing,
co-operation, arbitration and conciliation, scientific management,
labour legislation and socialism.
Hoxie, Trade Unionism in the United States, Appleton.
Cole, Guild Socialism, Stokes. Carpenter, Guild Socialism,
Appleton. Simkhovitch, Marxism versus Socialism, Williams &
Norgate; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
4. Money and Banking.—The origin and development of
money. Banking principles and operations, laws of coinage,
credit, price movements, foreign exchange. Banking policy in
the leading countries, with particular reference to Canada. Economics 87
Robertson, Money, Nisbet. Foster and Catchings, Money,
Houghton Mifflin. Dunbar, Theory and History of Banking,
Putnam, 1917. Phillips, Readings in Money and Banking,
Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
5. Government Finance.—An outline course dealing with
the principles and methods of taxation, and administration of
public funds. Topics examined include: growth of taxation
methods; theories of justice in taxation;. classification, increase,
economic effects, and control of expenditures; property, business, personal, commodity, and inheritance taxes, with reference
to Canada, Britain and other countries; the single tax; double
taxation; shifting, incidence and economic effects of taxation;
flotation, administration, conversion and redemption of government loans.
Seligman, Essays in Taxation, Macmillan, 1921; and
assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
6. International Trade and Tariff Policy.—A survey of the
theory of international trade and the foreign erchanges; and a
study of the commercial policy of the leading countries, with
considerable attention to the British Dominions.
Bastable, The Theory of International Trade, Macmillan,
1903. Taussig, Selected Readings in International Trade and
Tariff Problems, Ginn; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Boggs. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Corporation Economics.—Historical development of the
different forms of industrial organization, including the partnership, joint-stock company, and the corporation, and the later
developments, such as the pool, trust, combination, and holding
company. Methods of promotion and financing, over-capitaliza- Faculty of Arts and Science
tion, stock market activities, the public policy toward corporations, etc.
Haney, Business Organization and Combination, Macmillan.
Walker, Corporation Finance, Alexander Hamilton Institute;
and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
8. Provincial and Local Finance. — A brief summary of
fundamental principles of taxation. Sources of revenue, and
tax systems of federal, and provincial and municipal governments, especially of British Columbia. Problems of War Finance.
Chief problems of provincial and municipal finance and
administration. Separation of sources of provincial and municipal revenues. Methods of municipal supervision and control.
Government debts.
Assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Not given in 1925-26.)
Agricultural Economics
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(b) Rural Life.—The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town; rural migrations.
Gillette, Constructive Rural Sociology, Macmillan; and
assigned readings.
Mr. Clement. 3 units.
2. (a) Agricultural Economics. — An application of the
principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan; and assigned
readings.
(b) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture. Economics 89
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan;
and assigned readings. Mr. Clement. 3 units.
Government
1. Constitutional Government.—This course deals with the
nature, origin, and aims of the State; and with the organization
of government - in the British Empire, the United States of
America, France, and Germany.
Readings to be assigned.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
2. Introduction to the Study of Law.— (a) A rapid survey
of Legal History, (b) Outlines of Jurisprudence.
Jenks, A Short History of English Law, Methuen, 1912.
Salmond, Jurisprudence, or Theory of the Law, Sweet & Maxwell, 1919. Vinogradoff, Common Sense in Law, Home University Library; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
3. Imperial Problems.—A course on problems of government within the British Empire, to be given in alternate years
with Economics 7.
Readings to be assigned.
Government 1 is-a prerequisite of this course, but may be
taken concurrently with it.
Three hours a week. Mr. Angus. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
Sociology
1. Principles of Sociology.—An introductory study of early
man and his relation to his environment; of races of men and
their distribution; of the early forms and development of
industrial organization, marriage and the family, arts and
sciences, religious systems, government, classes, rights, etc. A
review also of certain of the social problems of modern society
growing out of destitution, crime, overcrowding, etc. A critical
survey of schemes for betterment. 90 Faculty of Arts and Science
Blackmar & Gillin, Outlines of Sociology, Macmillan. Fair-
child, Applied Sociology, Macmillan; and assigned readings.
Three hours a week. Mr. Beckett. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
Department of English
Professor: G. G. Sedgewick.
Associate Professor: W. L. MacDonald.
Associate Professor: F. G. C. Wood.
Associate Professor: Thorleif Larsen.
Assistant Professor: F. C. Walker.
Assistant Professor: M. L. Boliert.
Assistant Professor: Frank H. Wilcox.
Assistant: Stella McGuire.
Assistant: Isobel Harvey.
Assistant: H. C. Lewis.
Assistant: Sallee Murphy.
First Year
1. (a) Literature. — Elementary study of a number of
literary forms to be chosen from the short story, the play, the
novel, the essay, the simpler sorts of poetry.
Texts for 1925-26: Hastings, Clough and Mason, Short
Stories, Houghton Mifflin. Euripides, Electro, in Gilbert
Murray's paraphrase. Shakespeare, Julius Caesar. Sheridan,
The School for Scandal, Everyman. Ibsen, The Doll's House,
Everyman. An Anthology of Modem Verse, Methuen.
Two hours a week.
(6) Composition. — Elementary forms and principles of
composition; expository themes; study of models.
Two hours a week. 3 units.
Second Year
2. (a) Literature. — Studies in the history of English
Literature.
Pass Course: Lectures and texts illustrative of the chief
authors and movements from Tottel's Miscellany to Shelley. English 91
Halleck, History of English Literature, American Book Company, 1918. Century Readings in English, ed. Cunliffe, Century
Publishing Co.
Two hours a week.
(b) Composition.—Narrative and descriptive themes; the
writing of reports.
One hour a week. 3 units.
(c) Literature.—Readings from Nineteenth Century poetry
since 1830.
For this course, which is intended for prospective Honour
students in English and for others especially interested in the
study of Literature, no formal credit is given.
One hour a week.
Third and Fourth Years
The curriculum in English for students of the Third and
Fourth Years is arranged in three divisions. The first includes a
central body of general courses which will be offered, as far as
possible, every year, and to each of which are assigned 3 units
of credit. In the second division are listed courses carrying 2
units of credit and usually given in alternate years. And the
third consists of courses designed especially for Honour and
Graduate students, and open to others only by special permission.
Candidates for honours are referred to Pages 88 and 89.
Division I
9. Shakespeare.—This course may be taken for credit in two
successive years. In 1925-26, 9 (a) will be given as follows:
i. A detailed study of the text of Henry V; Much Ado
About Nothing; Othello; The Tempest.
ii. Lectures on Shakespeare's development, on his use
of sources, and on his relation to the stage and the
dramatic practice of his time.
Students will provide themselves with annotated editions of
the four plays named above, and with The Facts about Shakespeare, by Neilson and Thorndyke, Macmillan. They are advised 92 Faculty of Arts and Science
to get the Cambridge Shakespeare, ed. Neilson, or the Oxford
Shakespeare, ed. Craig.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
9 (b). (Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
10. The Drama to 1642.—The rise, the development, and the
decline of the Elizabethan drama. The course begins with a
short study of one or two of the plays of Sophocles and an outline of Aristotle's dramatic criticism, but treats mainly the rise
of the English drama in the Miracle and Morality Plays; the
Interludes; the influence of the Roman stage; Shakespeare's
predecessors—Lyly, Kyd, Greene, Peele, and Marlowe; its full
development in Shakespeare, and, briefly, its decline.
Texts: Lewis Campbell, Sophocles in English Verse. Everyman with other Interludes, Everyman Library. Chief Elizabethan Dramatists, ed. Neilson. Oxford Shakespeare, ed. Craig -,
or Cambridge Edition, ed. Neilson.
Three hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 3 units.
13. The English Novel from Richardson to the Present Time.
—The development of English fiction will be traced from Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, and Sterne through Goldsmith, Mrs.
Radcliffe, Jane Austen, Scott, C. Bronte, Dickens, Thackeray,
and George Eliot to Trollope, Meredith, Stevenson, and a few
representative novelists now living.
A fair knowledge of the works of Jane Austen, Scott,
Dickens, Thackeray, and George Eliot is a prerequisite for those
taking this course.
Three hours a week. Mr. Wood. 3 units.
14. Eighteenth Century Literature.—This course aims to
give a view, as comprehensive as possible, of the main currents
of English thought and literature during the period 1660-1800.
From year to year various periods will be stressed and the work
of various writers emphasized. Generally speaking, the course is
mainly concerned with the work of such men as Dryden, Pope,
Swift, Addison, Steele, Johnson, Goldsmith, Burke and Burns.
Three hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 3 units. English 93
16. Romantic Poetry, 1780 to 1830.—Studies in the beginnings and progress of Romanticism, based chiefly on the work of
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Keats, Shelley, Scott.
Texts: The Oxford editions of the first five poets named.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature,
1780-1830.
Three hours a week. Mr. Walker. 3 units.
17. Victorian Poetry.—This course is concerned chiefly with
the work of Tennyson, Browning, and Arnold. A few weeks
at the close of the term will be devoted to a survey of the
development of later poetry down to the work of Hardy.
Texts: Browning, Complete Poetical Works, Cambridge
Edition. Arnold, Poems, Oxford Edition. Tennyson, Poems,
Globe Edition. Page, British Poets of the Nineteenth Century,
Sanborn.
For reference: Elton, A Survey of English Literature,
1830-1880.
Three hours a week. Mr. Wilcox. 3 units.
19. Private Reading.—Students of the Senior Year may
pursue, with the consent and under the direction of the Department, a course of private reading. In such courses examinations
will be set, but no class instruction will be given. 3 units.
Division II
5. The Elements of Poetics.—Studies in the criticism and
appreciation of poetry; the poetic frame of mind; the emotional
element in poetry; poetic content and the nature of poetic truth;
poetic form and its varieties; metrics; contemporary developments in poetry; literary criticism, its nature and function; and
an outline of aesthetic theory from Aristotle to Croce. Exercises
in criticism and metrical composition.
Winchester, Principles of Literary Criticism.
Two hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) 94 Faculty of Arts and Science
6. Narrative Writing.—A study of narrative composition:
(a) critical reading of a considerable number of modern short
stories and of two or three modern novels; (b) frequent critical
and narrative themes.
Only a limited number of students will be admitted to this
course.
Two hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Technique of the Drama.—A practical study of dramatic
form and structure based on the analysis of modern plays, with
special reference to the one-act play as an art form. Playmaking,
by Wm. Archer, and Representative One-act Plays by British
and Irish Authors, Little, Brown, are the texts used in this
course.
Two hours a week. Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
8. ElizabetJban Poetry, exclusive of the Drama.— (1) The
Renaissance; (2) the social background of Elizabethan England;
(3) John Skelton and the poets of the transition; (4) the Lyric
from Tottel's Miscellany to the Caroline poets; (5) Spenser and
the Spenserians; (6) the Sonneteers; (7) Verse Translation; (8)
Verse Narrative.
Texts: Ward, The English Poets, Vol. I. Spenser, ed. Smith
and de Selincourt, Oxford.
Two hours a week. Mr. Larsen. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
11. English Drama since 1600.—A survey of English drama
from the time of Ben Jonson to the present. Later Elizabethan
drama, representative plays of the Restoration, the works of
Goldsmith, Sheridan, and of early Nineteenth Century writers
will be considered. There will follow a study of some dramatists
of recent years, including Wilde, Shaw, Galsworthy, Pinero,
Jones, Stephen Phillips, Barrie, and the Irish School.
Two hours a week. Mr. Wood. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.) English 95
12. Narrative Poetry. — Discussion of the types,—epic,
ballad, and romance,—with readings, in suitable translations or
modern versions where desirable; modern ballads and metrical
romances represented by the work of Scott, Tennyson, Morris,
Masefield and others.
Two hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
15. American Literature.—A survey of the principal writers
of this continent during the Nineteenth Century.
Texts: Broadus, A Book of Canadian Prose and Verse,
Oxford. Page, American Poets.
Two hours a week. Mr. Wilcox. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26.)
18. Social, literary, religious and scientific movements of the
Victorian period: Carlyle, Ruskin, Macaulay, Newman, Darwin,
Mill, Arnold, Butler, Stevenson.
Two hours a week. Mr. MacDonald. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27.)
Division III
20. Chaucer and Middle English.— (a) Middle English
grammar with the reading of representative texts. (6) The
Canterbury Tales.
Texts: A Middle English reader and the Oxford Chaucer,
ed. Skeat.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
21a. Anglo-Saxon.—Bright, Anglo-Saxon Reader.
Two hours a week. Mr. Walker. 2 units.
21b. Anglo-Saxon.—Beowulf.
Two hours a week after Christmas. Mr. Walker. 1 unit.
22. Studies in Linguistic History. — Origins, growth, and
development of the English language. A brief introduction to 96 Faculty of Arts and Science
Germanic philology; the Indo - European language group;
Grimm's Law; the Anglo-Saxon period; Norman, French, and
Latin influences; study of the gradual evolution of forms, sounds,
and meanings.
Two hours a week before Christmas. Mr. Walker. 1 unit.
24. Seminar.—In this class advanced students will get practice in some of the simpler methods of criticism and investigation.
The subject for 1925-26 will probably be the work of Arnold.
Two hours a week. Mr. Sedgewick. 2 units.
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor: R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy: M. Y. Williams.
Lecturer: E. M. Burwash.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course covers, in a general way,
the whole field of geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, including: weathering, the work of
the wind, the work of ground water, the work of streams, the
work of glaciers, the ocean and its work, the structure of the
earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and igneous intrusions, metamor-
phism, mountains and plateaus, and ore-deposits.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term. Mr. Schofield.
(b) Historical Geology, including: the earth before the
Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the Mesozoic, the Cenozoic, and
Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, Second
Term. Mr. Williams.
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rocks, Geology 97
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and
the study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities, in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver, which illustrate the subject matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of fossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence
in the strata. The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: Cleland, Geology, Physical and Historical,
American Book Co.
Reference Books: Pirsson and Schuchert, Text-book of
Geology. Geikie, Text-book of Geology. Merrill, Rocks, Rock-
weathering and Soils. Coleman and Parks, Elementary Geology.
National Geographic Magazine. Shimer, Introduction to the
Study of Fossils. Davis, Geographical Essays. Hugh Miller's
works. 3 units.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field of
Mineralogy.
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive
Mineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with
special reference to Canadian occurrences.
Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common
crystal forms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a
brief outline of the principles and methods of Determinative
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis.
Text: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford (new
edition), Wiley. (For students taking only Geology 2(a).)
Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
(For students who subsequently take Geology 2 (b).)
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, First
Term. Mr. Uglow. V/2 units. 98 Faculty of Arts and Science
2. (b) Descriptive and Determinative Mineralogy. — This
course supplements 2(a) and consists of a more complete survey
of Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a
critical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, special
emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association
and alteration.
Text: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
Wiley.
Prerequisite: Geology 2(a).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week, Second
Term. Mr. Uglow. V/2 units.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life with special reference to North America.
Text-book: Schuchert, Historical Geology (2nd Edn.),
Wiley.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three hours per week, First Term. Mr. Williams.
V/2 units.
4. Structural and Physiographical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structure, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography
of British Columbia.
Text-book: Leith, Structural Geology, Holt.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three hours per week, Second Term. Mr. Schofield.
iy2 units.
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(b) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock. Geology 99
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life. Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three lectures and one hour laboratory per week. 3 units.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Reference books: Graban and Shimer, North American
Index Fossils. Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Palaeontology.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week.
Mr. Williams. 3 units.
7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of
the following: (a) Optical Mineralogy, (b) Lithology and
Petrogeny, (c) Microscopical Petrography.
Lectures deal with the principles of crystal optics, and with
the origin, occurrence, classification, metamorphism and decay
of rocks.
Laboratory Work consists of the study, determination and
classification of specimens, structures and textures of rocks
contained in the departmental collections. Field and microscopical methods of determination are equally stressed.
Texts: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley. Luquer,
Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand. Dana, Text-book of
Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of 2 hours per
week. Mr. Uglow. 4 units.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore
deposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada. 100 Faculty of Arts and Science
Text-book: Emmons, General Economic Geology, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference books: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits. Ries, Economic Geology.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accompany this course.
Four hours per week. Mr. Brock, Mr. Williams and Mr.
Uglow. 4 units.
9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope.
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding and
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination.
During the second term each student is assigned a suite
of ores from some mining district for a critical examination and
report.
Text: Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination of the
Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany
this course.
Two hours per week. Mr. Uglow. 1 unit.
10. Field Geology.—The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology.
Reference books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook
for Field Geologists. Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
Three hours per week. Mr. Schofield. iy2 units. History 101
12. Meteorology and Climatology.—A course covering in a
general way the whole field, with practice in using instruments,
constructing and using weather charts, and weather perdicting.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. Second Term. Mr. Schofield. V/2 units.
Geography
1. Principles of Geography. — A general course dealing
especially with the effects of the physical features of the earth
upon life, and the ways in which various forms of life respond
to their physical environment. The following topics are studied:
earth relations; earth features; climate and climatic factors;
oceans; materials of the land and their uses; changes of the
earth's surface; coasts, plains, plateaus, mountains, inland
waters, and their relations to life; human geography.
Text-book: Salisbury, Barrows and Tower, Elements of
Geography, Holt.
Three lectures per week. Mr. Brock and Mr. Schofield.
3 units.
Department of History
Professor: Mack Eastman.
Associate Professor: W. N. Sage.
Assistant Professor: F. H. Soward.
Assistant: Stanley Moodie.
Students who intend to specialize in History are advised
to associate with it from the first some allied subject, such as
Economics. Economics 1, 2, 3, Government 1 and Sociology 1
will be found especially helpful.
A reading knowledge of French and German will be found
extremely valuable in Third and Fourth Year courses, while in
certain classes of more advanced work Latin is indispensable.
Hereafter, French at least will be required for Honour work.
A list of books for reading and reference may be obtained
from the professor in charge of each course. 102 Faculty of Arts and Science
First and Second Years
1. Main Currents in Modern World History.—This course
is intended primarily for First Year students and covers the
period in World History between the French Revolution and
the present day. It will include a discussion of such topics as the
French Revolution, the Napoleonic Era, the Industrial Revolution, the Growth of Democracy in the Nineteenth Century, the
Eastern Question, Nationality as a Factor in the Nineteenth
Century, the Expansion of Europe, the Armed Peace (1870-
1914), the Awakening of the Far East (1868-1914), the World
War, the Russian Revolution, the League of Nations, Problems
of the Pacific.
Preliminary reading: Schapiro, Modern and Contemporary
European History, Houghton Mifflin.
Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units.
2. Canadian History. — This course opens with a brief
analysis of the reasons for European colonization of America
and a sketch of the colonial effort of Spain, France and Great
Britain. In the French regime, exploration, the development of
government, the conflict of church and state, and the struggle
with Great Britain for the West are studied. In the British
period, the relations of the French and English and the evolution
of Canadian self-government are given special attention.
On the colonization of America and the history of New
France, students are especially advised to consult: Ramsay
Muir, Expansion of Europe; the works of Francis Parkman;
Munro, Crusaders of New France; Fiske, New France and New
England; Eastman, Church and State in Early Canada; Lucas,
History of Canada, Vol. I, New France; Wrong, Conquest of
New France.
On the British Period: Skelton, The Canadian Dominion,
Life and Letters of Sir Wilfrid Laurier; Egerton, History of
Canada, Part II, 1763-1921; Kennedy, The Constitution of
Canada, Documents of the Canadian Constitution, 1759-1915;
Bracq, Evolution of French Canada; Morison, British Supremacy History 103
and Canadian Self-government; Trotter, Federation of Canada;
Wallace, Sir John Macdonald; Dafoe, Laurier.
An essay counting 10% of the year's work must be submitted early in the autumn term.
Subject, "New France and New England; a Comparison
and Contrast"; or "The Expulsion of the Acadians."
Three hours a week. Mr. Soward. 3 units.
3. English History. — The history of England from the
Norman Conquest to the Revolution of 1688. This course is
intended primarily for Second Year students who mean to
specialize in history. It aims at interpreting the constitutional,
political, economic, and religious development of England and
Wales during the period prescribed. Attention will also be paid
to the history of Scotland and Ireland and the origin of Overseas
Britain. The sequel to this course is History 8.
Text-book: Muir, A Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vol. I.
A preliminary essay counting 10 per cent, of the year's
work must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening of
the autumn term. Subject: "The Effects of the Norman Conquest on Subsequent English History," or "The Administrative
and Legal System of Henry II," or" The Relations between the
Norman and Angevin Kings and the Papacy, 1066-1216."
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
Third and Fourth Years
History 4, 5 and 6 are intended especially for Third Year
students, History 7 and 8 for Fourth Year. History 4 (or 5)
must be taken by all candidates for Honours.
All Honour students (whether in History alone or in a
Combination Course) must take a History Seminar of one
hour a week in either their Third or their Fourth Year. The
Seminar is intended as training in intensive work and carries
no credits. If the Graduating Essay be written in History, it
will carry a value of 3 units. 104 Faculty of Arts and Science
4. Mediaeval History.—A sketch of Mediaeval History from
the Council of Nicaea to the Fall of Constantinople, 325-1453
A.D. The following subjects will be treated: the triumph of
Christianity; the breakdown of the Western Roman Empire;
the Barbarian Invasions; the earlier monastic movements;
Mohammed and Islam; the rise of the Papacy; the Franks and
Charlemagne; the struggle between Empire and Papacy; the
Normans in Europe; the Crusades; the Mediaeval Towns; the
later monastic movements; the rise of the universities;
Frederick II; the later Mediaeval Empire; the National Kingdoms in France, Spain, England and Scotland; the Turks and
the collapse of the Byzantine Empire, i
Text-book: Thorndike, A History of Mediaeval Europe,
Houghton Mifflin.
Additional text-books for Honour students: Oman, The
Dark Ages. Tout, Empire and Papacy. Lodge, The Close of
the Middle Ages. Bryce, The Holy Roman Empire.
A preliminary essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in as soon as possible after the opening
of the autumn term. Subject: '' The Causes of the Triumph of
Christianity in the Later Roman Empire," or "Theodoric the
Great," or "Mohammed and the First Four Caliphs."
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
5. Renaissance and Reformation.—Mediaeval civilization in
the time of Dante; the forerunners of the Renaissance; the
Renaissance in Italy (illustrated with slides) ; the Protestant
Reformation and the Catholic Reaction; in conclusion, a short
account of the subsequent history of religious thought down to
our own times.
An introductory essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"Dante," or "Petrarca," or "Boccaccio."
Text-books: W. H. Hudson, The Story of the Renaissance.
Fisher, The Reformation. McGiffert, Martin Luther.
Additional reading, especially for Honour students: Sichel,
The Renaissance. Taylor, Some Aspects of the Renaissance. History 105
Symonds, A Short History of the Renaissance in Italy. Symonds,
The Renaissance in Italy (vols.). Burckhardt, The Renaissance
in Italy, Andre Michel, Histoire de I'Art (III, IV). Christopher
Hare, Life and Letters in the Italian Renaissance. Preserved
Smith, Erasmus. Emerton, Erasmus. Allen, The Age of
Erasmus.
Three hours a week. Mr. Sage. 3 units.
6. The Age of Louis XIV, the Pre-Revolution, the Revolution and Napoleon.
An introductory essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"Discipline as the Central Principle of the Reign of Louis XIV,"
or "The Work of Colbert," or "Literature in the Reign of
Louis XIV."
Text-books: Lowell, The Eve of the French Revolution.
Shailer Matthews, The French Revolution. Johnston, Napoleon.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Taine,
L'ancien regime (abridged), Heath. Aulard, The French
Revolution. Lacour-Gayet, Napoleon, or Rose, Napoleon. Fisher,
Bonapartism.
Three hours a week. Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
7. Europe, 1815-1923.—The political, social and religious
history of the chief countries of continental Europe, with
especial attention to international relations. Intended for Fourth
Year students.
An introductory essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn term. Subject:
"The Changes, Permanent and Ephemeral, Wrought in
German Society by the French Revolution," or "The Influence
of the French Revolution upon the Political and Intellectual
Life of England."
Text-book: Hazen, Europe Since 1815 (1923). Introductory
reading: Ramsay Muir, The Expansion of Europe.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Gooch,
History of Modern Europe, 1878-1919. Fueter, World History,
1815-1920. Rambaud, Historie de la Civilisation Frangaise. 106 Faculty of Arts and Science
For reading and reference: Cambridge Modern History.
Lavisse et Rambaud, Histoire Generate. Lavisse, Histoire de
France Contemporaine. Mowat, A History of European
Diplomacy, 1815-1914. Sait, Government and Politics of France.
Grant Robertson, Bismarck. Von Biilow, Imperial Germany.
Thayer, Cavour. Kornilov, Modern Russian History. Toynbee,
The Balkans, etc.
Three hours a week. Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
8. Great Britain Since 1688. The British Empire — This
course aims at an interpretation of the constitutional, political,
economic and religious development of the British Isles since
the Revolution of 1688. Attention will also be paid to the growth
of the British Empire during the eighteenth, nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. This course is the sequel to History 3.
Text-book: Muir, Short History of the British Commonwealth, Vol. II.
Additional reading required of Honour students: Grant
Robertson, England under the Hanoverians. Slater, The Making
of Modern England (Houghton Mifflin). Morley, Life of
Gladstone. I>
For reading and reference: Cambridge History of British
Foreign Policy. Poole and Hunt, The Political History of
England (Vols. VIII-XII). Cambridge Modern History (Vols.
V-XII). Toynbee, The Industrial Revolution. Egerton, A Short
History of British Colonial Policy. Basil Williams, Life of
Chatham. Moneypenny and Buckle, Life of Disraeli. Howard
Robinson, The Development of the British Empire.
A preliminary essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's
work, must be handed in early in the autumn. Subject: "The
Revolution of 1688," or "The Development of Political Parties
in the Reigns of William III and Anne."
Three hours a week. Mr. Eastman. 3 units.
9. American History.—This course begins with a sketch of
the American colonies at the outbreak of the Revolution and
traces the history of the United States from the commencement
of the War of Independence to the close of the World War. Mathematics 107
Text-book: Muzzey, American History, Ginn. Additional
text-books for Honour students: Lecky, The American Revolution. Lingley, Since the Civil War.
An essay, counting 15 per cent, of the year's work, must be
handed in early in the autumn. Subject: "The Old Colonial
'' System," or " The Monroe Doctrine," or " Jefferson and Jackson: a Comparison and Contrast."
Honour Seminar, 1925-26: (a) "The Origins of the World
War," Mr. Eastman, (b) "British Foreign Policy," Mr. Sage.
Department of Mathematics
Professor: Daniel Buchanan.
Professor: L. S. Dederick.
Associate Professor: G. E. Robinson.
Assistant Professor: E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor: L. Richardson.
Assistant Professor: B. S. Hartley.
Assistant: May L. Barclay.
Assistant: J. F. Brown.
Assistant: C. Islay Johnston.
Course 1 is required of all regular students in First Year
Arts. Courses 2, 3, and 4 are open to students who have completed Course 1. Course 2 is required of those intending to
proceed to Honours in Mathematics.
Courses 3, 13, 15 and 4, 12, 14 are given in alternate years,
as indicated below.
A selection will be made from graduate courses at the
beginning of each session to meet the needs and qualifications
of students proceeding to the degree of M.A.
Pass Courses
1. (a) Algebra. — An elementary course, including ratio,
proportion, variation, solutions of equations, simple series, permutations, combinations, and the binomial theorem.
Wilson and Warren, Intermediate Algebra, Oxford.
Three hours a week. First Term. 108 Faculty of Arts and Science
(b) Geometry. — An elementary course in synthetic and
analytical geometry as outlined for Senior Matriculation.
McDougall, Advanced Geometry, Copp Clark.
Two hours a week. Second Term.
(c) Trigonometry. — An elementary course involving the
use of logarithms.
Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry, Copp Clark.
Wentworth and Hill, Logarithmic Tables, Ginn.
Six-Place Tables (McGraw-Hill)—For those intending to
proceed to Applied Science.
One hour a week, First Term, and two hours a week, Second
Term. 3 units.
2. (a) Analytical Geometry.—A review of the straight line
and circle, and a study of the other conies.
Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
Two hours a week. First Term. Mr. Buchanan.
(b) Algebra. — A continuation of the previous course in
algebra involving exponential, logarithmic and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued fractions.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan.
Two hours a week. Second Term. Mr. Robinson.
(c) Calculus.—An introductory course in differential and
integral calculus, with various applications.
Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
One hour a week. Mr. Buchanan. 3 units.
3. The Mathematical Theory of Investments.—This course
deals with the theory of interest, annuities, debentures, valuation
of bonds, sinking funds, depreciation, probability and its application to life insurance.
Rietz, Crathorne and Rietz, Mathematics of Finance, Holt.
Three hours a week. Mr. Robinson. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
4. Descriptive Astronomy.—The object of this course is to
acquaint the student with the various heavenly bodies and their
motions. It is intended primarily for Pass students, and only a Mathematics 109
knowledge of elementary mathematics is essential. The subject-
matter treated includes: The shape and motions of the earth,
systems of coordinates, the constellations, planetary motion,
gravitation, tides, time, the stars and nebulae, theories of evolution of the solar system.
Moulton, Introduction to Astronomy, Macmillan. 2 units.
Students desiring credit for an additional unit in connection
with this course may register for Mathematics 18. They will
be required to write essays on prescribed subjects dealing with
various phases of Astronomy. 1 unit.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
Honour Courses
10. Calculus.—The elementary theory and applications of
the subject.
Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
11. Plane and Spherical Trigonometry.—The work in plane
trigonometry will deal with the following: Identities and trigonometrical equations, the solution of triangles with various applications, circumscribed, inscribed and escribed circles, De Moivre's
theorem, expansions of sin n$, etc., hyperbolic and inverse functions. The work in spherical trigonometry will cover the solution
of triangles with various applications to astronomy and geodesy.
Loney, Plane Trigonometry, Parts I and II.
Dupuis and Matheson, Spherical Trigonometry and Astronomy, Uglow.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
12. Synthetic Plane and Solid Geometry.—The course in
plane geometry is intended to cover such topics as the principle
of duality, cross ratio geometry, etc. In solid geometry the principal properties of solid figures are studied, as well as the theory
of projection in space, with various applications to the conic
sections. 110 Faculty of Arts and Science
Dupuis, Elementary Synthetic Geometry, Macmillan.
Dupuis, Elements of Synthetic Solid Geometry, Macmillan.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
13. Analytical Geometry.—A general study of the conies
and systems of conies, and elementary work in three dimensions.
Loney, Coordinate Geometry.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
14. Theory of Equations and Determinants. — A course
covering the main theory and use of these subjects.
Burnside and Panton, Theory of Equations, Vol. I, Dublin.
Weld, Theory of Determinants.
Two hours a week. f 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
15. Higher Algebra. — Selected topics in higher algebra,
including infinite series, continued fractions, the theory of numbers, probability.
Hall and Knight, Higher Algebra, Macmillan. Chrystal,
Text-book of Algebra, Part II.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
16. Calculus and Differential Equations.—A continuation of
the previous course in calculus, treating partial differentiation,
expansions of functions of many variables, singular points,
reduction formulae, successive integration, elliptic integrals, and
Fourier series.
Ordinary and partial differential equations, with various
applications to geometry, mechanics and physics.
Granville, Differential and Integral Calculus, Ginn.
Murray, Differential Equations, Longmans.
Three hours a week. Mr. Buchanan. 3 units. Mathematics 111
17. Applied Mathematics. — A course dealing with the
applications of mathematics to dynamics of a particle and of a
rigid body, and to the two body problem in celestial mechanics.
Loney, Theoretical Mechanics.
Three hours a week. Mr. Richardson. 3 units.
18. History of Mathematics.—A reading course covering the
historical development of the elementary branches of mathematics from the earliest times to the present.
Ball, History of Mathematics. Cajori, History of Elementary Mathematics. Mr. Buchanan. 1 unit.
Graduate Courses
20. Analytical Solid Geometry.—Snyder and Sisam, Analytical Geometry of Space.
21. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable. — Goursat-
Hedrick, Mathematical Analysis, Vol. I.
22. Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable.—Pierpont,
Functions of a Complex Variable.
23. Differential Geometry.—Eisenhart, Differential Geometry.
24. Projective Geometry.—Veblen and Young, Projective
Geometry, Vol. I.
25. Celestial Mechanics.—Moulton, An Introduction to
Celestial Mechanics.
26. Advanced Differential Equations. — Moulton, Periodic
Orbits. 112 Faculty of Arts and Science
Department of Modern Languages
Professor: H. Ashton.
Associate Professor: A. F. B. Clark.
Assistant Professor: Isabel Maclnnes.
Assistant Professor: Henri Chodat.
Instructor: Margaret Ross.
Instructor: Janet T. Greig.
Assistant: E. E. Delavault.
Assistant: G. Barry.
Assistant: Dorothy Dallas.
With the consent of the Professor in charge of the course,
a student taking a Pass Degree may be admitted to any course
in the Third and Fourth Years in addition to, but not in lieu
of, 3(a) and 4(a). Students from other universities who have
already taken the work of 3(a) or 4(a), may be given special
permission by the Head of the Department to substitute other
courses.
French
1. (a) Moliere, Les Precieuses Ridicules, Longmans, Toronto. Berthon, Grammaire Frangaise. Clement and Macirone,
Void la France, Heath. 3 units.
1. (b) Prescribed texts as for 1(a).
Revision of the essentials of French grammar and syntax
applied to the correct writing of French. There will be an oral
examination based on the texts read. 3 units.
Note :—Students who choose French will be informed which
course 1(a) or 1(&) they must take. The decision will be made
after a consideration of the marks in French obtained at the
Matriculation examination. Students in 1(6) will normally take
not more than two years French, as they will not be sufficiently
prepared to profit by the Third and Fourth Year courses. If,
however, they make rapid progress in the First Year they may be
transferred to the higher course in the Second Year when they
have satisfied the examiners of their fitness for more advanced
work. Students who have not passed the Matriculation
examination in French (or its equivalent) are not allowed to
take either of the First Year courses in this subject. Modern Languages 113
1. (c) Lectures on French Literature for students who
intend to take French throughout the four years. One hour a
week; no credit, no examination.
2. (a) La Fontaine, One Hundred Fables, Ginn. Augier
et Sandeau, Le Gendre de Monsieur Poirier, American Book
Company. Daudet, Lettres de mon moulin, Oxford.
Conversation in French on the above. Written resumes.
Composition from Wilson and Jaccard, A First French
Prose Composition, Bell; or from Jules Lazare, Elementary
French Composition, Hachette, London. 3 units.
There will be oral tests.
2. (o) Texts as above with the exception of La Fontaine.
3 units.
Students intending to take Second Year French will be
required to read Quelques Contes des Romanciers Naturalistes,
Heath, during the summer vacation of 1925, and an examination
(to be written in French) will be held during the first week of
the autumn term to test their knowledge of this text.
2. (c) Lectures on French Literature for students who
intend to take French throughout the four years. One hour a
week; no credits, no examination.
3. (a) The Literature of the Age of Louis XIV.—Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, and on the
development of the literature. Careful reading and discussion
of the following texts: Racine, Phedre, Hachette, Paris. Moliere,
Le Misanthrope, Didier; Le Tartuffe, Heath. Schinz and King,
Seventeenth Century French Readings, Holt.
Conversation and written resumes based on the above.
This course is obligatory for all students taking Third Year
French. 3 units.
Students intending to take Third Year French will be
required to submit during the first week of the Autumn Term
an essay in French based on a course of reading approved by the
Department in the preceding spring. 114 Faculty of Arts and Science
3. (b) The Literature of the Eighteenth Century.—Lectures
on the history and social conditions of the period, with special
emphasis on the philosophe movement, and the beginnings of
romanticism. The inter-relations of French and English thought
and literature will be touched upon. Careful reading and
discussion of the following texts: Voltaire, Contes (Preston),
Oxford. Rousseau, Morceaux choisis (Mornet), Didier. Diderot,
Extraits (Fallex), Delagrave. Beaumarchais, Le Barbier de
Seville, Macmillan. 3 units.
3. (c) French Composition and translation from English
into French. Weekley, French Prose Composition, Clive, London. 3 units.
4. (a) The Romantic Drama.—Musset, Quatre Comedies,
Oxford. Hugo, Hernani, Oxford. Rostand, Cyrano de Bergerac.
3 units.
4. (b) The French Novel.—Mme. de La Fayette, La Princesse de cleves, Cambridge. Balzac, Eugenie Grandet, Oxford.
Flaubert, Salammbo, Oxford. A. de Chateaubriant, Monsieur
des Lourdines, Grasset, Paris. 3 units.
4. (c) Bibliography, Composition and Oral French.—Book
required: Ritchie and Moore, A Manual of French Composition,
Cambridge. 3 units.
4. (d) Eighteenth Century Drama. — Lesage, Turcaret,
Cambridge; Marivaux, Le jeu de I'amour et du hasard, Hatier,
Paris (Les classiques pour tous); Regnard, Le joueur, Hatier,
Paris; Sedaine, Le Philosophe sans le savoir, Hatchette, London.
3 units.
Notes—Courses 3 (a) (b) (c) and 4 (a) (b) (c) (d) call for
much work out of class. They should be chosen only by students
able and willing to work alone. Students intending to take 4(a)
or i(b) should apply to the Head of the Department before the
end of the present academic year for instructions for summer
reading.
While the Library provides copies of standard dictionaries Modern Languages 115
for occasional reference, every student of the Second, Third, and
Fourth Years should possess a small dictionary for use when
preparing class work. Suitable dictionaries can be obtained at
the Bookstore.
German
A. Beginners' Course. Composition, Grammar, Conversation.—Texts: (a) Zinnecker, Deutch fur Anfanger, Heath.
(6) Haertel, German Reader for Beginners. 3 units.
B. Scientific Reading. Elementary. Fiedler and Sandbach,
First German Course for Science Students, Oxford. 2 units.
C. Scientific Reading. Advanced. Gore, German Science
Reader, Heath. 2 units.
1. Language. — Completion and Revision of Zinnecker.
Composition and conversation based on texts read. Hillern,
Hoher als die Kirche, Scribner. Wells, Drei kleine Lustspiele,
Heath. Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Four hours a week. 3 units.
2. (a) Language.—Whitney and Stroebe, Advanced German
Composition, Holt. Composition and conversation based on
texts read.
Freytag, Die Journalisten, Ginn. Schiller, Wilhelm Tell,
Heath. Bruns, Book of German Lyrics, Heath.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
2. (b) A general survey of German literature.
For students who intend to take German in the Third and
Fourth Years.
One hour a week. No formal credit is given for this course.
3. The Classical Period.
Texts: Lessing, Minna von Barnhelm, Macmillan. Goethe,
Egmont, Ginn. Schiller, Maria Stuart, Holt.
Composition based on above texts and Whitney and Stroebe,
Advanced German Composition, Holt. 3 units.
4. (a) Nineteenth Century Drama. 3 units. 116 Faculty of Arts and Science
4. (b) Nineteenth Century Fiction. 3 units.
These courses, which include reading of a number of
standard works, will be given alternately.
5. A reading course in the short story. 3 units.
Department of Philosophy
Professor: H. T. J. Coleman.
Associate Professor: James Henderson.
Professor of Education: George M. Weir.
Special Lecturer: A. O. MacRae.
1. (a) Elementary Psychology.
Text-book: Woodworth, Psychology, A Study of Mental
Life, Holt. I
References: Stout, A Manual of Psychology. Titchener,
A Text-book in Psychology; A Beginner's Psychology. James,
Psychology (Briefer Course). Pillsbury, Essentials of Psychology.
Two hours a week.
(b) Elementary Logic.
Text-book: Mellone, Introductory Text-book of Logic,
Blackwood (latest edition).
One hour a week.
(c) A fourth hour per week will be devoted to lectures
introductory to the main problems of Philosophy, and a special
study of Descartes' Discourse on Method and Berkeley's Treatise
Concerning the Principles of Human Knowledge. Attendance
at this hour is voluntary and no formal credit is given. Students
contemplating Honours are, however, advised to take this course.
3 units.
2. Ethics.
Text-book: Everett, Moral Values, Holt.
A special study will be made of selected portions of Aristotle's Ethics, Mill's Utilitarianism, and Kant's Metaphysic of
Morals.
Three hours a week. 3 units. Philosophy 117
3. History of Greek Philosophy from Tholes to Plato
(inclusive).
Text-book: Burnet, Greek Philosophy (Part I), Macmillan.
In connection with this course a special study will be made of
Plato's Republic, Phaedo, and Philebus.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
4. The History of Philosophy from the Renaissance to the
Present time.
Text-book: Alexander, A Short History of Philosophy,
Macmillan.
Works of Reference: Rand, Modern Classical Philosophers,
and the various Histories of Philosophy.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
5. The Philosophy of Kant, with special study of the
Critique of Pure Reason.
Two hours a week, a 2 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
6. Philosophic Movements since the time of Kant. Post-
Kantian Idealism, Pragmatism, the New Realism, Bergson and
others.
Two hours a week. 2 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
7. Introduction to Education. A course of lectures and
discussions dealing with educational movements since the beginning of the 19th century, and with the theories of life and of
mind which are implicit in these movements.
Texts: Spencer, Education, Everyman Edition. Dewey,
Democracy and Education, Macmillan.
References: Butler, The Meaning of Education. Moore,
What is Education? Adams (ed.), The New Teaching. Holmes,
What is and What might be. Articles in Cyclopedia of Education, Macmillan.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course.
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.) 118 Faculty of Arts and Science
8. Social Psychology. — A study of those particular phases
of mental life and development which are fundamental in social
organization and activity.
Texts: McDougall, Social Psychology, Methuen, London.
Ginsberg, Psychology of Society, Methuen, London. Collateral
reading will be prescribed from the following: Hobhouse, Mind
in Evolution, Morals in Evolution. Sutherland, Origin and
Growth of the Moral Instinct. Cooley, Human Nature and the
Social Order. Wallas, Human Nature in Politics; The Great
Society. Ross, Social Psychology. Trotter, Instincts of the Herd
in Peac4 and War. McDougall, The Group Mind.
Philosophy 1 is recommended as preparatory to this course,
Three hours a week. 3 units.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.)
Students will note that Courses 3 and 4, Courses 5 and 6,
and Courses 7 and 8 are given in alternate years. This arrangement is designed to meet the needs of students who desire to
pursue the study of philosophy beyond the elementary stage.
Department of Physics
Professor: T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor: A. E. Hennings.
Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.
Assistant: Cyril Jones.
1. Introduction to Physics.—A general study of the principles of mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound, and
electricity, both in the lecture-room and in the laboratory. The
course has two objects: (1) To give the minimum acquaintance
with physical science requisite for a liberal education to those
whose studies will be mainly literary; (2) to be introductory to
the courses in Chemistry, Engineering, and Advanced Physics.
Students must reach the required standard in both theoretical
and practical work.
Text-book: Millikan, Gale and Pyle, Practical Physics.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory per week. 3 units. Physics 119
2. College Physics.—This course consists of a general course
in Physics suitable for those students who have taken the two
years of Physics given in the High School. It will cover mechanics, properties of matter, heat, light, sound and electricity
in a fuller manner than would be possible in an introductory
course.
Text-book: Stewart, Physics, a Text-book for Colleges.
Prerequisite: High School Physics.
Three lectures and two hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
3. Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat.—A study of the
statics and dynamics of both a particle and a rigid body, the laws
of gases and vapors, temperature, hygrometry, capillarity, expansion, and ealorimetry.
Text-book: Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units
4. Electricity, Sound, and Light. — A study of the fundamentals of magnetism, electricity, sound, and light.
Text-book: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and Light.
Prerequisite: Physics 1.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
5. Dynamics of a Particle and of a Rigid Body.—A rigorous
mathematical study of this subject.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
6. Advanced Electricity and Magnetism. — In this course,
especial attention is given to the theoretical phases of Electricity
and Magnetism.
Text-book: Starling, Electricity and Magnetism.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4 and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units. 120 Faculty of Arts and Science
7. Kinetic Theory of Gases and Introduction to Thermodynamics.—A course of lectures elucidating the fundamentals of
these subjects.
Books for reference: Poynting and Thomson, Heat. Boyn-
ton, Kinetic Theory of Gases. Preston, Heat, and Meyer,
Kinetic Theory of Gases.
Prerequisites: Physics 3, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
8. Theoretical and Experimental Optics.—A course of lectures accompanied by laboratory work consisting of accurate
measurements in diffraction, dispersion, interference, and polarization.
Books for reference: Houstoun, Treatise on Light. Mann,
Advanced Optics. Wood, Physical Optics. Preston, Theory of
Light. Drude, Theory of Optics, and Edser, Light for Students.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4, and Mathematics 10.
Two lectures and three hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory,
and radioactivity.
Books for reference: Thomson, Conduction of Electricity
through Gases. Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their
Radiations. Millikan, Electron. Thomson, Positive Rays. Hughes,
Photo-electricity, and Kaye, X-Rays.
Prerequisites: Courses 3 and 4, and Differential and Integral
Calculus.
Two lectures per week. 2 units.
10. Advanced Experimental Physics. — In this course the
candidate for Honours is expected to perform one or more
classical experiments and to do some special work.
Carefully prepared reports, abstracts, and bibliographies
will constitute an essential part of the course.
Six hours laboratory per week. 3 to 6 units. Zoology 121
Department of Zoology
Professor: C. McLean Fraser.
Assistant Professor: G. J. Spencer.
Assistant: G. Van Wilby.
Note—Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories.
Text-books: Parker and Haswell, Manual of Zoology, Macmillan. (American Edition, 1916.)
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week. 3 units.
2. Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates.—A detailed comparative study of a member of each of the classes of Vertebrates.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
3. Comparative Anatomy of Invertebrates. — A detailed
comparative study of a member of each of the main classes of
Invertebrates.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
4. Morphology of Insects.—General Entomology.
Two lectures and four hours laboratory per week. First
Term. 2 units.
5. Histology.—Study of the structure and development of
animal tissues. Methods in histology.
Seven hours per week. Second Term. 2 units.
6. Embryology.—A general survey of the principles of
vertebrate embryology. Preparation and examination of em-
bryological sections.
Seven hours per week. First Term,. 2 units.
7. Economic Entomology.—A study of the insect pests of
animals and plants; means of combating them.
Lecture and laboratory work, six hours per week. Second
Term. 2 units.
8. Private Reading. — A course of reading on Biological
theories. In this course examinations will be set, but no class
instruction will be given. 2 units. THE
FACULTY
OF
APPLIED SCIENCE FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
PURPOSE
The object of the courses in Applied Science is to train
students in exact and fertile thinking, and to give them a sound
knowledge of natural laws and of the means of utilizing natural
forces and natural products for the benefit of man and the
advancement of civilization.
Experience shows that such a training is the best yet
devised for a large and increasing proportion of the administrative, supervisory and technical positions.
The object is to turn out neither finished engineers nor
industrial leaders — these are the product of years of development in the school of experience — but young men with a special
capacity and training for attaining this goal.
The student is offered a full undergraduate course and an
additional year of graduate courses of study. The preliminary
year required in Arts is intended to increase the student's
general knowledge and to broaden his outlook. It is hoped that
enough interest will be aroused to encourage the student to continue some study of the humanities as a hobby or recreation.
The first two years in Applied Science proper are spent in
a general course that includes Mathematics and all the basal
sciences. This gives not only a broad training, but enables the
student to discover the work for which he has special liking or
aptitude, to select more intelligently the subjects in which to
specialize during his two final years at college. During these
years students acquire more detailed knowledge and get practice
in applying scientific knowledge, in solving problems, in doing
things.
There is also training in Economics, Law and Industrial
Management.
A broad general course is better suited to British Columbia
conditions than a more specialized one, the first aim being to
prepare men to develop its industries. Furthermore, experience
has proved that narrow, highly specialized undergraduate courses 126 Faculty of Applied Science
do not produce as able specialists as do more general courses
that furnish a more solid foundation, a better background, a
broader outlook and a more stimulating atmosphere.
During the long period between sessions, the student is
required to engage in some industrial or professional work that
will afford practical experience not obtainable in the laboratory
or field classes, but that is a necessary supplement to academic
study.
FACILITIES FOR WORK IN APPLIED SCIENCE
For laboratory and other facilities see Pages 23-33.
ADMISSION
The general requirements for admission to the University
are given on Pages 36, 37.
1. All courses except Nursing and Health require First Year
Arts, or equivalent.
(a) Physics 1 or 2 (Arts), and Chemistry 1 are compulsory.
(b) A grade of 50 per cent, is required in Physics, Chem.
istry 1, and Mathematics 1 (a), (b), and (c).
(c) Biology 1 or Economics 1, if completed in First Year
Arts, need not be taken in Applied Science. French is
advisable for students expecting to enter Geological
Engineering.
2. Nursing and Health courses require Junior Matriculation
or equivalent.
DEGREES
The degrees offered students in this Faculty are:
Bachelor of Applied Science (B.A.Sc). (See below.)
Bachelor of Arts and Applied Science (B.A. and B.A.Sc).
(See Page 149.)
Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc). See Page 227.) Information for Students in Applied Science 127
COURSES LEADING TO THE DEGREE OF BA.Sc
The degree of Bachelor of Applied Science is granted on the
completion of the work in one of the courses* given below:
I. Chemical Engineering.
II. Chemistry.
III. Civil Engineering.
IV. Electrical Engineering.
V. Forest Engineering.
VI. Geological Engineering.
VII. Mechanical Engineering.
VIII. Metallurgical Engineering.
IX. Mining Engineering.
X. Nursing and Health. V
Note:—A series of noon-hour talks is given during the
session by the Faculty and prominent outsiders on the subjects:
choice of a profession; occupations for which an Applied Science
course forms a suitable preparation; life and work in different
engineering professions and industries. The purpose of these
talks is to assist students to select the course best suited to their
tastes and aptitudes, and their probable life-work.
PRACTICAL WORK OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY
In order to master professional subjects it is very important
that the work done at the University should be supplemented
by practical experience in related work outside. Therefore
students are expected to spend their summers in employment
that will give such experience. Before a degree will be granted,
a candidate is required to satisfy the Department concerned
that he has done at least four months' practical work related
to his chosen profession. Third and Fourth Year Essays (see
Page 129) should be based, as far as possible, upon the summer
work.
*The curriculum described in the following pages may be changed
from time to time as deemed advisable by the Faculty. 128
Faculty of Applied Science
Students engaged in summer work requiring them to enter
the University after the specified date of admission will be
allowed to register without penalty, upon the approval of the
Dean, in case the work affords necessary experience in connection
with their academic courses, as in Geological survey parties; or
if statements are received from their employers that circumstances prevent an earlier release.
Practical work such as Shop-work, Freehand Drawing,
Mechanical Drawing, Surveying, etc., done outside the University, may be accepted in lieu of laboratory or field work (but
not in lieu of lectures) in these subjects, on the recommendation of the Head of the Department and approval of the Dean.
Students seeking exemption as above must make written
application accompanied by certificates indicating the character
of the work done and the time devoted to it.
GENERAL OUTLINE OF UNIVERSITY COURSES
The work of the First and Second Years is the same in all
courses, except those in Nursing and Health.
First Year
Subject.
First Term.
OS >rf
cut;
IS
1-3 S
Laboratory
Hours per
Week.
Second Term.
Math. 1 Trigonometry
Math. 2 Solid Geometry
Math. 3 Algebra
Math. 4 Analytic Geom
C.E. 1 Descriptive Geom. ..
M.E. 1 Drawing 1
Physics 1 Mechanics
Physics 2 Heat
Chem. 2a Qual. Analysis ...
M.E. 2a Shop Practice
Biology 1* Introductory....
C.E. 2 Surveying
C.E. 30 Engineering Prob. 1
178
2
179
179
2
179
2
159
3
180
6
195
3
3
196
156
1
3
180
1
3
152
I
2
159
F
ield W
168
••
4
*If Biology has been taken in Arts it will be accepted in lieu of the
Science Course. Courses in Applied Science
129
Second Year
Subject.
ft *
6 »
Math. 6 Trigonometry
Math. 7 Anal. Geom
Chem. 2b Quan. Analysis ..
C.E. 4 Graphics
M.E. 6a Elem. Theory
Physics 3 Electricity
Physics 4 Mechanics
C.E. 5 Mapping
C.E. 6 Surveying
Geology 1 General
C.E. 7* Surveying
C.E. 31+ Engineering Prob.
179
179
156
160
182
196
196
160
160
174
160
168
First Term.
S3 a
•St*
** 2 «
Second Term.
&
Field Work
I 3 I ..
bfe
*Students entering Civil, Forest, Geological, Metallurgical, and Mining
Engineering are required to take Civil Engineering 7 (see Page )
immediately after the spring examinations.
tBeginning 1926-27.
Note:—In 1925-26 Chemistry 2a and 2b are given as a single course,
one lecture and 6 hours laboratory.
THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS
Essays are required of all students entering the Third and
Fourth Years, and must conform to the following:—
1. The essay shall consist of not less than 2,000 words.
2. It must be a technical description of the engineering aspects
of the work on which the student was engaged during the
summer, or of any scientific or engineering work with which
he is familiar. In the preparation of the essay, advantage
may be taken of any source of information, but due
acknowledgment must be made of all authorities consulted.
It should be suitably illustrated by drawings, sketches,
photographs or specimens. 130 Faculty of Applied Science
3. It must be typewritten, or clearly written on paper of substantial quality, standard letter size (8y2xll inches), on
one side of the paper only, leaving a clear margin on top
and left-hand side. Students are recommended to examine
sample reports to be found in the library.
4. All essays must be handed in to the Dean not later than
November 15th.
All essays, when handed in, will become the property of the
Department concerned, and will be filed for reference. Students
may submit duplicate copies of their essays in competition for
the students' prizes of the Engineering Institute of Canada, or
the Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
The value of an essay will be judged, not only by its substance, but also by the precision and quality of its English. A
maximum of 100 marks is allowed for an essay, 50 being required
for a pass. Essays will be considered as final Christmas
examinations, and subject to the same regulations and fees as
apply to supplemental examinations.
COURSES
I. Chemical Engineering
The course in Chemical Engineering should prepare the
student for the duties of managing engineer in a chemical
manufactory. As such he must be conversant not only with
the chemical processes involved, but he must be prepared to
design and to oversee the construction of new buildings and
to direct the installation and use of machinery. In the industrial life of British Columbia the chemical engineer may be
more particularly concerned with the manufacture of acids and
alkalies, the preparation from natural sources of various organic
and inorganic compounds, the pulp and paper industry, and
the utilization of the waste from a number of industrial plants
indigenous to the Province. Accordingly, the course of study
includes a number of courses in the older branches of engineering
along with the maximum of chemical training allowed by the
time at the disposal of the student. Courses in Applied Science
131
Third Year
Subject.
g bo
First Term.
cy a;
3&
Second Term.
as a)
fa «
3£
-2^'
d bi oj
Essay
Economics 1 Introductory
Met. 1 Introductory
Geol. 2 (a) Mineralogy ..
Chem. 3 Organic
Chem. 4 Theoretical
Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis ..
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials
E.E. 1 General
Physics 5 Light
C.E. 12 Hydraulics
129
169
193
175
157
157
157
161
184
196
162
Fourth Year
Subject.
First Term.
ii a
S 0)
Second Term.
I
Essay
Chem. 6 Industrial ...
Chem. 7 Physical
Chem. 8 Electro
Chem. 9 Adv. Organic
Chem. 16 Engineering
Met. 2 General .......
Thesis
129
158
158
158
158
159
193
12
3
3
15
II. Chemistry
The aim of this course is to train the students in the practice
of Chemistry, and to give a thorough knowledge in the fundamental principles of this subject, that they may be prepared to
assist in the solution of problems of value to the industrial
and agricultural life of the Province. The course is arranged
to give in the first two years a knowledge of the fundamental 132
Faculty of Applied Science
principles of Chemistry and Physics, with sufficient mathematics
to enable the theoretical parts of the subject to be understood.
In the Third Year, Analytical, Organic, and Physical
Chemistry are studied from the scientific side and in relation to
technology; while in the Fourth Year a considerable amount of
time is devoted to a short piece of original work.
Third Year
Subject.
S M
First Term.
ii a
* a
Sis
* a
o a .
ti •*
*28
■§§*
3a
Second Term.
■* *\il
1*1
3a
Essay
Econ. 1 Introductory .
Chem. 3 Organic
Chem. 4 Theoretical ..
Chem. 5 Adv. Analysis
Met. 1 Introductory ..
Geol. 2 (a) Mineralogy
Met. 5 Assaying
German (Arts) 1
Physics 5 Light
129
169
157
157
157
193
175
194
115
196
Fourth Year
to ..
ft fa
I- *
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
Oi oj
ii *
P.
fr*
1*1
CO °^
oe-M
<u o>
* a
^ t.
►J s
a.
1*1
3«
129
72
196
158
158
158
159
193
2
2
2
3
2
3
7
3
3
3
9
*2
2
2
2
2
••
3
Chem. 8 Electro-
3
18 Courses in Applied Science 133
III. Civil Engineering
The broad field covered by Civil Engineering makes it an
adjunct of many other branches of engineering, yet the Civil
Engineer occupies a distinctive field and is intimately associated
with a wide group of undertakings vitally affecting the health,
comfort and prosperity of the commonwealth.
The various branches of Civil Engineering deal with problems in water supply and water purification; in sewerage systems, sewage disposal plants, and the handling of municipal and
industrial wastes; in hydraulic power development; in irrigation
and drainage for agricultural activities; in all types of structures, bridges and buildings, piers and docks, sea walls and
protective works; in transportation, canals, locks, highways,
electric and steam railways; and in the management and direction of public works, public utilities, industrial and commercial
enterprises.
The course in Civil Engineering is designed to provide,
in so far as time will permit, foundations for continued growth
along those lines which the student's interests and environment
determine, without compelling too early specialization. Training
in pure and applied science, in the humanities, in economics and
business engineering, and in the technical phases of professional
work establishes a broad basis for the stimulation of a sincere
spirit of public service and for the development of that capacity
for reliable work and judgment which makes safe the assumption
of responsibilities.
The methods of instruction are planned with the view of
bringing out the powers and initiative of the students while
training them in habits of accurate analysis and careful work.
Students are encouraged to secure summer work which will
give them an insight into the various phases of the career upon
which they are about to enter, and the summer essays lay the
foundation for the ability to set forth, in clear and precise
language, descriptions and analyses of projects and engineering
activities. In the Fourth Year thesis an opportunity is given
for special investigation and research under the supervision of
experienced engineers. 134
Faculty of Applied Science
Third Year
Subject.
a *<
&. oo
First Term.
OJ u
u
>>fa
fa o
C4 m V
fa £ 4)
Second Term.
S£
*£g
° Sfe
3«
Essay
C.E. 8 Foundations
C.E. 9 Elementary Design
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials .
C.E. 11 Railways
C.E. 12 Hydraulics
C.E. 13 Mapping
C.E. 14 Surveying
C.E. 15 Drawing
M.E. 6 (b) Laboratory ...
E.E. 1 General
Econ. 1* Introductory
C.E. 16 Surveying
C.E. 21 Water Power
C.E. 28 Seminar
129
161
161
161
162
162
163
163
163
182
184
169
163
165
168
Field Work
■Economics 1 in Arts will be accepted in lieu of the Science Course.
Fourth Year
Subject.
Q fe
£ m
First Term.
ii ii
Second Term.
50 M
>>fa
$**
2 s 5!
Sa
Essay
C.E. 17 Structural Design .
C.E. 18 Engineering Economics
C.E. 19 Law—Contracts
C.E. 20 Geodesy
C.E. 22 Municipal
C.E. 23 Transportation
C.E. 24 Mechanics of Mtls. .
C.E. 25 Theory of Structures
C.E. 26 Trips
C.E. 27 Thesis
C.E. 28 Seminar
C.E. 29 Hydraulic Machines
129
163
164
164
164
165
166
166
167
167
167
168
168
1
3
6
Required
3
1
Sat. A,
M. Courses in Applied Science
135
IV. Electrical Engineering
This course is designed for those students who desire a
general training in the theory and practice of Electrical Engineering in addition to the basic principles of Mechanical
Engineering. The Third Year of the course is devoted mainly
to Mechanical Engineering, together with work which involves
the broad principles which underlie all engineering work. The
Fourth Year is devoted to Electrical Engineering, the fundamental principles of industrial economics, works organization,
management, and financing.
Vancouver and the surrounding country afford excellent
facilities for the study of engineering works under commercial
conditions. The managing officials of these Works are pleased to
permit students, in charge of a member of the Faculty, to inspect
and conduct tests at pre-arranged times. Organized visits to
industrial plants constitute a regular part of the advanced work.
Third Year
Subject.
fc. m
First Term.
tax
b*
Second Term.
3*
b*
3a
Essay
M.E. 3 Kinematics
M.E. 4 Dynamics
M.E. 5 Design
M.E. 7 Thermo-dynamics .
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials .
E.E. 2 General
C.E. 12 Hydraulics
M.E. 2b Shop Practice ...
Math. 8 or 9 Adv. Calculus
129
181
181
182
182
161
186
162
181
179 136
Faculty of Applied Science
Fourth Year
Subject.
a °<
& <"
First Term.
1*1
Second Term.
en -W
1&-
5?£ *
aa
Essay
E.E. 4 Machines
E.E. 5 Traction
E.E. 6 Transmission
E.E. 7 Design
E.E. 8 Radio
M.E. 7 Thermo-dynamics ..
M.E. 10 Design
M.E. 12 Plant Design
Math. 8 or 9 Adv. Calculus
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics ..
C.E. 19 Engr. Law
C.E. 29 Hydr. Machines ...
129
188
189
190
190
190
182
183
184
179
164
164
169
V. Forest Engineering
In British Columbia the forest industries, including logging
and the manufacture of lumber, pulp and paper, now lead all
others, and are rapidly expanding. They must always play a
very important part in the economy of the Province, because
seven-eighths of the productive land is absolute forest soil, that
will grow good timber but no other crop of value; and because
over half the remaining stand of saw-timber — the last big
reserve — of Canada is here. The development of these industries is requiring more and more the services of engineers, and
especially is this true in logging. Furthermore, most of the
forest land is owned by the public, and the management of these
vast estates is a task that will require constant growth on the
part of the government forest services.
This indicates very briefly the various fields of service open
to Forest Engineers, and for which the course of studies is
designed. Primarily the course is planned for the lumber
industry, and a major part of the time — apart from the preliminary foundation work — is devoted to the branches of Courses in Applied Science
137
engineering most used in it. In addition, the fundamental
subjects of forestry are covered. As in other engineering courses
the students are expected to obtain practical experience during
the summer vacations, this being an essential supplement to the
studies at the University.
Vancouver contains large sawmills, wood-working plants,
and plants for seasoning and preserving wood — more, in fact,
than any other place in the Province. Pulp mills, logging
operations and extensive forests are within easy reach. The
advantages of location are therefore exceptional. A special
feature is the affiliation of the Forest Products Laboratory of
Canada, maintained at the University by a co-operative arrangement with the Dominion Forestry Branch. A description of
this Laboratory and its activities is given in another part of this
calendar. It affords opportunities for instruction in testing the
mechanical properties of timber and other structural materials,
and it is expected that facilities will be provided eventually for
experimental and demonstration work in wood seasoning and
preserving.
Third Year
OS
•3 «
•2 »
a, o*
fi *
* S!
fa oo
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
a
ii u
a
bS
IF
a it
u a
ii t.
M a
bg
2 a*
SgS
!»*
3a
129
169
170
170
170
153
155
184
161
161
161
162
163
163
162
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
4
'■2
2
2
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
i
2
2
i
4
F.E. 3 Protection
F.E. 4 Finance
C.E. 8 Foundations
2
2
2
C.E. 10 Strength Materials ...
C.E. 11 Railways
3
3
C.E. 13 Mapping
C.E. 12 Hydraulics
3 138
Faculty of Applied Science
Fourth Year
Subject.
Essay
F.E. 5 Technology .
F.E. 6 Organization
F.E. 7 History
F.E. 8 Silviculture .
F.E. 9 Lumbering .
F.E. 10 Logging ...
F.E. 11 Milling ....
F.E. 12 Products ..
Bot. 6 (b) Pathology )
7 Entomology s'
Zool.
Bot. 7 (a) Ecology
C.E. 17 Structural Design
C.E. 18 Economics
C.E. 19 Law
M.E. 6 (b) Steam Lab. ...
129
170
171
171
171
171
172
172
172
155
201
155
163
164
164
182
First Term.
£ * °
2
1
1
2
ii
Second Term.
J*
1
1
2
1
n
VI. Geological Engineering
This course is designed to meet the requirements of students
who intend to enter Geology as a profession.
It gives a broad training not only in Geology, but also in
the sciences of Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics,
which are extensively applied in the solution of geological
problems. The engineering subjects are useful not only to the
Mining and Consulting Geologist and the Geological Surveyor,
but to the Geologist engaged in original research in any branch
of the science.
The course therefore furnishes a foundation for the professions of Mineralogist, Geological Surveyor, Mining Geologist,
Consulting Geologist, Palaeontologist, Geographer, etc., and is
useful for those who will be in any way connected with the
discovery or development of the natural resources of the country.
As a supplement to the work in the classroom, laboratory
and field during the session, the student is expected to obtain
practical experience during the summer vacations. Courses in Applied Science
139
Third Year
Subject.
fa «i
First Term.
2ss
JiJ
■sir
^a
Second Term.
ii Ql
3£
bs
!§*
Essay
Geol. 2 Mineralogy ...
Geol. 3 Historical
GeoL 4 Structural
Geol. 5 Regional
Chem. 4 Theoretical ..
Econ. 1 (Arts)
Min. 1 Metal Mining ..
Met. 5 Fire Assaying .
Met. 1 General
Ore Dressing 1 General
Zool. 1
C.E. 13 Mapping
Chem. 5* Adv. Analysis
Met. 6* Wet Assaying ..
129
175
2
2
176
3
176
176
3
1
157
85
3
191
2
194
1
5
193
2
194 '
2
201
2
2
163
157
1
6
194
3
'Either Chem. 5 or Met. 6 must be taken.
Fourth Year
Subject.
£ -
First Term.
3 %
» rS
a *<
X ii
Oi ii
fa «
-2-s
Is*
3a
,j ai
Second Term.
in
Essay
Geol. 6 Palaentology
Geol. 7 Petrology
Geol. 8 Economic
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics .
Geol. 9 Mineralography ..
Geol. 10 Field
Min. 2 Coal and Placer ...
Min. 3 Metal Mining
Min. 5 Surveying
Met. 2 Smelting
Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory
C.E. 8 Foundations
Geological Essay
129
176
2
2
177
2
4
177
3
1
164
2
177
2
178
3
191
2
••
192
2
192
1
193
2
195
3
161
1
3 140
Faculty of Applied Science
VII. Mechanical Engineering
As this branch of Engineering forms an outstanding feature
in all industrial development, the course of training is general
and basic in its character. Because of its general character it is
not possible in the time available to give the student an intimate
knowledge of the details of practice in any special line of work.
The course is designed more particularly for those who are likely
to take up the manufacture of machinery, power plant work (including design and construction of steam, gas, oil, or hydraulic
plants), heating and ventilation of buildings, refrigeration, or
industrial management.
Students in this course are given a systematic course in the
fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.
Governed by the fact that values and costs are controlling
factors in the practice of Engineering, the subjects of the final
years are treated with a view of developing a business sense,
an understanding of men, and the ability to report clearly on
industrial problems. This demands the study of Economics, the
use of good English, and the participation in outside industrial
work during the vacation.
Third Year
As in Electrical Engineering. (See Page 135.)
Fourth Year
Subject.
.3 ••
.— i,
« bo
First Term.
z*
Sg. .
£ » a
Site
Second Term.
KM
ii i>
*. a
-2S
!*L
J«
Essay
M.E. 9 Thermodynamics .
M.E. 10 Design
M.E. 11 Heating
M.E. 12 Plant Design
M.E. 13 Metals
E.E. 3 Standard Practice
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics
C.E. 19 Engr. Law
C.E. 39 Hydraulic Mach. .
Math. 8 or 9 Adv. Calculus
129
183
183
183
184
184
187
164
164
168
179 Courses in Applied Science 141
VIII.-IX. Metallurgical and Mining Engineering
Modern Metallurgical practice covers a wide and expanding
field. The Metallurgical Engineer has to design and operate a
great variety of plants and processes. He must be able to deal
with furnace and solution processes, based on chemical principles,
and mechanical crushing and separating processes, based on
physical principles, together with an immense variety of principal and auxiliary machinery, from small to immense, used in
the separation and refining of ores, artificial mineral products
and metals. The whole forms a keenly competitive and strictly
commercial industry, based on, and closely limited by, the
practical economic considerations of costs and profits. Rapid
and continuous change and improvement is the rule. Methods
and machines quickly become obsolete. The field for research
and improvement in methods and machinery is ever widening,
though the economic margin is ever narrowing.
The Metallurgical course, in the Third and Fourth Years,
based on the fundamental earlier years, is designed to give the
student a broad general knowledge of standard metallurgical
methods and machinery, with a fundamental grasp of the actual
applications of the basic sciences in practical metallurgical
operations, and sufficient laboratory practice to illustrate and
fix these in his mind and train him for an actual junior position
after graduation.
Modern mining operations cover a field notable for its
breadth and variety. The discovery, steadily becoming more
difficult, and the development, steadily becoming more scientific,
of new mineral deposits are hased largely on a knowledge of
the laws and processes of Nature, ultimately physical and
chemical, but immediately, chiefly geological in kind. On
the other hand, the operations of actual mining are largely
mechanical in kind, and call for use and knowledge of mechanical
and electrical equipment, adapted to underground methods and
conditions.
The conditions under which mining operations are carried
on are often of great natural difficulty, and many of the factors
to be dealt with are, to a large extent, obscure and indefinite 142 Faculty.of Applied Science
oftener than measureable. The qualities of good judgmnt and
decision are therefore of great importance in the application
of technical knowledge to mining. As in metallurgy, economic
considerations are paramount.
The Mining course is correspondingly broad in scope. In
addition to the fundamental sciences, it includes fundamental
subjects in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering,
Economics and Economic Geology.
The special mining subjects cover the underlying principles
and practice on which the discovery, development and economic
operation of mines are based, the practical application of
technical knowledge to actual operations, and the use of judgment and decision, by precept, example and illustration. Sufficient practical training and laboratory work is included to fit
the student for an actual junior position after graduation.
While not given as a separate subject, the social, administrative
and ethical sides of the professions of Mining and Metallurgy
are included in the general treatment of appropriate subjects.
In this University, emphasis is naturally placed on British
Columbia conditions and its chief mineral products, namely:
Gold, Silver, Lead, Zinc, Copper, Coal and Coke.
The University is conveniently located in proximity to coal
and metal mining districts, large coal and metal mining operations being carried on within a few hours' journey, in connection
with which there are large washing and ore concentration plants.
There is a large metallurgical works at Tacoma, within an easy
day's journey. Students have little difficulty in obtaining
positions in mines or smelters during their vacation, as several
of the larger companies have established the practice of accepting
student employees in reasonable numbers during the vacation
months.
Students are recommended to spend their vacations at
practical works, in connection with Metallurgy or Mining, and
are required to do so between the Third and Fourth Years as
an essential part of their course, without which a degree will
not be granted. An essay covering this work is also required,
as specified in the Fourth Year curriculum. Courses in Applied Science
143
Students are advised to become student members of the
Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
VIII. Metallurgical Engineering
Third Year
ta .,
eg bo
fa v
fa m
First Term.
Second Term.
Subject.
ii a
*. a
% fa
Q.
s s..
J8 en QJ
fc C 4)
tew
* ii
bS
8°-*
C.E. 9 Elem. Design
C.E. 10 Str. of Materials
C.E. 12 Hydraulics
D.E. 13 Mapping
E.E. 1 General
Min. 1 Metal Mining
Met. 1 General
129
169
161
161
162
163
182
175
184
191
194
193
194
194
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
2
■ 2
5
3
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
. 2
2
3
Fourth Year
Subject.
$ ■•
First Term.
KM
ii ii
Sfe-
h*
S a.
Second Term.
§8$
,3«
Essay
Geol. 9 Mineralography ..
Geol. 8 Economic
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics .
Chem. 8 Electro-
Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory
Min. 3 Metal Mining
Met. 2 Smelting
Met. 3 Calculations
Met. 4 Analysis
129
177
177
164
158
195
192
193
193
193
12 144
Faculty op Applied Science
IX. Mining Engineering
Third Year
As in Metallurgical Engineering. (See Page 143.)
Fourth Year
Subject.
First Term.
b*
Ml
3a
Second Term.
et fa
bs
!§*
3a
Essay
Geol. 7 Petrology
Geol. 8 Economic
C.E. 18 Engr. Economics .
C.E. 19 Engr. Law
Met. 2 Smelting
Ore Dressing 2 Laboratory
Min. .2 Coal and Placer ...
Min. 3 Metal Mining .
Min. 4 Machinery
Min. 5 Surveying
Min. 7 Methods
Min. 6 Design
129
177
177
164
164
193
195
191
192
192
192
192
192
2
4
3
1
2
1
2
"3
2
2
t ,
1
Short Courses in Mining
The regular Short Courses in Mining for the Session of
1925-26 will commence the second Monday in January, 1926,
and will continue for eight weeks. These courses include Mining,
Smelting, Ore Concentration, Geology and Ore-deposits, Mineralogy and Rock Study, Fire Assaying, Chemistry, and Surveying.
The courses are thoroughly practical in nature. They are
not primarily intended for those who have had a technical
training, but rather for those who have had practical experience
in mining and prospecting, or are connected with the business of
mining in any way. The courses are designed to give practical
and technical knowledge, helpful in practical mining work and
mining business. While they are short they are complete in themselves, and require no other preparation than a common-school
education or ability to read and write. Courses in Applied Science 145
Experience has shown that they fill a real need, and they
have proved very successful in the past.
As they do not form part of the regular University course,
a special bulletin is issued, in which details of the courses and
requirements for admission are given. Copies of this may be
obtained on application to the Registrar of the University.
These courses will not be given unless at least ten students
register for them.
X. Nursing and Health
Two courses are offered in the Department of Nursing and
Health:
1. Nursing A.—A five-year undergraduate course. (See
below.)
2. Nursing B.—A graduate course of one academic year.
(See Page 148.)
All students desiring to register for these courses must first
communicate, either in person or by letter, with the director of
the department, in order that their qualifications from a nursing
standpoint may be examined before proceeding with registration.
Nursing A
A five-year combined course leading to the degree of BA.Sc.
(Nursing), and to the diploma in nursing of the associated
hospitals approved by the University Senate.
This course is open to applicants possessing Junior Matriculation or its equivalent. In addition they must be able to satisfy
the entrance requirements of the associated schools of nursing.*
The aim of the five years combined course is to afford a
broader education than can be given by the School of Nursing
alone, and thus to build a sound foundation for those who desire
to fit themselves for teaching and supervision in schools of nursing and for public health nursing service.
*TJntil 1925, nurses who have graduated from a hospital in affiliation
with the University or otherwise approved of by the Senate may be awarded
the degree on complying with the following conditions: They shall have
matriculated and they shall have taken the full academic training laid down
for this course. At least one year of such training shall have been taken
in the University of British Columbia. 146
Faculty op Applied Science
The First and Second Years, which are academic, give
students an introduction to general cultural subjects and a
foundation in the sciences underlying the practice of nursing.
The Third and Fourth Years are devoted to professional training
in the hospital, and are planned to afford experience and training
in the care of the sick and to develop the skill, observation and
judgment necessary to the efficient practice of the nursing profession. In the Fifth Year, students may select as their major
subject that particular phase of nursing in which they are most
interested and for which, in the opinion of their advisers, they
appear to be best qualified.
It is not claimed that at the conclusion of this course
students are qualified to immediately assume positions involving
great responsibility. They are neither sufficiently mature nor
experienced. They will possess, however, a good foundation in
the basic sciences of nursing as well as certain cultural background and sound professional training. There are excellent
opportunities for advancement in the field of modern nursing for
women possessing such qualifications.
First Year (Academic)
Subject.
First Term.
© a •
2 « 8
•3 °^
3a
Second Term.
+j *\m
2 » 8
III
3a
English 1 (a)
English 1 (b)
Choice of Mathematics 1
or Latin 1
or French 1
or History 1, 2, or 3
Physics 1
Chemistry 1
Biology 1
Nursing 1
90
90
107
84
112
101
118
78
73
197 Courses in Applied Science
147
Probationary Period (Hospital)
If they have not already done so, students should enter an
approved Training School for Nursing in May, at the close of
their First Academic Year, and take the prescribed four months'
Preparatory Course for Probationers. Subject to the approval
of the Head of the Department, students may be permitted to
take this Probationary course at the conclusion of their Second
Academic Year instead of in the interval between the First and
Second Years. During this period the student will undergo rigid
examination as to fitness in physique, temperament and character for the practice of nursing. Hospitals reserve the right
to reject candidates who do not reach the required Training
School standards.
Second Year (Academic)
Subject.
First Term.
a; ii
s- ii
3 >
<3 m aJ
t fa i>
3a
Second Term.
P flj
2 ,r. ii
English 2 (a)
English 2 (b)
Zoology 1
Philosophy 1
Economics 1
or Sociology 1
Bacteriology 1 ..
Bacteriology 2 ..
Nursing 2
90
2
91
1
121
9
116
4
85
89
3
72
1
72
197
1
Third and Fourth Years (Hospital Service)
The Third and Fourth Years will be spent in practical
training in a hospital approved by the Senate. Students are
required to register with the University even though during this
portion of the course they are in residence at the hospital. During
their hospital service they are subject to the authority and are
under the direction of the officers of the Training School. The
required period of hospital service is twenty-eight months, in 148 Faculty op Applied Science
which is included the probationary period of four months.
Full maintenance and such allowance as the hospital authorities
may designate are accorded, and a yearly vacation of three weeks
is granted at the convenience of the Director of the Training
School.
For description of subjects see Page 197.
Fifth Year
A choice is offered of two major options, viz.:
(a) Teaching and Supervision. — Intended for students
wishing to enter the hospital field as teachers and supervisors.
During the first term a series of lectures and demonstrations
will be given in the principles of supervision and in the teaching
of nursing principles and methods. A selection will also be
made of other courses available in the University which may be
suited to the needs of the individual student. This choice would
include courses offered in the Teacher Training Course, in the
Departments of Biology and Zoology and in Bacteriology.
Appropriate field-work will be arranged during the Second Term.
(b) Public Health Nursing. — Students electing Public
Health Nursing as their major will take the courses of lectures
and the field-work outlined under Nursing B (see below). With
the consent of the Head of the Department, they may substitute
one or more of these courses for one or more of those outlined
under option "a," Teaching and Supervision.
Nursing B
A course of one academic year leading to the certificate in
Public Health.
This course is open to nurses in good standing who have
graduated from a recognized School of Nursing connected with
a hospital of not less than fifty beds, and who are eligible for
registration in British Columbia.
The aim of the course is to afford instruction to graduate Double Course 149
nurses that will assist them in dealing with problems of health,
economics and education met with in public health service, and
to give them a broader understanding of present-day nursing
conditions. Special emphasis will be placed upon the public
health programme in this Province.
Candidates should apply to the Department not later than
September, 1925. A certificate of good health and physical
condition, signed by a regular practising physician, must be
presented with the application. The registration and class fees
for the course are $75.00. These may be paid in two equal
instalments, the first not later than October, and the second not
later than January.
The course consists of three months of academic work in
the University. This will be followed by four months' field work
in the various branches of public health in which services are
available for teaching purposes. Upon the completion of the
course an examination will be held, and a certificate will be
issued to successful candidates.
Should the number of students applying for this course be
deemed insufficient it may be withdrawn.
DOUBLE COURSE FOR THE DEGREES OF B.A.
AND B.A.Sc.
The requirements are as follows:
First and Second Years
As set forth in the Calendar for the First and Second
Years of Arts, except as follows:
Physics 1, Chemistry 1, Biology 1, and Mathematics 2 must
be taken.
French should be selected by students intending to enter
Geological Engineering.
A course in German is recommended for students intending to enter Chemical, Forest, Geological or Metallurgical
Engineering. 150 Faculty op Applied Science
Third Year
1. Three units in one of the following:
A language;
History;
Economics;
Philosophy.
2. Chemistry 2a, Applied Science.
3. Mathematics 1, 2, 3, Applied Science.
4. Physics 1 and 2, Applied Science.
5. Mechanical Drawing 1, Mechanical Engineering 2, Civil
Engineering 1, and Engineering Problems 1.
Civil Engineering 2 (Field Work) must be taken immediately after the spring examinations.
Fourth Year
As for Second Year Applied Science.
Fifth Year
As for Third Year Applied Science. The degree of B.A.
to be conferred on completing the Fifth Year of this course.
Sixth Year
As for Fourth Year Applied Science.
EXAMINATIONS AND ADVANCEMENT
1. Examinations are held in December and in April.
December examinations will be held in all subjects of the First
and Second Years, and are obligatory for all students of these
years. December examinations in subjects of the Third and
Fourth Years, excepting those subjects that are completed before
Christmas, shall be optional with the Departments concerned.
Applications for special consideration on account of illness or
domestic affliction must be submitted to the Dean not later than
two days after the close of the examination period. Examinations and Advancement 151
2. Candidates in order to pass must obtain at least 50 per
cent, in each subject, except that in the First and Second Years
of the course in Nursing and Health the requirements for passing
are the same as those for the First and Second Years in Arts,
namely, 50 per cent, of the examination as a whole, and not less
than 40 per cent, in each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to
80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted. aw
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50
per paper.
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied
by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees), must be in the
hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date set
for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 4 units
of the preceding year, or with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of
matriculation, unless special permission to do so is granted by
Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty is
satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental
examinations had an adequate cause.
8. No student will be allowed to take any subject unless he
has previously passed, or secured exemption, in all pre-requisite
subjects. If any subject has another which is concurrent with it,
both must be taken in the same session. 152 Faculty of Applied Science
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher year
may not register as a partial student in respect of the subjects
of that higher year. But a student who is required to repeat
his year may, on application in writing, be exempted by the
Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations in
subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects
of the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or.
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English.
DEPARTMENTS IN APPLIED SCIENCE
N.B.—The following subjects may be modified during the
year as the Faculty may deem advisable.
Department of Botany
Professor: A. H. Hutchinson.
Assistant Professor: John Davidson.
Assistant Professor: Frank Dickson.
Assistant: P. Heward Bell.
Assistant: Gertrude Smith.
Assistant: Marjory Elliott.
Biology
1. Introductory Biology.—The course is introductory to
more advanced work in Botany or Zoology; also to courses closely Botany 153
related to Biological Science, such an Agriculture, Forestry,
Medicine.
The fundamental principles of Biology; the interrelationships of plants and animals; life processes; the cell and division
of labour; life-histories; relation to environment.
Text-book: Smallwood, Text-book of Biology, Lea & Febiger,
1920.
The course is prerequisite to all other courses in Biology.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per
week.
2. Principles of Genetics.—The fundamentals of Genetics
illustrated by the race-histories of certain plants and animals;
the physical basis of heredity; variations; mutations; acquired
characters; Mendel's law with suggested applications.
Text-book: Castle, Genetics and Eugenics, Harvard Press.
Two lectures per week. First Term.
3. General Physiology of animal and plant life processes.
Open to students of Third and Fourth Years having prerequisite
Chemistry and Physics.
Text-book: Bayliss, Principles of General Physiology,
Longmans-Green.
Two lectures and one period of four hours laboratory per
week Second Term.
Botany
1. General Botany.—A course including a general survey of
the several fields of Botany and introductory to more specialized
courses in Botany.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
This course is prerequisite to all other courses in Botany,
except the Evening Course. Partial credit for this course
(2 units) may be obtained through the Evening Course.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per
week. 154 Faculty op Applied Science
2. Morphology.
General Morphology of plants. A comparative study of
plant structures. The relationships of plant groups. Comparative
life histories. Emphasis is placed upon the increasing complexity of plant structures, from the lower to the higher forms,
involving a progressive differentiation accompanied by an interdependence of parts.
Text-book: Coulter, Barnes & Cowles, Text-book of Botany,
Vol. I, University of Chicago Press.
Two lectures and two periods of two hours laboratory per
week. First Term.
3. Plant Physiology.
Text-book: Palladin, Plant Physiology, English Edition
(Translation of 6th Russian Edition), 1918, P. Blakiston.
Two lectures and two periods of two hours laboratory per
week. First Term.
4. Histology.—A study of the structure and development
of plants; methods of killing, fixing, embedding, sectioning,
staining, mounting, drawing, reconstructing. Use of microscope,
camera lucida; photo-micrographic apparatus.
Text-book: W. C. Stevens, Plant Anatomy, P. Blakiston.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per
week. Second Term.
5. (a) Economic Flora.—A course in Systematic Botany,
illustrated by native and introduced plants of economic importance.
The classification of injurious and useful algae, fungi,
mosses, ferns and flowering plants. The identification of weeds,
native trees, poisonous, medicinal, and fodder plants.
The course, while designed particularly to meet the needs of
students of Agriculture or Forestry, is open to students of the
Third and Fourth Years in Arts and Science.
Text-books: Henry, Flora of Southern British Columbia, Botany 155
Gage; Leavitt, Outlines of Botany with Flora, American Book
Company.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
Two lectures and the equivalent of four hours practical
work per week, including laboratory, excursions and the preparation of collections. Second Term.
5. (b) Dendrology.—A study of the forest trees of Canada,
the common shrubs of British Columbia, the important trees of
the United States which are not native to Canada. Emphasis
on the species of economic importance. Identification, distribution, relative importance, construction of keys.
Text-books: Morton & Lewis, Native Trees of Canada,
Dominion Forestry Branch Ottawa. Sudworth, Forest Trees of
the Pacific Slope, Superintendent of Documents, Washington,
D.C.
One lecture and one period of two or three hours laboratory
or field work per week. . ▼
6. (a) General Plant Pathology. — Identification and life-
histories of parasites causing plant-diseases; means of combating
them.
Text-book: Duggar, Fungus Diseases of Plants, Ginn.
Prerequisite: Botany 1.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per
week. Second Term.
6. (b) Forest Pathology.—Nature, identification and control of the more important tree-destroying fungi and other plant
parasites of forests.
Text-book: Rankin, Manual of Tree Diseases, Macmillan.
One lecture and one period of two hours laboratory per
week during one-half of one term.
7. (a) Forest Ecology and Geography.—The inter-relations
of forests and their environment; the biological characteristics of
important forest trees; forest associations; types and regions;
physiography. 156 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Hardy, The Geography oj Plants, Oxford
University Press.
One lecture per week during one term. Field trips and
laboratory work during the session amounting to thirty hours,
one period per week.
Department of Chemistry
Professor: E. H. Archibald.
Professor of Organic Chemistry: R. H. Clark.
Associate Professor: W. F. Seyer.
Assistant Professor: M. J. Marshall.
Lecturer: C. A. H. Wright.
Instructor: John Allardyce.
Assistant: Wm. E. Graham.
Assistant: J. L. Huggett.
Assistant: Swanzey Peck.
Assistant: A. F. Gill.
Assistant: R. N. Crozier.
1. General Chemistry.—This course is arranged to give a
full exposition of the general principles involved in modern
Chemistry and comprises a systematic study of the properties of
the more important metallic and non-metallic elements and their
compounds, and the application of Chemistry in technology.
Text-book: Alexander Smith, Inorganic Chemistry, Century.
Three lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
2. Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis.—During the first six weeks of
the term an additional lecture may be substituted for a part
of the laboratory work.
Text-book: A. A. Noyes, Qualitative Analysis, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—This course embraces the more
important methods of gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Chemistry 157
Text-book: Cumming & Kay, Quantitative Analysis, Gurney
& Jackson.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1.
One lecture and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
Course (b) must be preceded by Course (a).*
3. Organic Chemistry.—This introduction to the study of
the compounds of carbon will include the method of preparation
and a description of the more important groups of compounds
in both the fatty and the aromatic series.
Chemistry 3 will also be given to those students taking
Chemistry 2, or those who have had the equivalent of Chemistry 2.
Books recommended: Holleman-Walker, Text-book of
Organic Chemistry, Wiley; Gatterman, The Practical Methods
of Organic Chemistry, Macmillan.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
4. Theoretical Chemistry.—An introductory course on the
development of modern Chemistry, including osmotic phenomena,
the ionization theory, the law of mass action, and the phase rule.
Text-book: James Walker, Introduction to Physical Chemistry, Macmillan.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week. Second Term.
5. Advanced Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis.
(a) Qualitative Analysis. — The work of this course will
include the detection and separation of the less common metals,
particularly those that are important industrially, together with
the analysis of somewhat complex substances occurring in
nature.
One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per
week. First Term.
* Notes—In 1925-26 Chemistry 2 (a) and 2 (6) will be given as a single
course, one lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chemistry 2 (a) in First Term, Chemistry 2 (b) in Second Term. 158 Faculty of Applied Science
(b) Quantitative Analysis.—The determinations made will
include the more difficult estimations in the analysis of rorks,
as well as certain constituents of steel and alloys. The principles
on which analytical chemistry is based will receive a more minute
consideration than was possible in the elementary course.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2.
One lecture and two periods of three hours laboratory per
week. Second Term.
6. Industrial Chemistry. — Those industries which are
dependent on the facts and principles of Chemistry will be
considered in as much detail as time will permit. The lectures
will be supplemented by visits to manufacturing establishments
in the neighbourhood, and it is hoped that some lectures will be
given by specialists in their respective fields.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 and 3.
Two lectures per week.
7. Physical Chemistry.—The lectures, which are a continuation of those given in 4, include the kinetic theory of gasesr
thermo-ehemistry, the application of the principles of thermodynamics to chemistry, osmotic phenomena, applications of the
dissociation theory, colloidal solutions, and a study of the
physical properties of gases, liquids, and solids and of their
chemical constitutions.
Text-book: Findlay, Physico-Chemical Measurements,
Longmans-Green.
For reference: Ramsay's Series of Books on Physical
Chemistry, Longmans. Getman, Theoretical Chemistry, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 2, 3 and 4.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
8. Electro-Chemistry.—As in Arts. See Page 80.)
9. Advanced Organic Chemistry. — As in Arts. (See
Page 80.) Civil Engineering 159
16. Chemical Engineering. — Theory and design of fractionating columns, condensers, multiple effect evaporators;
chamber, tunnel, drum, rotary and spray driers. Theory and
practice of technical filtration; calculation of capacity of box
filters, filter presses, centrifugals, etc. Principles of counter
current extraction.
Text-book: Walker, Lewis & McAdams, Principles of
Chemical Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference books: Liddell, Handbook of Chemical Engineering. Robinson, Elements of Practical Distillation.
Two lectures per week during second term of Fourth Year.
Department of Civil Engineering
Professor: Wm. E. Duckering.
Associate Professor: E. G. Matheson.
Lecturer: W. H. Powell.
Instructor: A. Lighthall.
Instructor: F. A. Wilkin.
Assistant: Cyril Jones.
1. Descriptive Geometry. — Geometrical drawing; orthographic, isometric and axometric projections.
Text-book: Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, Wiley.
One three-hour period per week.
Mr. Matheson, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Jones.
2. Field Work 1.—Elementary surveying. Practical problems involving the use of the chain, telemeter, compass, transit
and level. Traverses, closed circuits, contour and detail surveys.
Levels for profiles, benches and contours.
Work commences immediately upon the close of spring
examinations, and consists of field work, eight hours per day for
twenty days, or equivalent.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Powell, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Jones.
3. Materials of Engineering*—Manufacture and properties
of iron and steel; principal alloys; considerations governing
selection of materials; manufacture and properties of cements;
•Not offered in 1925-26. 160 Faculty of Applied Science
concrete; stone and brick masonry; principal kinds, of commercial timber; treating and preservation of timber; discussion
of standard specifications for engineering work.
Text-book: Moore, Materials of Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
References: Mills, Materials of Engineering; Johnson,
Materials of Construction; Upton, Materials of Engineering.
One lecture per week. Mr. Matheson.
4. Graphical Statics. — Elementary theory of structures;
composition of forces; general methods involving the force and
equilibrium polygons; determination of resultants, reactions,
centres of gravity, bending moments; stress in framed
structures, cranes, towers, roof-trusses and bridge-trusses.
Algebraic check methods will be used throughout.
Text-book: Hudson and Squire, Elements of Graphic
Statics, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisites: Physics 4 must either precede or accompany
Civil 4.
One two-hour period per week. Mr. Lighthall.
5. Mapping 1.—Draughting from notes obtained in Civil 2.
Maps of telemeter, compass and transit surveys. Contour and
topographical maps in convention or color. Mine and land plans.
One three-hour period per week. Mr. Lighthall.
6. Surveying 1. — Chain and angular surveying; the construction, adjustment and use of the transit, level, compass,
stadia, minor field instruments, planimeter, and pantograph;
leveling; topography; contour surveying; stadia; railway curves;
vertical curves; transition curves.
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Elementary Surveying,
Vol. I, Wiley.
References: Gillespie, Surveying, Vol. I; Nugent, Plane
Surveying; Baker, Engineer's Surveying Instruments; Allen,
Curves and Earthwork; Sullivan, Spiral Tables.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Powell.
7. Field Work 2.—(a) Railway surveys, reconnaissance,
preliminary and location surveys, methods of taking topography, Crvu. Engineering 161
cross-sectioning; estimating quantities; running in easement and
vertical curves, etc. The notes secured will be used in class work
for mapping and for estimating quantities and costs.
(b) Hydrographie surveys, topography of a section of
river-bed by sounding and fixing position by transits and
sextants; the three-point problem; stream-gauging by surface
and deep floats and by the current meter.
(c) Solar and stellar observations for latitude and azimuth;
adjustments of instruments; the use of plane table, sextant and
minor instruments; mine surveying.
Prerequisite: Civil 2.
Time same as for Civil 2.
Mr. Matheson, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
8. Foundations and Masonry.—Borings; bearing power of
soils; pile and other foundations; cofferdams; caissons; open
dredging; pneumatic and freezing processes; estimates of quantities and costs.
Text-book: Jacoby and Davis, Foundations of Bridges and
Buildings, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one three-hour period. First Term.
Mr. Matheson.
9. Structural Design 1.—Problems in draughting, illustrating designs in structural engineering; estimates of quantities
and costs; preparation of plans.
Text-book: Conklin, Structural Draughting and Elementary
Design, Wiley.
Prerequisite: First Term of Civil 10.
One lecture and one three-hour period. Second Term.
Mr. Matheson.
10. Strength of Materials.—A thorough introduction to the
fundamental principles dealing with the strength of materials;
stress, deformation, elasticity and resilience; the application of
the laws of derived curves to the construction of load, shear
moment, inclination and deflection diagrams5 fibre stress, deflec- 162 Faculty of Applied Science
tion of simple, cantilever, and continuous beams under any
loading; riveted joints; torsion; columns; combined stresses;
longitudinal shear; reinforced concrete; special beams.
The laboratory period includes the testing of cement, concrete, timber and steel specimens to determine the strength and
elasticity of these materials.
About one-half of the time will be set aside for the solution
of problems in investigation and design.
Text-book: Boyd, Strength of Materials, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Swain, Strength of Materials.
Prerequisites: Physics 4 and Civil 4.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Lighthall.
Note:—The laboratory testing is given in the Forest
Products Laboratories, under the supervision of Superintendent
McElhanney.
11. Transportation 1. Railways.—The inception of railway
projects; reconnaissance, preliminary and location; grade problems; grades, curvature and distance and their effects upon
operating costs and revenue; velocity and pusher grades;
adjustment of grades for unbalanced traffic; construction; railway economics, traffic, revenue, branch lines.
Text-book: Williams, Design of Railway Location, Wiley.
Reference: Allen, Railroads, Curves and Earthwork;
Wellington, Economic Theory of the Location of Railways.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Wilkin.
12. Hydraulic Engineering 1.— (a) Hydrostatics; design of
standpipes, reservoirs and dams.
(6) Hydrodynamics: fundamental principles and their
application to problems on the discharge of orifices, notches and
weirs; flow in pipes and open channels; practical field and
laboratory measurements; examination of hydraulic developments.
Text-book: Russell, Hydraulics, Holt.
One lecture and one three-hour period of laboratory per
week. Mr. Powell, Mr. Wilkin. Civil Engineering 163
13. Mapping 2. — Draughting from notes obtained in
Civil 7; railway location and hydrographie surveys; map projections; topographic maps from photographic plates.
One three-hour period per week. Mr. Lighthall.
14. Surveying 2.—A continuation of Civil 6. Theory and
use of aneroid, sextant, plane-table and precise instruments;
plane-table surveying; mine, hydrographie and photo-
topographic surveying; Dominion and Provincial surveys;
field astronomy.
Text-book: Breed and Hosmer, Surveying, Vol. II, Wiley.
References: Johnson and Smith, Theory and Practice of
Surveying; Wilson, Topographic, Trigonometric and Geodetic
Surveying; Green's Practical and Spherical Astronomy; Manual
of Surveys of Dominion Lands; Instructions for B. C. Land
Surveyors.
Prerequisite: Civil 6.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Lighthall.
15. Perspective Drawing and Descriptive Geometry. —
Mathematical perspective; perspective drawings of buildings
and structures, shades and shadows.
Text-book: Crosskey, Elementary Perspective, Blackie &
Son; Armstrong, Descriptive Geometry, Wiley.
One two-hour period per week. Mr. Lighthall.
16. Field Work 3.—Problems in geodetic and precise surveying ; determination of latitude, azimuth and time by solar and
stellar observations; baseline measurements; precise levelling.
Prerequisite: Civil 7.
Time, same as for Civil 2. Mr. Lighthall.
17. Structural Design 2. — Selection of types of bridges;
determination of loadings; stresses; choice of cross-sectional
forms and areas; design of combination wood and steel trusses,
steel trusses; design of connections; masonry structures, dams
and retaining walls; complete drawings. 164 Faculty op Applied Science
Text-book: Hool and Kinne, Structural Member and Connections, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modern Framed
Structures, Vol. III. Kirkham, Structural Engineering.
Prerequisites: Civil 8, 9 and 10.
One lecture and two three-hour periods per week.
Mr. Matheson.
18. Engineering Economics. — A general treatment of:
sinking funds; first cost; cost analysis; salvage and scrap values;
yearly cost of service; collecting data; estimating; economic
selection.
General management; banking; partnerships and corporations; stocks; bonds; operating and fixed charges; business
finance and organization; capital and interpretation of financial
statements.
Text-book: Fish, Engineering Economics, McGraw-Hill.
References: Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts; Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Wilkin.
19. Engineering Law.—The engineer's status; fees; salary;
as a witness; responsibility; engineering contracts; tenders;
specifications; plans; extras and alterations; time; payments and
certificates; penalty, bonus or liquidated damages; maintenance
and defects; subcontractors; agents; arbitration and awards;
specification and contract writing.
Text-book: Waddell and Wait, Specifications and Contracts,
McGraw-Hill.
References: Anger, Digest of Canadian Mercantile Law of
Canada; Ball, Law Affecting Engineers.
One lecture per week. Mr. Wilkin.
20. Surveying 3.—Geodesy; the determination of azimuth,
longitude, latitude, time, the figure of the earth; measurement of
baselines; triangulation systems; adjustments and reductions
of observations; precise levelling. Civil Engineering 165
References: Hosmer, Geodesy; Carey, Geodetic Surveying;
Gillespie, Higher Surveying.
Prerequisite: Civil 14.
One lecture per week. Mr. Lighthall.
21. Hydraulic Engineering 2.—Waterpower engineering;
investigation of power problems; selection of hydraulic machines ; hydrographs; auxiliary power; mass curves, load factors
and characteristics; impulse and reaction wheels; methods of
control and operation of various forms of machines; transmission
of hydraulic power.
Text-book: Mead, Waterpower Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
References: Gibson, Hydroelectric Engineering; Mead,
Hydrology.
Prerequisites: Civil 12 must either precede or accompany
Civil 21.
One lecture per week. Mr. Wilkin.
22. Municipal Engineering.—(a) Water Supply, Rainfall;
evaporation; run-off; quantity, quality and pressure required;
pumping machinery; storage; aqueducts, pipe lines and distribution systems; purification systems; valves, hydrants and fire
service; materials, estimates and designs; construction methods
and costs.
Text-book: Turneaure, Public Water Supply, Wiley.
Reference: Flinn, Westbrook, Bogart, Waterworks Handbook.
(b) Sewerage and Sewage Disposal.—(1) General methods
and economic considerations; quantity and run-off; design
of sewers, manholes, flushtanks, etc.; construction methods, materials and costs; estimate, design, maintenance and management.
(2) Sewage Disposal: physical, chemical, biological and
economical aspects of sewage treatment; dilution; screening,
sedimentation, filtration; disinfection; maintenance and management costs.
Text-book: Metcalf and Eddy, Sewerage and Sewage Disposal, McGraw-Hill. 166 Faculty of Applied Science
(c) Town planning; covering the economical and artistic
development of a city, city management. Street cleaning and
disposal of waste; composition and quantity of city wastes;
collection, dumping and disposal; land treatment; incineration
and reduction; costs and returns.
Text-book: Lewis, City Planning, Wiley.
Prerequisite: Civil 12.
Two lectures and one two-hour period per week. Mr. Powell.
23. Transportation 2. (a) Railways. — Organization and
rules of maintenance-of-way; roadway; ballast; ties; lumber
preservation; rails and appurtenances; turnouts, tracks, accessories ; structures and their design; stresses in track; track tools;
track work; work-train service; maintenance-of-way records and
accounts; expenditures; betterments; improvements of old lines,
yards and terminals; maximum capacity of single track.
Prerequisite: Civil 11.
Two lectures per week, First Term. Mr. Wilkin.
(b) Highways.—(1) Highway economics, surveys and locations; grades; cross-sections; paving materials; construction
methods; designs and estimates.
(2) Streets and pavements; materials, design, construction,
maintenance and repairs.
Text-book: Agg, Construction of Roads and Pavements,
McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Harger and Bonney, Highway Engineer's Handbook.
Prerequisite: Civil 11.
Two lectures per week, Second Term. Mr. Matheson.
24. Mechanics of Materials. — A continuation of Civil 10,
Strength of Materials; the application of the Principle of Least
Work to the determination of statically indeterminate forces in
beams and rigid frames; stress and deflection of unsymmetrical
sections and beams with variable moment of inertia; analysis of
reinforced concrete beams, slabs, columns, and reinforced concrete arches. Civil Engineering 167
References: Ketchum, Steel Mill Buildings; Hool, Reinforced Concrete, Vol. Ill; Hool and Johnson, Concrete
Engineer's Handbook.
Prerequisite: Civil 10.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
Mr. Duckering.
25. Theory of Structures.—The analysis of statically determinate framed structures under dead and live loads; distortion
of framed structures; the use of influence lines for analysis of
stresses and deflections; hinged and hingeless arches; secondary
stresses and redundant members.
Text-book: Hool and Kinne, Framed Structures, McGraw-
Hill. AS'
References: Johnson, Bryan and Turneaure, Modern
Framed Structures, Vols. I and II; Malverd Howe, Influence
Lines; Morley, Theory of Structures.
Prerequisite: Civil 10.
One lecture and two three-hour periods per week.
Mr. Matheson. ^ 1
26. Class Excursions. — Members of the Fourth Year class
in Civil Engineering, under the supervision of an instructor,
will visit such factories, industrial developments, public works,
docks, shipyards, and important examples of engineering construction as are calculated to assist the student best to grasp the
application and scope of the studies pursued and to broaden
his vision of the engineering field. Written reports of trips are
required.
27. Civil Engineering Thesis.—Original research on selected
topics or analyses of engineering projects; experimental or
theoretical investigations. Topics may be selected from the Civil
Engineering Course: Geodetics, Railways, Hydraulics, Municipal, Highways, Economic and Business Engineering, Structures. Copy of thesis must be filed with the department.
Work extends throughout the year. 168 Faculty of Applied Science
28. Seminar. — Written and oral discussion of articles
appearing in the current Transactions and Proceedings of the
various Engineering Societies, also reviews of important papers
in engineering periodicals. Reports on local engineering projects
visited in Civil 26. Written outlines must be prepared for all
oral reports. Includes training in Technical Writing and Public
Speaking.
Required of all Third and Fourth Year students in Civil
Engineering.
Text-book: Rickard, Technical Writing, McGraw-Hill.
One hour per week.
29. Hydraulic Engineering 3. — Theory, investigation and
design of hydraulic motors and machinery. Turbines, Pelton
and impulse wheels, centrifugal pumps, hydro-electric installations, plant design and operation.
Prerequisite: Civil 12.
Text-book: Mead, Water Power Engineering, McGraw-Hill.
Reference: Gibson, Hydro-electric Engineering; Daugherty,
Centrifugal Pumps, Hydraulic Turbines.
One lecture per week. Mr. Wilkin.
30. Engineering Problems 1. — Training in methods of
attacking, analyzing and solving engineering problems. Coaching in proper methods of work and study, including drill in
systematic arrangement and workmanship in calculations. The
content is based upon the application of mathematics to problems in physics and engineering.
Prerequisite: First Year Arts.
Text-books: Swain, How to Study, McGraw-Hill; Duckering, Notes and Problems, McGraw-Hill.
Two two-hour periods per week.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
31. Engineering Problems 2.—A continuation of Engineering Problems 1, involving a thorough drill in problems in the
principal divisions of mathematics given in the First and Second Economics 169
Years of Applied Science, drawn from the field of mechanics,
electricity and heat, surveying and draughting.
One three-hour period per week.
Mr. Duckering, Mr. Wilkin, Mr. Lighthall.
50. Elementary problems in rural engineering, dealing with
drainage, water supply, sewerage and sewage disposal, ventilation, simple structures and surveying. Adapted to the needs of
students in Dairying.
One lecture per week. Mr. Powell.
Department of Economics
Professor: Theodore H. Boggs.
Associate Professor: H. F. Angus.
Assistant Professor: S. E. Beckett.
Instructor: Huntley M. Sinclair.
Assistant: Doris Lee.
1. Principles of Economics. — An introductory study of
general economic theory, including a survey of the principles
of value, prices, money and banking, international trade, tariffs,
monopoly, taxation, labour and wages, socialism, the control of
railways and trusts, etc.
Text-books: Clay, Economics for the General Reader, Macmillan. Ely, Outlines of Economics, Macmillan, 1923.
Two lectures per week.
Department of Forestry
Professor: H. R. Christie.
Assistant Professor: F. Malcolm Knapp.
1. General Forestry.—A general survey of the subject.
Text-book: Fernow, Economics of Forestry, Toronto University Press.
References: Whitford and Craig, Forests of British
Columbia. Pinchot, Primer of Forestry. Moon and Brown,
Elements of Forestry. Allen, Practical Forestry in the Pacific
Northwest. Schlich, Forest Policy in the British Empire. 170 Faculty of Applied Science
Zon and Sparhawk, Forest Resources of the World. Various
government publications.
One lecture per week.
2. Forest Mensuration.—Measurement of felled timber, of
standing timber, and of growth of trees and forests. Includes
scaling, timber estimating, and preparation of tables of volume,
growth and yield.
Text-book: Chapman, Forest Mensuration, Wiley.
Reference books: Winkenwerder and Clark, Problems in
Forest Mensuration. Graves, Woodsman's Handbook. Graves,
Forest Mensuration. Carey, Manual for Northern Woodsmen.
One lecture and one period of four hours' field or laboratory
work per week.
3. Forest Protection.—The fire problem, legislation, organizations, prevention and control.
Text-book: Western Fire Fighters' Manual, Western, Forestry and Conservation Association, Portland, Ore.
Reference books: Millar, Methods of Communication
Adapted to Forest Protection, Dominion Forestry Branch,
Ottawa. U.S. Forest Eervice, Trail Building in the National
Forests.
One lecture per week. Second Term.
4. Forest Finance.—Forestry from the financial standpoint,
including studies of compound interest, valuation, rotation,
insurance and taxation.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Valuation, University of Michigan.
Reference books: Chapman, Forest Valuation. Woodward,
Valuation of North American Timber Lands.
Two periods of one hour each, lectures and problems, per
week. Second Term.
5. Timber Physics and Wood Technology.—The structure of
wood; the identification of different woods and their qualities
and uses; wood seasoning; wood preservation; emphasis on the
Canadian woods of commercial importance.
Text-books: Record, Economic Woods of the United States,
Wiley. Record, Mechanical Properties of Wood, Wiley. Forestry 171
Reference books: Weiss, Preservation of Structural Timber.
Snow, Wood and Other Organic Structural Materials. Roth,
Timber, U. S. Forest Service, Bui. 10. Tiemann, The Kiln
Drying of Lumber.
Two lectures and one period of three hours laboratory per
week.
6. Forest Organization. — The principles and methods of
organizing forest areas for business management. Normal forest,
increment, rotation, felling budget, working plans.
Text-book: Roth, Forest Regulation, Roth, University of
Michigan.
Reference books: Recknagel and Bentley, Forest Management. Recknagel, Forest Working Plans. Schlich, Forest Management. Woolsey, American Forest Regulation.
One lecture per week.
7. History of Forestry and Forest Administration. — The
development of forestry in different parts of the world; forest
resources and industries, policy, legislation and education.
Reference books: Fernow, History of Forestry. Schlich,
Forest Policy in the British Empire. Boerker, Our National
Forests. Ise, The United States Forest Policy. Zon and Spar-
hawk, Forest Resources of the World. Various government
publications.
One lecture per week.
8. Silviculture. — Principles and methods of caring for
forests and growing timber crops.
Text-book: Hawley, Practice of Silviculture, Wiley.
Reference books: Graves, Principles of Handling Woodlands. Tourney, Planting and Seeding. Woolsey, Studies in
French Forestry. Schlich, Silviculture. Various government
publications.
Two lectures per week during the year, and one period of
three hours field or laboratory work during the Second Term.
9. General Lumbering.—A general study of the principles
and practice of logging and milling in the chief timber regions
of North America. 172 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-book: Bryant, Logging, Wiley.
Reference books: Gibbons, Logging in the Douglas Fir
Region, U. S. D. A. Bui. 711. Berry, Lumbering in the Sugar
and Yellow Pine Region of California, U. S. D. A. Bui. 440.
One lecture per week.
10. Logging.—An intensive study of logging systems and
operations in the forests of western North America.
Text-book: Gibbons, Logging in the Douglas Fir Region,
U. S. D. A. Bui. 711, Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C.
Reference books: Various articles in the Timberman,
B. C. Lumberman and other trade journals.
One lecture per week throughout the year; one period of
four hours laboratory or field work per week, alternating with
Forestry 11 and 12.
11. Milling.—A study of the sawmilling and allied woodworking industries of western North America.
Text-book: Bryant, Lumber, Wiley.
Reference books: Oakleaf, Lumber Manufacture in the
Douglas Fir Region. Brown, American Lumber industry. Berry,
Lumbering in the Sugar and Yellow Pine Region of California,
U. S. D. A. Bui. 440. Seeley, Small Sawmills, U. S. D. A.
Bui. 718.
Two lectures per week; one period of four hours laboratory
or field work per week, alternating with Forestry 10. First
Term.
12. Forest Products.—A study of other forest industries,
including paper and pulp, naval stores, and wood distillation.
Reference books: Whitham, Modern Pulp and Paper
Making. Brown, Forest Products, Their Manufacture and Use.
Various government publications.
Two lectures per week; one period of four hours laboratory
or field work per week, alternating with Forestry 10. Second
Term. Forest Products Laboratory 173
Forest Products Laboratory
T. A. McElhanney, B.A.Sc. (Toronto), D.L.S., B.C.L.S., A.M.E.I.C.,
Acting Superintendent.
R. S. Perry, B.Sc. (McGill), A.M.E.I.C, Timber Tests Engineer.
J. H. Jenkins, B.A.Sc. (Brit. Col.), Specialist in Wood Seasoning.
H. W. Eades, B.Sc.F. (Washington), Forestry Assistant.
J. T. Lee, Timber Tester.
D. S. Wright, Timber Tester.
On account of the importance of the timber industry of
British Columbia and its remoteness from the main laboratory
at McGill University in Montreal, the Forestry Branch of the
Department of the Interior in 1918 established this laboratory
as a Branch of the Forest Products Laboratories of Canada.
The laboratory was equipped primarily for timber testing on
account of the value of the timbers of the Province for structural purposes. The scope of the laboratory has gradually
extended. A kiln-drying service has recently been established
to assist the timber industries in curtailing serious losses on
this account. A most important phase of the work of the
laboratory is its technical service to the industries in the
dissemination of information on a variety of subjects, such as
wood preservation, utilization of wood waste, pulp and paper,
wood distillation, timber pathology, etc. Where facilities do not
exist in the local laboratory for dealing with any enquiry, it
acts as an outpost to the main laboratory in Montreal.
An increasingly valuable amount of material has been
collected from the research work of other laboratories and
catalogued for reference.
A mutually beneficial scheme of co-operation exists between
the Laboratory and the University, whereby students of the
University in Engineering and Forestry have access to the
laboratory to watch the work being carried on and to use the
apparatus at times in testing strength of materials. The staff
of the Laboratory also has the benefit of the University library
and the advice and assistance of University specialists in related
work. 174 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Geology and Geography
Professor: R. W. Brock.
Professor of Physical and Structural Geology: S. J. Schofield.
Professor of Mineralogy and Petrography: W. L. Uglow.
Professor of Palaeontology and Stratigraphy: M. Y. Williams.
Lecturer: E. M. Burwash.
Geology
1. General Geology.—This course serves as an introduction
to the science of Geology. The following subjects are treated in
the lectures:
(a) Physical Geology, which includes the study of the following topics: Weathering, work of the wind, the work of ground
water, the work of streams, the work of glaciers, the ocean and
its work, the structures of the earth, earthquakes, volcanoes and
igneous intrusions, metamorphism, mountains and plateaus, and
ore-deposits.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per
week. First Term. Mr. Schofield.
(b) Historical Geology, which includes a study of the
following: The earth before the Cambrian, the Palaeozoic, the
Mesozoic, t he Cenozoic, and Quaternary eras.
Two lectures and one period of two hours laboratory per
week. Second Term. Mr. Williams.
The Laboratory Exercises in Physical Geology include the
study and identification of the commonest minerals and rocks,
the interpretation of topographical and geological maps, and the
study of structures by the use of models.
Field Work will replace laboratory occasionally, and will
take the form of excursions to localities in the immediate neighborhood of Vancouver which illustrate the subject-matter of the
lectures.
The Laboratory Exercises in Historical Geology consist of
the general study of f Ossils, their characteristics and associations,
their evolution and migration as illustrated by their occurrence
in the strata. The principles of Palaeogeography will be taken Geology and Geography 175
up and illustrated by the study of the palaeogeography of North
America.
Text-book: Cleland, Geology, Physical and Historical,
American Book Co.
Reference books: Pirsson and Schuchert, Text-book of
Geology. Geikie, Text-book of Geology. Merrill, Rocks, Rock-
weathering and soils. Coleman and Parks, Elementary Geology.
National Geographic Magazine. Shimer, Introduction to the
Study of Fossils. Davis, Geographical Essays. Hugh Miller's
works.
2. (a) General Mineralogy.—A brief survey of the field of
mineralogy.
Lectures take the form of a concise treatment of (1) Crystallography, (2) Physical Mineralogy, and (3) Descriptive
Mineralogy of 40 of the most common mineral species, with
special reference to Canadian occurrences.
Laboratory Work consists of the study of the common
crystal forms and of 40 prescribed minerals, accompanied by a
brief outline of the principles and methods of Determinative
Mineralogy and Blowpipe Analysis.
Text-books: Dana, Manual of Mineralogy, revised by Ford
(new edition), Wiley. (For students taking only Geology 2 (a).)
Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley. (For
students who subsequently take Geology. 2 (6).
Prerequisite: Chemistry 1
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. First Term. Mr. Uglow.
2. (b) Descriptive and Determinate Mineralogy. — This
course supplements 2 (a) and consists of a more complete survey
of Crystallography, Physical and Chemical Mineralogy, with a
critical study of about 50 of the less common minerals, special
emphasis being laid on their crystallography, origin, association
and alteration. .
Text-book: Dana, Text-book of Mineralogy, revised by Ford,
Wiley. 176 Faculty of Applied Science
Prerequisite: Geology 2(a).
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. Second Term. Mr. Uglow.
3. Historical Geology.—Continental evolution and development of life, with special reference to North America.
Text-book: Schuchert, Historical Geology, 2nd Ed., Wiley.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three lectures per week. First Term. Mr. Williams.
4. Structural and Physio graphical Geology.—The following
subjects are treated in the lectures: Fractures, faults, flowage,
structures common to both fracture and flow, mountains, major
units of structures, forces of deformation, the origin and development of land forms with special reference to the physiography
of British Columbia.
Text-book: Leith, Structural Geology, Holt.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three lectures per week. Second Term. Mr. Schofield.
5. (a) History of Geology.—A brief history of the study
of the earth and the development of the geological sciences.
Mr. Brock.
(b) Geology of Canada.—The salient features of the geology
and economic minerals of Canada. Mr. Williams, Mr. Schofield,
Mr. Brock.
(c) Regional Geology.—The main geological features of the
continents and oceanic segments of the earth's crust, and their
influences upon life. Mr. Brock.
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Three lectures and one laboratory period of one hour per
week.
6. Palaeontology.—A study of invertebrate and vertebrate
fossils, their classification, identification and distribution both
geological and geographical.
Reference books: Grabau and Shimer, North American
Index Fossils. Zittel-Eastman, Text-book of Paleontology. Geology and Geography 177
Prerequisite: Geology 1.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. Mr. Williams.
7. Petrology.—This course consists of systematic studies of
the following: (a) Optical Mineralogy, (b) Lithology and
Petrogeny, (c) Microscopical Petrography.
Lectures deal with the principles of crystal optics, and with
the origin, occurrence, classification, metamorphism and decay of
rocks.
Laboratory Work consists of the study, determination and
classification of specimens, structures and textures of rocks contained in the departmental collections. Field and microscopical
methods of determination are equally stressed.
Text-books: Pirsson, Rocks and Rock Minerals, Wiley;
Luquer, Minerals in Rock Sections, Van Nostrand; Dana, Textbook of Mineralogy, revised by Ford, Wiley.
Prerequisites: Geology 1 and 2.
Two lectures and two laboratory periods of two hours per
week. Mr. Uglow.
8. Economic Geology.—A study of the occurrence, genesis,
and structure of the principal metallic and non-metallic mineral
deposits with type illustrations; and a description of the ore-
deposits of the British Empire, special stress being placed on
those in Canada.
Text-book: Emmons, General Economic Geology, McGraw-
Hill.
Reference book: Lindgren, Mineral Deposits, 2nd ed.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 7 must precede or accompany this course.
Four lectures per week.
Mr. Brock, Mr. Williams and Mr. Uglow.
9. Mineralography.—Principally a laboratory course dealing
with the study and recognition of the opaque minerals by means
of the reflecting microscope.
The work consists of practice in the cutting, grinding and 178 Faculty of Applied Science
polishing of ore specimens, accompanied by training in micro-
chemical methods of mineral determination.
During the second term each student is assigned a suite of
ores from some mining district for a critical examination and
report.
Text-book: Davy and Farnham, Microscopic Examination
of the Ore Minerals, McGraw-Hill.
Prerequisite: Geology 7 and 8 must precede or accompany
this course.
One laboratory period of two hours per week. Mr. Uglow.
10. Field Geology. — The methods taught are the fundamental ones used by professional geologists and by the officers
of the Geological Survey of Canada. The course is essentially
practical, and is designed to teach methods of observing, recording and correlating geological facts in the field. The students
construct geological maps of selected areas in the vicinity of
Vancouver which require the use of the various methods and
instruments employed in field geology.
Reference books: Lahee, Field Geology. Hayes, Handbook
for Field Geologists. Spurr, Geology Applied to Mining.
Prerequisite: Geology 1. Geology 4, if not already taken,
must be taken concurrently.
One period of three hours per week. Mr. Schofield.
Department of Mathematics
Professor: Daniel Buchanan.
Professor: L. S. Dederick.
Associate Professor: G. E. Robinson.
Assistant Professor: E. E. Jordan.
Assistant Professor: L. Richardson.
Assistant Professor: B. S. Hartley.
1. Plane Trigonometry.—An elementary course, including
the solution of triangles and the use of logarithms, inverse and
hyperbolic functions.
Text-books: Playne and Fawdry, Practical Trigonometry,
Copp, Clark. Six-Place Tables, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week. First Term. Mathematics 179
2. Solid Geometry.—A study of the three-faced corner, the
various polyhedra and solid figures, and the theorems of Pappus.
Text-book: Hall and Stevens, A School Geometry, Macmillan.
Two lectures per week. Second Term.
3. Algebra.—A review of simple series, permutations, combinations and the binomial theorem, and a study of exponential
and other series, undetermined coefficients, partial and continued
fractions, graphical algebra.
Text-book: Rietz and Crathorne, College Algebra, Holt.
Two lectures per week.
4. Calculus.—An introductory study of the differential
and integral calculus will be made, and some of the simpler
applications considered.
Text-book: Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
Two lectures per week.
6. Calculus.—Differential and integral calculus with various
applications.
Text-book: Woods and Bailey, Elementary Calculus, Ginn.
7. Analytical Geometry.—A study of the conies and other
curves occurring in engineering practice, and elementary work
in three dimensions.
Text-book: Fawdry, Co-ordinate Geometry, Bell.
Two lectures per week.
8. Applied Calculus. — The applications of calculus to
various problems in engineering.
One lecture per week.
(Given in 1926-27 and alternate years.)
9. Differential Equations.—A study of ordinary and partial
differential equations and their applications.
Text-book: Murray, Differential Equation, Longmans.
One lecture per week.
(Given in 1925-26 and alternate years.) 180 Faculty of Applied Science
Department of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering
Professor: Herbert Vickers.
Associate Professor:
Assistant Professor of Mechanical and Electrical Engineering:
H. F. G. Letson.
Instructor in Mechanical Drawing and Shopwork: H. P. Archibald.
Instructor in Electrical Engineering: E. M. Coles.
Instructor in Machine Shop: H. Taylor.
Instructor in Thermo Laboratory: E. G. Parsons.
Instructor in Machine Design: G. Sinclair Smith.
Instructor: John F. Bell.
Assistant in Workshop, Mechanical Engineering: C. H. Barker.
Assistant (Woodworker): S. Northrop. *p^
Mechanical Engineering
1. Mechanical Drawing.—Practice in freehand lettering in
accordance with common practice. Geometrical Drawing, to give
facility in the use of drawing instruments. Freehand sketching
of machine parts and structures from which drawings are made
to scale. Drawing to scale of simple machine parts. Making of
assembly drawings from detail drawings, and detail drawings
from assembly drawings. Tracing and blueprinting.
Two three-hour periods per week.
2. (a) Shop Work.—This work is intended to supplement
the manual training given in the high schools, and also to give
the student some knowledge of the more common machine shop
methods and processes as employed commercially. The object is
to provide some basis for the intelligent design of machines and
structural parts.
Lectures.—Physical properties of the materials used in
machine construction. Modern methods of handling and finishing wood. Forging and hammering of metals. Annealing and
tempering. Making of patterns and cores. Cupola practice.
Soldering and brazing, tinning, electroplating. Drilling
and tapping, turning and boring, calipering and fitting, milling
and milling cutters, reaming and reamers, screw cutting. Grinding and abrasive wheels. Lapping. Punching and shearing.
Drop forging and die-casting. Metal spinning. Torch and
electric welding. Cold sawing and torch cutting. Tool-making Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 181
and dressing. Use of jigs. Machine shop standards, including
wire and sheet metal gauges, threads, etc.
Text-book: Colvin & Stanley, American Machinists' Handbook, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture per week.
Practice in Metal-working.—Bench work, including marking
off, chipping, filing, scraping, tapping, and fitting; lathe work,
including turning and boring, screw-cutting and finishing; lathe
adjustments; shaping; milling; gear-cutting; tool-dressing.
One three-hour period per week. (One term.)
Practice in Woodworking.—The use of the various hand
tools and woodworking machines, making of various joints and
small structures with finished surfaces, turning and boring.
One three-hour period per week. (One term.)
2. (b) Machine Shop Practice.—A continuation of Mechanical Engineering 2.
Two three-hour periods per week First Term, and one three-
hour period Second Term.
3. Kinematics of Machines. — Displacement, velocity and
acceleration. Relative motions. Harmonic motions. Gear trains.
Cams, ratchets, and escapements. Classification of mechanisms.
Study of mechanisms in common use. Transmission of motion
by belting. Design of outlines of gear teeth.
Text-book: Durley, Kinematics of Machines, Wiley.
One two-hour period per week.
4. Dynamics of Machines.—Friction and lubrication. Transmission of power by belts, ropes, gears and friction clutches.
Function and dynamics of speed governors. Dynamics of the
screw. Forces involved in linear and angular acceleration of
moving parts, with special reference to engines, turbines, and
pumps. Stresses due to centrifugal force. Balancing of moving
parts. Dynamics of the gyroscope.
Reference books: Low, Applied Mechanics. Dent & Harper,
Kinematics and Kinetics of Machinery, Wiley.
Two lectures per week. 182 Faculty of Applied Science
5. Machine Design.—Strength of materials used in machine
construction. Factors of safety and allowable stresses under
various conditions of load. Design of: Valve mechanisms for
steam engines; governors; thin cylinders and tanks; rivetted
joints; fastenings, such as bolts, screws and cotters; levers and
winch handles.
Reference books: Spooner, Machine Design, Construction
and Drawing. Dalby, Valves and Valve Gears.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
6. Elementary Thermodynamics.—(a) Fuels and combustion. General principles underlying the construction and operation of steam boilers. Elementary theory of the steam engine.
Measurement of power. Performance of various types of steam
engines. Elementary theory of internal combustion engines.
Design and operation of isolated power plants to give the best
economic results. Theory of air compressors, transmission and
use of compressed air. Elementary theory and practical operation of producer gas plants.
Text-books: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.
Callendar, Steam Power, Longman's Green.
Reference books: Simmons, Compressed Air. Marks and
Davis, Steam Tables and Diagrams. Gebhardt, Steam Power
Plant Engineering. Kent, Mechanical Engineer's Pocket Book.
Fernald & Orrok, Engineering of Power Plants.
Two lectures per week.
(b) Laboratory.—Testing of boilers, steam engines and
internal combustion engines. Analysis and calorimetry of fuels.
One three-hour laboratory period per week.
7. Thermodynamics. — A more precise study of the performances and construction of various types of boilers, including
furnaces and superheaters. Theoretical efficiency of different
types of reciprocating engines working under various conditions.
Influence on efficiency of size, speed and ratio of expansion
with variations of load. Compound and triple expansion engines.
Use of steam tables in reference to calculations on saturated and Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 183
superheated steam. Flow of gases and vapours through orifices
and nozzles.
Text-books: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.
Callendar, Steam Power, Longman's Green.
Reference book: Lucke, Thermodynamics, and as under
Mechanical 6.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
8. Thermodynamics. — Advanced theory relative to the
transformation of heat into mechanical energy. Laws governing
the flow of heat through various substances. More precise study
of the theory and performance of all types of prime movers,
including all types of reciprocating and rotary steam engines,
steam turbines, and internal combustion engines.
Text-book: Ewing, Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.
Two lectures and one three-hour period per week.
9. Thermodynamics.—For Mechanical Engineering students
only.
Text-book: Thermodynamics, Cambridge Press.
Two lectures and one six-hour laboratory per week.
10. Machine Design.—The design of machine and structural
parts, including parts of engines of all types; design of appliances for the transmission of power, including belts, rope, cable,
friction and toothed gearing. The student is required to work
out the complete design of some machine or appliance, and make
the drawings and tracings requisite for its construction.
Text-book: Spooner, Machine Design, Longmans Green.
Two lectures and one five-hour laboratory per week for
Mechanical Engineering, and two lectures and one three-hour
laboratory for Electrical Engineering.
11. Heating, Ventilation, and Refrigeration. — Design of
steam, hot water, and hot air systems of heating. Heaters for
steam and water systems. Use of exhaust steam for heating.
Central heating plants. Loss of heat from buildings. Refrigerating systems. 184 Faculty of Applied Science
Reference book: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment
of Buildings (Vols. I and II).
One lecture per week.
12. Plant Design.—A study of the function, construction,
and performance of the various machines and appliances which
enter into the design of industrial plants. Special attention is
given to the economic results to be expected from various
combinations.
Reference books: Harding & Willard, Mechanical Equipment of Buildings (Vols. I and II). Fernald & Orrok, Engineering of Power Plants.
One lecture per week.
13. Physical Treatment of Metals.—A study of the various
metals used in commercial work, with special reference to the
treatment applied to get the physical properties and qualities
required for specific purposes.
Text-book: Colvin & Juthe, The Working of Steel, McGraw-
Hill.
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Electrical Engineering
1. Theory and Operation of Electrical Machines.—A practical course for students not specializing in Electrical or
Mechanical Engineering. Units: Absolute electrostatic and
electromagnetic, practical units, conversion factors.
Magnetic Circuit: Unit magnetic pole, field, intensity,
induction; flux, magnetomotive force, reluctance, permeability,
potential, B-H curves, hysteresis. Electric Circuit: Unit quantity,
current and current density, electromotive force, Ohms Law,
Joules Law, Kirchhoff's Laws, resistivity and specific resistance,
conductivity and conductance; induction, self and mutual.
Direct Current Machines: The dynamo, motor and generator; Emf. equation; armature, simple lap and wave; excitation; characteristic curves of series, shunt, separately and com- Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 185
pound excited generators and motors; armature reaction;
commutation; efficiency, rating and heating; types of motors
suited to various classes of service; boosters; balancers for three
wire systems; parallel operation of generators.
Alternating Current: The production of simple alternating
electromotive forces and currents; wave form; form factor;
frequency; maximum, average, and root-mean-square values;
effect of induction and capacity on the properties of alternating
current circuits; vector diagrams; measurement of power; power
factor; polyphase circuits; Y and Delta connections.
Alternating Current Machines—Alternator: Emf. equation;
armature winding- magneto-motive forces and fluxes; armature
reaction; leakage reactance; regulation; efficiency. Synchronous
Motor: Principle; vector diagram; output; power factor; synchronizing; hunting; parallel operation of alternators. Transformer: Constant potential-' vector diagrams; leakage reactance;
constant current; losses; efficiency; connections; phase transformation; auto and booster transformers. Induction Motor:
Revolving field; slip; characteristics; circle diagram; variable
speed; wound rotor induction motor; choice of type; starting.
Rotary Converters: Description of operation.
Transmission of Electrical Energy: Comparison of cost of
transmission with different number of phases; instrument transformers.
The above course is designed to introduce to the students
the principal factors in electrical machinery; only enough theory
being given to explain intelligently the operating characteristics
of the apparatus studied.
Text-books: Gray, Principles and Practice of Electrical
Engineering, McGraw-Hill. Maclean, Electrical Laboratory
Course for Junior Students, Blackie & Sons.
Prerequisite: Physics 3.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of two hours per
week. 186 Faculty of Applied Science
2. Elementary Electrical Engineering.—Units'- Absolute,
electrostatic, electromagnetic and practical units.
Electromagnetism'- Permeability; flux-density; magnetomotive force; magnetic reluctance; calculation of pull of electromagnets ; inductance, self and mutual.
Commercial Current and Voltage Measuring Instruments'-
Requirements of good measuring instruments, amperemeters and
voltmeters; construction and moving-coil; hot-wire; electrostatic
and induction-type measuring instruments.
Secondary Batteries'- Theory; use and application.
Armature Winding '■ Theory of lap and wave windings; use
of equalizing connections; characteristics of series, shunt and
compound wound motors; characteristics of shunt and compound
wound generators; commutation, and armature reaction in direct
current machines.
Elementary Theory of Alternating Currents: The production of simple alternating electromotive forces and currents;
wave form, frequency, crest and RMS valves; Cartesian and
Polar diagrams; effect of self induction and capacity on the
properties of alternating current circuits; measurement of power
in A.C. circuits; polyphase circuits, balanced and unbalanced
systems; star and mesh connections; vector treatment.
Elementary Theory of the Transformer. Automatic Reversible Battery Boosters. Testing of apparatus studied.
Wave Form Indicators: The Oscillograph, Joubert's contact, the Ondograph.
Insulation? Characteristics of various types, switches and
fuses.
Illumination and Photometry: Arc Lamps, Incandescent
Lamps, Street Illumination, etc.
Text-books: MacCall, Electrical Engineering Continuous
Currents, University Tutorial Press Ltd. MacCall, Electrical
Engineering Alternating Currents, University Tutorial Press
Ltd. Smith, Testing Dynamos and Motors, Scientific Publishing Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 187
Co. Smith, Practical Alternating Currents, Scientific Publishing Co. Maclean, Electrical Laboratory Course for Junior
Students, Blackie & Sons.
For Third Year Electrical and Mechanical students only.
Prerequisite: Physics 3.
Three lectures and one laboratory period of four hours per
week.
3. Electrical Engineering. — Direct Current Machines:
Separation of losses by various methods; back to back methods
of testing efficiency; parallel operation; review of armature
reaction and the compensating thereof; further study of commutation.
Alternating Current Machines: The Alternator; Induced
Electromotive force, Armature winding, Magnetomotive forces
and fluxes concerned in the operation of an Alternator, Armature Reaction, Armature leakage reactance, Armature effective
Resistance, Regulation, Methods of predetermining Regulation
and the vector diagrams thereof, Losses, Efficiency.
Static Transformers: Types of Transformers, The Ideal
Transformer, True equivalent circuit of a Transformer, Approximate equivalent circuit of a transformer, Calculation of
Magnetizing current and inphase current supplying Core losses,
Calculation of leakage reactance, Solution of the vector diagram
and Calculation of Regulation, Losses in a Transformer—Eddy
Current Loss—Hysteresis Loss—Copper Loss, Calculation of
Efficiency, Ratio Test, Polarity Test, Short Circuit Test. Calculation of Regulation from the short circuit Test, Regulation by
loading, Sumpner efficiency Test, Separation of Hysteresis and
Eddy Current loss Test, Current Transformer, Potential Transformer, Constant Current Transformer, Auto-Transformer,
Induction Regulator, Parallel operation of Transformers, Transformer Connections, Phase Transformation.
Synchronous Motors: General characteristics, Power factor,
V Curves, Methods of starting, Explanation of the operation of
a Synchronous Motor, Hunting, Damping, Stability, Circle dia- 188 Faculty of Applied Science
gram of the Synchronous Motor, Losses and Efficiency, Parallel
operation of Alternators.
Synchronous Converters: Voltage Ratio and current relations, Armature heating and resistance and the effect thereof
of change in power factor.
Polyphase Induction Motors: Revolving field, slip, Transformer properties of an Induction Motor, True and approximate
equivalent circuit of an induction motor, Load equivalent to a
non inductive resistance, Circle diagram, Characteristic Curves,
Methods of starting Induction Motors, Speed Control.
Transmission of Electrical Energy: A brief treatment dealing with the economy of conducting material for different number of phases.
Text-books: Smith, Practical Alternating Currents, Scientific
Publishing Co. Lawrence, Principles of Alternating Current
Machinery, McGraw-Hill.
For Fourth Year Mechanical students only.
Prerequisite: Electrical 2.
Two lectures and one laboratory period of three hours per
week.
4. Electrical Machinery. Theory of the Transformer. Core
and Shell types. Vector diagrams. Magnetizing current, Regulation, Current Rush on suddenly switching on. Systems of
Connection. Methods of Cooling. Testing.
The Alternator. Salient and non-salient pole types. Alternator windings. EMF equation. Breadth factor, Form Factor,
Coil-span Factor. Method of obtaining pure sine wave form.
Regulation. Calculation of Regulation. Synchronous Impedance.
Short Circuit Currents. Steady and Transient Method of Calculating excitation on loads of various power factors. Synchronizing of alternators. Synchroscopes. Parallel Operation of
Alternators.
The Synchronous Motor. Single and Polyphase Types.
Vector diagram. Variation of power factor with excitation.
Calculation of excitation necessary for power factor improve- Mechanical and Electrical Engineering 189
ment. Damping windings. Hunting and its cure. Methods of
Starting.
The Induction Motor. Windings. Production of Rotating
field circle diagram. Slip, torque and other characteristics.
Squirrel Cage and Slip Ring Types. Effect of rotor resistance.
Torque slip curves. Starting methods of Squirrel cage machines. Calculation of steps of starting resistances for wound
rotor machines. Crawling of Induction motors. Leakage fluxes
in Iuduction motors. Pole changing. Cascade Connection and
its characteristics. Speed Control by rotor resistance, by change
of frequency, by use of AC commutating motors. Hunt Cascade
motor.
Efficiency Tests. Stroboseopic method of slip measurement.
Single Phase Induction Motor Theory.
The Rotary Converter. EMF and current relations. Heating of Rotaries. Methods of Changing voltage ratios. Starting
and Synchronizing.
The Three Phase Commutator Motor. Shunt and Series
Types. Vector diagrams and characteristics.
Text-books: Miles Walker, Specification and Design of
Electrical Machinery, Longmans, Green & Co. Lawrence,
Alternating Currents, McGraw-Hill. Steinmetz, Theory and
Calculation of Electric Apparatus, McGraw-Hill. H. Vickers,
The Induction Motor, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons.
Three lectures and one laboratory period of six hours per
week.
5. Electric Traction.—Electric Railways: advantages and
disadvantages of various systems. Low tension DC and high
tension DC. High tension systems. Speed-time curves and their
estimation. Estimation of power required for electric trains.
Train Resistance. Series Traction Motors DC and AC and their
complete theory and characteristics. Control and Control Systems. Equipment and Rolling Stock. Regenerative Braking.
Overhead construction and rail construction. Feeder systems
and their design. Sub-station Equipment. 190 Faculty of Applied Science
Text-books: A. T. Dover, Electric Traction, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons. F. W. Carter, Electric Traction, Chapman & Hall.
One lecture per week.
6. Electric Power Plants and Transmission Lines. — Comparison of amounts of Copper for Various Systems. Choice of
Site and type of machinery. Load Factor and diversity factor.
Inductance and Capacity Calculations. Voltage drops on Single
Phase and Three phase lines. Charging currents. Voltage rises
on AC systems. Automatic Protective Switch-gear. Lightning
Anesters. Kelvin's Law. Design of Feeders. Voltage drops in
feeders and cables. Cnductors and distributing networks: loss
of potential in networks. Voltage control. Tirrill Regulator.
Economics of hydro-electric development. Design of E.H.T.
feeders. Suspension Type Insulators and other types. Mechanical design of line and towers.
Corona. Losses due to Corona. Laws of Corona. Voltage
and Power Factor Control of Transmission lines.
Text-book: Still, Overhead Power Transmission, McGraw-
Hill.
One lecture per week.
7. Electrical Design.—Design of DC generators and motors.
Induction motors. Salient and non-salient Pole Alternators.
Rotary Converters. Transformers.
Text-books: Miles Walker, Specification and Design of
Electrical Machinery, Longmans, Green & Co. H. Vickers, The
Induction Motor, Sir Isaac Pitman & Sons. Whittaker, The
Rotary Converter, Benn Bros.
One lecture per week.
8. Radio, Telegraphy and Telephony. — Open and closed
oscillators. Resonance. Coupled Circuits. Forced and free vibrations. Waves on coils and wires.
Antennae and Earth Connections. Propagation of waves
over the earth's surface.
Generation of Oscillations. Spark. Arc. High-frequency
Alternator. Frequency Changers and Ionic Valves. Mining and Metallurgy 191
Methods of Detection. Valve Circuits, beat reception, relaying, amplifying, with special attention to work on Ionic Valves.
Wireless Telephony. Mecrophones: Various Types. Transmitting Circuits. Receiving Circuits. Tuning.
Direction Finding. Latest work on above. Interference and
its prevention. Short Wave Work with Beam Systems.
Text-book: Eccles, Continuous Wave Telegraphy and Telephony.
One lecture per week.
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Professor of Mining: J. M. Turnbull.
Professor of Metallurgy: H. N. Thomson.
Associate Professor of Mining: Geo. A. Gillies.
Mining
1. Metal Mining.—An introductory course in metal mining,
covering the following subjects:
Ores and economic minerals; economic basis of mining;
ordinary prospecting; mineral belts; conditions in British
Columbia; preliminary development of mines; timbering and
framing; tunnelling; shaft sinking; transportation and haulage;
drainage; ventilation.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull.
2. Coal and Placer Mining.—A general course in coal and
placer mining, covering the following subjects:
(a) Classification of coals; prospecting; mine development;
mining methods; ventilation; transportation and haulage; drainage ; tipples; coal mines acts and laws.
(b) Gravel deposits; nature and origin of paystreaks; prospecting; examination and testing of deposits; ordinary mining
methods; hydraulic and dredging methods; plant and equipment ; placer mines acts and laws.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull. 192 Faculty of Applied Science
3. Metal Mining. — An advanced course in metal mining,
covering the following subjects:
Scientific prospecting; development work in mines; mining
methods; blasting and explosives; examination of mines and
prospects; methods of ore sampling; mine valuation; accounting
and costs, administration; welfare and safety work; mining laws
and contracts; economics; ethics.
Prerequisite: Mining 1.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Turnbull.
4. Mining Machinery.—A special course covering the structural and mechanical features of Mining Engineering, as follows:
Mine structures; mining plant and machinery; core and
churn drills; tramways, etc.
Prerequisites: Mining 1; Mechanical Engineering 3, 6;
Civil Engineering 3 and 10.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Gillies.
5. Mine Surveying.—A practical course covering the work
of the surveyor and staff in metal mines:
Methods and practice in mine surveying; geological work
underground; maps, plans and models; notes and records.
Prerequisites: Civil Engineering 2 and 6.
One lecture per week. First Term. Mr. Turnbull.
6. Mining Design.—A laboratory draughting course covering the special requirements of Mining students in regard to
design of the layout and details of mining plant, structures, and
mine survey plans.
One three-hour period per week. Mr. Gillies.
7. Mining Methods.—A special course covering the mining
of large ore bodies by special mining methods.
Prerequisite: Mining 1.
Concurrent Courses: Mining 2, 3 and 4.
One lecture per week. Second Term. Mr. Turnbull. Mining and Metallurgy 193
Metallurgy
1. General Metallurgy.—This course covers the fundamental
principles underlying metallurgical operations in general, and
is introductory to subsequent more specialized study.
The lectures follow in general the subject as taken up in
Principles of Metallurgy, by Chas. H. Fulton, including the
following main subjects:
Physical mixtures and thermal analysis. Physical properties
of metals. AEoys. Measurement of high temperatures. Typical
metallurgical operations. Roasting and fusing. Electrometallurgy. Slags. Matte. Bullion. Refractory materials. Fuels.
Combustion. Furnaces.
Text-book: Fulton, Principles of Metallurgy, McGraw-Hill.
Reference books: Hofman, General Metallurgy. Current
Mining and Metallurgical Journals. Trade Catalogues.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 1 and Physics 1 and 2.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Thomson.
2. Smelting and Leaching.—A general course covering principles and practice of Pyrometallurgy and Hydrometallurgy as
applied to gold, silver, copper, iron, lead and zinc.
Prerequisite: Metallurgy 1.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Thomson.
3. Metallurgical Calculations.—A special course covering
Thermochemistry; Metallurgical Calculations; Furnace Design
and Efficiency; Special Processes.
A large portion of the time will be given to the study of
heat balances of typical smelting operations.
Reference book: Richards, Metallurgical Calculations.
Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Chemistry 1.
Two hours per week. Mr. Thomson.
4. Metallurgical Analysis.—Advanced course in Metallurgical Analysis of Ores and Furnace Products, Pyrometry and
Refractories.
Special attention will be given to analytical methods used
by smelting plants in purchase of ores and control of furnace
operations. 194 Faculty of Applied Science
Prerequisites: Metallurgy 1, Metallurgy 6.
Six hours laboratory per week, First Term. Twelve hours
laboratory per week, Second Term. Mr. Thomson.
5. Fire Assaying.—Quantitative determination of gold,
silver, and other metals by fire-assay methods, with underlying
principles.
Text-book: Fulton, Manual of Fire Assaying, McGraw-Hill.
One lecture and one five-hour laboratory period per week.
First Term. Mr, Thomson.
6. Wet Assaying.—An introductory course in metallurgical
analysis of ores and concentrates.
Most of the time will be given to the technical determination
of zinc, copper and lead.
One three-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Thomson.
Ore Dressing
1. Ore Dressing.—A general course covering the concentration of ores by mechanical means.
Most of the time is spent in considering fundamental
principles, typical machines, and their general operations and
relations in modern milling practice, emphasizing the economic
and practical aspects.
Students are taught the commercial and technical characteristics of true concentrating ores, the general principles on which
the size, character, site, and other features of a mill are designed.
The general lay-out of crushing, handling, and separating machinery. The laws of crushing and of various classifying and
separating actions, and the design, operation, and comparative
efficiency of typical machines, such as crushers, rolls, stamps,
ball and tube mills, jigs, tables, screens, classifiers, and slime-
handling devices.
Attention is paid to pneumatic, magnetic, electrostatic, flotation, and other special processes, including coal-washing.
Text-books: Richards, Text-book of Ore Dressing, McGraw-
Hill. F. Taggart, A Manual of Flotation Processes, Wiley.
Two lectures per week. Mr. Gillies. Physics 195
2. Ore Dressing Laboratory,—A variety of crushing, sizing,
classifying and separating operations are carried out by the
students and studied quantitatively on appropriate machines,
singly and in combination. Special attention is paid to flotation
processes, several types of machines being used.
Ores from British Columbia working mines are usually
chosen, so that the work of the students is along practical lines
in comparison with actual work in operating plants.
Prerequisite: Ore Dressing 1.
Nine hours laboratory per week. Mr. Gillies.
Notes—All students in Mining and Metallurgy are advised to provide
themselves with a copy of Peek's Mining Engineer's Handbook (Wiley),
which is used for reference in many of the courses in which no special textbook is required.
Department of Physics
Professor: T. C. Hebb.
Associate Professor: A. B. Hennings.
Associate Professor: J. G. Davidson.
Assistant: Cyril Jones.
The instruction includes a fully illustrated course of
experimental lectures on the general principles of Physics,
accompanied by courses of practical work in the laboratory, in
which students will perform for themselves experiments, chiefly
quantitative, illustrating the subjects treated in the lectures.
Opportunity will be given to acquire experience with all the
principal instruments used in exact physical and practical
measurements.
1. Mechanics 1.—An elementary treatment of the subject of
statics, dynamics, and hydrostatics, with particular emphasis on
the working of problems. In the laboratory the fundamental
principles of statics and dynamics are established. The course
is given in the first half of the First Year of Applied Science.
Text-books: Loney, Mechanics and Hydrostatics, Cambridge
University Press. Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and
Heat, Ginn.
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per
week. 196 Faculty of Applied Science
2. Advanced Heat.—This course is begun when Mechanics 1
is finished, and the six hours devoted to it are divided in the
same manner. The course is based on the supposition that the
student is already familiar with the elementary principles of
heat.
Text-books: Edser, Heat for Advanced Students, Macmillan. Millikan, Mechanics, Molecular Physics and Heat, Ginn.
3. Electricity and Magnetism.—A quantitative study of the
fundamental principles of electricity and magnetism, with a
special reference to the fact that the student is to be an engineer.
The course includes a short treatment of the elements of
alternating currents.
Text-books: Millikan and Mills, Electricity, Sound and
Light (first part), Ginn. Smith, Electrical Measurements,
McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
4. Mechanics 2.—The subject-matter consists of an extension
of the statics and dynamics of Mechanics 1, but with the use of
the differential and integral calculus.
Prerequisite: Mechanics 1.
Text-book: Poorman, Applied Mechanics, McGraw-Hill.
Two lectures per week.
5. Light. — A short lecture course on light for students
taking Chemical Engineering. The time will be devoted to a
study of refraction, dispersion, interference, diffraction, doiible-
refraction, polarization and spectroscopy.
One hour per week.
9. Recent Advances in Physics.—A course of lectures dealing with the electrical properties of gases, the electron theory,
and radioactivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 3 and 4, and Mathematics 10.
Reference books: Thomson, Conductivity of Electricity
Through Gases. Rutherford, Radio-active Substances and Their
Radiations. Millikan, Electron. Thomson, Positive Rays.
Hughes, Photo-electricity, and Kaye, X-Rays. Nursing and Health 197
Department of Nursing and Health
Professor: Hibbert Winslow Hill.
Assistant Professor: Ethel I. Johns.
Lecturer, Preventive Medicine: Alison Cumming.
Lecturer, Preventive Medicine: Lyall Hodgins.
Subjects of Nursing A
(Five-year Undergraduate Course)
1. Introduction to Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing
with the nature of hospital service and discipline, designed to
prepare students for entrance to the School of Nursing. No
formal credit is given for this course, but attendance is compulsory.
One hour per week throughout the First Year. Miss Johns.
2. History of Nursing.—A series of lectures dealing with
the history and origin of Nursing. No formal credit is given for
this course, but attendance is compulsory.
One hour per week throughout the Second Year.
Miss Johns.
Third and Fourth Year Subjects
Instruction in the following Nursing subjects is given by
members of the medical staff of the hospital and by qualified
nurse instructors: Introductory Ethics of Nursing, Practical
Nursing Procedure, Elementary Nutrition and Cookery, Drugs
and Solutions, Materia Medica, Surgical Nursing, Medical Nursing (including charting), Gynecological Nursing, Nursing of
Communicable Diseases, Obstetrical Nursing, Diet in Disease,
Pediatric Nursing and Infant Feeding; Nursing in Diseases of
the Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat; Nursing in Tuberculosis,
Urinalysis; Introduction to Anaesthesia; Introduction to Physiotherapy and X-Ray. This schedule is open to change at any
time. 198 Faculty of Applied Science
The period of hospital service includes actual nursing
experience in the following departments:
Medical. Operating Room.
Surgical. Eye, Ear, Nose and Throat.
Gynecological. Obstetrical.
Pediatric and Orthopaedic. Infectious.
Observation and Neurological. Tuberculosis.
Infants. Diet Kitchen.
Subjects of Nursing B (One Year Graduate Course)
1. Public Health Nursing (Urban). — A study of the
principles and practice of public health nursing in urban
communities.
One hour per week. First Term.
2. Public Health Nursing (Rural). — A study of the
principles and practice of public health nursing in rural
communities.
One hour per week. First Term.
3. School Nursing.—A series of lectures given by members
of the staff of the Medical Department of the Vancouver School
Board dealing with the specific problems of this division of
Public Health.
One hour per week. First Term.
4. Preventive Medicine.—(a) Sanitation and Hygiene. A
series of lectures dealing with the sanitation of food, water,
milk, disposal of waste, housing, ventilation, heating, etc.
One hour per week. First Term.
(b) Communicable Diseases. A series of lectures dealing
with the principles of communicable diseases, their origin, spread
and prevention. Opportunities are given for studying in detail
the prevalent infectious diseases.
One hour per week. First Term. Nursing and Health 199
5. History of Nursing and Contemporary Nursing Problems.—A study of the origin and history of nursing, followed
by the consideration of recent developments in the nursing field.
One hour per week. First Term. Miss Johns.
6. Economics and Social Legislation.— (a) An introduction
to the study of economic problems as they affect health, including
immigration and unemployment.
Dr. Boggs and Mr. Beckett.
(b) A study of the health and social legislation of British
Columbia.
Dr. Henry Esson Young, Provincial Officer of Health;
Dr. F. T. Underhill, Medical Officer of Health, Vancouver, and
other lecturers.
One hour per week. First Term.
7. Mental Hygiene.—An introduction, with clinical demonstration, to the study of mental illness, its cure and prevention.
One hour per week. First Term.
8. Infant Welfare.—A series of lectures and clinics dealing
with the disorders of infancy, their prevention and cure.
One hour per week. First Term. Clinics as arranged.
9. Tuberculosis. — A study of tuberculosis from the preventive standpoint.
One hour per week. First Term.
10. Crippled and Deformed Children.—A series of lectures
dealing with the problem of children handicapped by deformities.
One hour per week for six weeks during the First Term.
11. Nutrition.—This course deals with the consideration of
food values and costs and the application of this knowledge to
the nutrition of family groups.
One hour per week. First Term. 200 Faculty of Applied Science
12. Practical Sociology.—A series of twelve lectures given
by the directing officers of various agencies engaged in social
work in the Province of British Columbia, planned to give
students such information as will enable them to realize their
functions and scope with a view to future co-operation.
One hour per week. First Term.
13. Psychology.—A series of twelve lectures in Elementary
Psychology and Principles of Teaching.
One hour per week. First Term. Dr. Weir.
14. Teaching of Nursing Principles and Methods.—A series
of twelve lectures dealing with modern methods of instruction
in Elementary Hygiene and Nursing Procedure.
One hour per week. First Term. Miss Johns.
Observation and practice as arranged.
15. Motor Mechanics.—Practical instruction in the structure
and operation of automobiles, including practice driving.
One hour per week. First Term.
Arranged by the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
Field Work
Through the courtesy and co-operation of the following
agencies, arrangements have been made for practical field
experience for Fifth Year students of Nursing A course who
have chosen the public health option and for students in
Nursing B:
The Victorian Order of Nurses.
The Medical Department of the Vancouver Public Schools.
The Rotary Clinic for Diseases of the Chest.
The Department of Child Hygiene, City of Vancouver.
The Rural Health Centres of the Provincial Department of
Health.
The Social Service Department of the Vancouver General
Hospital.
A bulletin of rules and regulations concerning field work,
and other information, may be obtained on application to the
Department. Zoology 201
Department of Zoology
Professor: C. McLean Fraser.
Assistant Professor: G. J. Spencer.
Assistant: George Van Wilby.
Note:—Biology 1 is prerequisite to all courses in Zoology.
1. General Morphology.—General morphology of animals.
Comparative anatomy. The relationships of animal groups.
Comparative life-histories.
This course is prerequisite to other courses in Zoology.
Text-books: T. J. Parker and W. A. Haswell, Manual of
Zoology, Macmillan (American Edition, 1916).
Two lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
7 (in part). The portion of the course in Economic Entomology that deals with forest insects.
One lecture and two hours' laboratory work per week for
half of Second Term. THE VO
FACULTY
OF
AGRICULTURE FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
INFORMATION FOR STUDENTS IN
AGRICULTURE
Courses of Study
Three distinct lines of study are offered, as follows:
(1.) A Four-year Course leading to the Degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agriculture (B.S.A.).
(2.) A Winter Course at the University.
(3.) Extension Courses at different points in the Province.
Course Leading to the Degree of B.S.A.
Students in Agriculture are required to have Junior
Matriculation or its equivalent before entering upon this course
(see "Matriculation Requirements"). The degree of B.S.A. is
granted only after the successful completion of four years of
lecture and laboratory work. The course is planned for students
who wish to obtain a practical and scientific knowledge of
Agriculture, either as a basis for demonstration and teaching,
or as an aid to success in farm management.
Winter Course
This course is planned for those men and women who are
unable to take advantage of the longer course, but who desire
to extend their knowledge of agriculture in one or more of those
branches in which they are particularly interested. The work
throughout is intensely practical. Illustrative material and
periods devoted to demonstration and judging work are strong
features of the course. No entrance examination is required, nor
are students asked to write an examination at the conclusion
of the course.
Extension Courses
In order to reach those engaged in Agriculture who are
not able to avail themselves of the Winter Course given at the 206 Faculty op Agriculture
University, the Faculty of Agriculture offers extension short
courses in various centres throughout the Province. These
courses are of at least four days' duration, are proceeded with
according to a definite time-table, and include lectures and
demonstrations in connection with the work of each department
of the Faculty. Detailed programmes are prepared to suit the
specific centres, and requests for such courses may be addressed
to the Registrar of the University.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
Graduate Work
For general regulations, see page 227.
Examinations and Advancement
1. Examinations in all subjects and obligatory for all
students are held in December and in April. Applications for
special consideration on account of illness or domestic affliction
must be submitted to the Dean not later than two days after
the close of the examination period.
2. In the First and Second Years candidates will not be
considered as having passed unless they obtain at least 40 per
cent, on each subject and 50 per cent, on the aggregate. In
the Third and Fourth Years candidates must obtain at least
50 per cent, on each subject.
3. Successful candidates will be graded as follows: First
Class, an average of 80 per cent, or over; Second Class, 65 to
80 per cent.; Passed, 50 to 65 per cent.
4. If a student's general standing in the final examinations
of any year is sufficiently high, the Faculty may grant him
supplemental examinations in the subject or subjects in which
he has failed. Notice will be sent to all students to whom such
examinations have been granted.
5. Supplemental examinations will be held in September
and will not be granted at any other time, except by special
permission of the Faculty, and on payment of a fee of $7.50
per paper. Information for Students in Agriculture 207,
6. Applications for supplemental examinations, accompanied by the necessary fees (see Schedule of Fees) must be in
the hands of the Registrar at least two weeks before the date
set for the examinations.
7. No student may enter a higher year with supplemental
examinations still outstanding in respect of more than 3 units
of the preceding year, nor with any supplemental examination
outstanding in respect of the work of an earlier year or of
Matriculation unless special permission to do so is granted by
Faculty. Such permission will be granted only when Faculty
is satisfied that the failure to remove the outstanding supplemental examinations had an adequate cause.
8. A student may not continue in a later year any subject
in which he has a supplemental examination outstanding from
an earlier year, except in the case of compulsory subjects in the
Second Year.
9. A student who is not allowed to proceed to a higher
year may not register as a partial student in respect of the
subjects of that higher year. But a student who is required to
repeat his year may, on application in writing, be exempted by
the Faculty from attending lectures and passing examinations
in subjects in which he has already made at least Second Class
standing. In this case he may take, in addition to the subjects of
the year which he is repeating, certain subjects of the following
year.
10. A student who fails twice in the work of the same year
may, upon the recommendation of the Faculty, be required by
the Senate to withdraw from the University.
11. Any student whose academic record, as determined by
the tests and examinations of the first term of the First or
Second Year, is found to be unsatisfactory, may, upon the
recommendation of the Faculty, be required by the Senate to 208 Faculty of Agriculture
discontinue attendance at the University for the remainder of
the session. Such a student will not be readmitted to the
University as long as any supplemental examinations are
outstanding.
12. Term essays and examination papers will be refused a
passing mark if they are noticeably deficient in English, and,
in this event, students will be required to pass a special
examination in English to be set by the Department of English.
CURRICULUM
The first two years of work leading to the degree in
Agriculture are devoted to acquiring a knowledge of the basic
sciences upon which Agriculture rests, in adding to the student's
knowledge of language, and in laying a foundation for more
advanced studies in practical and scientific Agriculture. The
Third Year is devoted largely, and the Fourth Year almost
wholly, to courses in Applied Agriculture.
Except under special circumstances, students under the age
of seventeen will not be eligible for registration. Specialization
will begin at the commencement of the Third Year. Students
who have not had at least one full season's practical farm
experience will be required to obtain this preliminary training
before registering for the Third Year.
First Year
Units
Agronomy 1 and 2 3
Animal Husbandry 1 and 4 3
Biology 1 3
Chemistry 1 3
English 1 3
The first course in a language offered for
Matriculation 3
Total required 18 Information for Students in Agriculture 209
Second Year
Units
Poultry Husbandry 1 iy2
Horticulture 1 1%
Dairying 1 V/2
Botany 1 3
Zoology 1 3
English 2 3
Bacteriology 1 2
Chemistry 2 3
Total required I8V2
Third and Fourth Years
On account of the specialized types of farming which must
necessarily be followed in many parts of British Columbia, the
work in the Third and Fourth Years leading to the degree of
B.S.A. has been arranged in major courses so as to admit of a
measure of specialization in one of the several recognized
branches of Agriculture. At the same time all courses have
been so arranged that every student will get the basic work in
all lines no matter what option is chosen.
Prior to the beginning of the Third Year every student must
indicate in which one of the major options he wishes to continue
his study, and shall arrange his elective courses with the approval
of the Head of the Department in which he is majoring, and
in consultation with the Heads of other Departments directly
concerned.
A thesis shall be prepared by each student on some topic,
the subject of which shall be selected, with the approval of the
Head of the Department in which the student is majoring, before
the end of the Third Year's work.
Two typewritten copies of each thesis on standard-sized
paper (8V2 in. by 11 in.) shall be submitted on or before the
1st of April in the graduating year.
Agricultural students are required to take a total of 35
units, thesis included, in their Third and Fourth Years. 210 Faculty of Agriculture
Third Year
(Required subjects)
Units
Economics 1 3
Chemistry (Special Course) 3
Principles of Heredity—Biology 2 1
Total required 7
Fourth Year
(Required subjects) ■
I Units
Agricultural Economics—2 (a) or 2 (b) iy2
Thesis 3
Total required iy2
Agronomy Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above 7
Plant Physiology—Botany 3 2
Systematic Entomology—Zoology 4 2
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7 2
•Total 13
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above iy2
Animal Husbandry 9 iy2
*Total 6
* Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. Information for Students in Agriculture 211
Animal Husbandry Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above 7
Animal Husbandry 2 V/2
Animal Husbandry 3 1
•Total 9%
Fourth Year
k Units
Required subjects, as above iy2
Agronomy 7 IV2
•Total 6
Dairying Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above 7
Dairying 3 2
•Total 9
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above iy2
Civil Engineering (Special) 1
Plant Physiology—Botany 3 2
Dairy Chemistry 2
•Total 9y2
* Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. 212 Faculty of Agriculture
Horticulture Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above 7
Plant Physiology—Botany 3 2
Systematic Entomology—Zoology 4 2
Economic Entomology—Zoology 7 2
•Total 13
Fourth Year
I Units
Required subjects, as above iy2
Plant Pathology—Botany 6 (a) 1
•Total 5y2
Poultry Husbandry Major
Third Year
Units
Required subjects, as above 7
Embryology—Zoology 6 2
•Total > 9
Fourth Year
Units
Required subjects, as above 4^2
Poultry Husbandry 4
•Total 8%
* Students are required, with the advice and consent of the
Head of the Department, to elect up to a total of from 15 to 18
units. Agronomy 213
COURSES IN AGRICULTURE
Department of Agronomy
Professor: P. A. Boving.
Associate Professor: G. G. Moe.
Assistant Professor: D. G. Laird.
Assistant: G. B. Boving.
1. Soil and Soil Fertility.—An examination will be made of
the more important soil types; cultivation, manuring, and rotation of crops will be studied in their relation to soil productivity;
methods of treatment will be observed, and the principles under
lying soil management and improvement will constitute the basis
for subsequent courses in Agronomy.
Two lectures per week. First Term, First Year. 1 unit.
2. Field Crops.—This course embraces a study of the most
important grain, corn, forage, and root crops. A detailed study
of the crops, in the field and in the laboratory, will supplement
the lecture work in order to give the student a comprehensive
idea, not only of the different phases of crop production, but also
of the relative value of separate specimens and samples.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
First Year. g. 2 units.
3. Seed Growing.—This course deals with the production
and marketing of vegetable, root, clover, and grass seeds.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
4. Field Crops (Advanced).—Course 4 constitutes a more
detailed study of field crops than was possible in Course 2.
It also embraces special lecture and laboratory work on the
harvesting, threshing, cleaning, storing, and marketing of our
ordinary field crops. The two courses combined will give the
student a more complete understanding of the various factors
bearing upon the production of a first-class article, whether
intended for sale or for feeding.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year. 2 units. 214 Faculty of Agriculture
5. Farm Management.—This course embraces a study of the
selecting, planning, and operating of a farm. Various conditions,
systems and practices prevailing on the American Continent and
in Europe will be discussed and compared.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
6. Field-crop Judging. — The judging and handling of
grains, grasses, forage and root crops will be taken up in the
field as well as in the laboratory.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. iy2 units.
7. Soil Management. — Different systems of cultivation,
rotation, manuring and irrigation, as practised in Canada and
elsewhere, will be discussed, and the influence of these factors on
the maintenance or exhaustion of soil fertility will be studied.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year. IV2 units.
8. Plant-breeding. — This course is planned to follow
Biology 2. With this as a basis, the course is designed to illustrate and explain the breeding of field crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. 1% units.
9. Field Experiments. — The scope, the methods and the
interpretation of field experiments will be discussed, and a study
will be made of the more important results obtained in different
parts of the world.
Two lectures per week. Second Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
10. Thesis. 3 units.
11. Crop Adaptation and Distribution (Crop Ecology).—
The relation of field crops to elevation, climate and soils will be
studied in order to give the student a comprehensive idea of the Animal Husbandry 215
distribution of crops and the adaptation of various types to
different parts of the world.
One lecture per week. Second Term, Fourth Year.
y2 unit.
Students majoring in Agronomy are required to work one
year under the direction of the Department.
Department of Animal Husbandry
Professor: H. M. King.
Assistant Professor: R. L. Davis.
Assistant Professor: H. R. Hare.
Lecturer in Veterinary Science: J. G. Jervis.
1. Market Classes and Grades of Live Stock.—A study of
the characteristics and requirements of the various market classes
and grades of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep, swine and
goats.
Texts: Plumb, Judging Farm Animals. Vaughan, Types
and Market Classes of Live Stock.
Three laboratories per week. First Term, First Year.
IV2 units.
2. Breeds of Cattle. — A study of the origin, history of
development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of
cattle. Students are required to make several trips to leading
herds in the Province.
Text: Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Three laboratories per week. First Term, Third Year.
IV2 units.
3. Breeds of Horses, Sheep, Swine and Goats.—A study of
the origin, history of development, characteristics, and adaptations of the breeds of horses, sheep, swine and goats.
Text: Plumb, Types and Breeds of Farm Animals.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Two laboratories per week. Second Term, Third Year.
1 unit. 216 Faculty of Agriculture
4. Live-stock Feeding and Management.—The feeding, care,
and management from birth to maturity of the various types of
live stock.
Text: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding, abridged
edition.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 1.
Three lectures per week. Second Term, First Year.
iy2 units.
5. Advanced Judging.—A continuation of the type of work
represented in the laboratory of Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Designed to strengthen Animal Husbandry students in the
selection of herd sires, foundation breeding herds, and in the
building up of superior flocks and herds. Special work in the
fitting and handling of live stock is presented. Students are
required to make several trips to leading herds in the Province.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Three laboratories per week. First Term, Fourth Year.
iy2 units.
6. Live-stock Breeding. — A study of the principles of
breeding in their application to live-stock development and improvement.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3 and Biology 2.
Two lectures per week. Second Term, Third Year. 1 unit.
7. Herd, Flock and Stud-book Study.—An advanced course
in the study of the principal breeds of live stock, familiarizing
the student with the leading sires, dams, families, and herds
of the various breeds, and the blood lines entering into their
formation. Emphasis will be placed upon a study of pedigrees.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 2 and 3.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
8. Nutrition. — A study of the elements and compounds
important to animal nutrition and their relation to the animal
organism; the digestive system; the digestion, absorption, Animal Husbandry 217
assimilation, and disposition of food materials. A study of the
various feedstuff's.
Texts: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding. Armsby,
Animal Nutrition.
Two lectures per week. First Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
9. Animal Feeding.—The feeding of all classes of live stock,
having distinct regard to the economic problems confronting the
breeder and the producer.
Text: Henry and Morrison, Feeds and Feeding.
Three lectures per week. Second Term, Fourth Year.
iy2 units.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
10. Markets and Marketing.—A careful study of the markets with their requirements for live stock and live-stock
products, and the relation which these bear to production.
Marketing of breeding stock.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 7.
Two lectures per week. First Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
11. Thesis. 3 units.
12. Live-stock Practice and Seminar.—Every Animal Husbandry student is required to spend the summer months between
the Third and Fourth Years on an approved live-stock farm and
to present a written report upon his summer's work before
entering upon the Second Term of the Fourth Year.
Open only to students majoring in Animal Husbandry.
A seminar of one hour per week for the special study of
current problems and literature is held. V/2 units.
13. Farm and Ranch Management. — The management of
the range, ranch, and farm for the production of live stock.
Texts: Potter, Western Live Stock Management. Sampson,
Farm and Range Management.
Prerequisite: Animal Husbandry 12.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units. 218 Faculty of Agriculture
14. Veterinary Science. — A study of the common diseases
of horses, cattle, sheep, swine and goats; their causes, prevention,
and treatment.
Prerequisites: Animal Husbandry 1 and 4.
Three lectures per week. First Term, Third Year.
iy2 units.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
Department of Dairying
Professor: Wilfrid Sadler.
Associate Professor: N. S. Goldlng.
Assistant:
1. Elementary Dairying.—An elementary course of lectures
on milk, cream, and the principles and practices of butter-
making. Leboratory work in cream-raising, separators, preparation of cream for butter-making, butter-making on the farm,
preparation of Devonshire clotted cream.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Second Year. IV2 units.
2. Farm Cheese-making. — Principles and practices of
cheese-making, hard-pressed, blue-veined, and soft; the making
of cheese on the farm; a general knowledge required of the principal varieties of each class of cheese, and laboratory practice
in the making of standard varieties.
This course is offered in the Third Year or Fourth Year to
students other than those who propose to major in Dairying.
One lecture and two laboratories per week for one term.
V/2 units.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
3. Dairy Bacteriology.—The bacteriology of milk, and milk
products; sources of bacteria in milk, number and varieties;
influence of time, temperature, etc., on these; methods of culture
and isolation; fermentation of milk, lactic, butyric, peptonizing,
gaseous, ropy, etc.; relation of milk to spread of tuberculosis,
typhoid fever, and other diseases; pasteurization and sterilization of milk; certified milk and bacterial standards applied to Dairying 219
milk; relation of bacteria to cream, butter-making and butter;
control of bacteria in relation to milk and milk products.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Third Year. 2 units.
4. Creamery Butter-making. — Creamery butter-making;
grading of cream; treatment and preparation of cream for
butter-making; pasteurization; manufacture of creamery butter;
judging, grading, and marketing of butter.
Prerequisite: Dairying 3.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Third Year. iy2 units.
5. Market Milk.—The hygienic aspect of milk production;
the bacterial quality of machine-drawn versus hand-drawn milk;
certified milk; handling and management of milk for city consumption; grading of milk on bacterial standards; pasteurization; transportation and distribution of milk; ordinances and
regulations concerning the sale of milk. This course will include'
laboratory work in dairy bacteriology, practice in the dairy, and
visits to selected farms and milk distributing depots.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
6. Cheese and Cheese-making.—This course deals with the
principles and practices of cheese-making — hard-pressed, blue-
veined, and soft.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Fourth Year.
4 units.
7. Dairy Bacteriology. — Qualitative and quantitative bacteriological analysis of market milk, condensed milk, milk
powder, cream, butter, and cheese; bacterial changes in storage
butter; ripening of cheese. Opportunities are presented for
exercising bacterial control of the various processes carried out
in the dairy laboratory.
Offered to those majoring in Dairying.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. iy2 units. 220 Faculty op Agriculture
8. Testing of Milk and Dairy Products. — The testing of
milk, cream, butter, and cheese; the selling of milk and cream
on the butter-fat basis; causes of variation in butter-fat content.
One lecture-laboratory per week. First Term, Fourth Year.
y2 unit.
(Open to Third Year students in 1925-26.)
9. Dairy Buildings and Equipment.—Buildings suitable for
handling of milk and manufacturing of dairy products; their
situation, construction, arrangement; equipment of farm dairies,
creameries, and cheese-factories. This course includes detailed
studies of selected buildings.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. 1 unit.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
10. The Judging and Grading of Milk and Milk Products.—
Offered to students of the Senior Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1925-26.)
11. Thesis. 3 units.
Department of Horticulture
Professor: F. M. Clement.
Associate Professor: A. F. Barss.
Assistant Professor: F. E. Buck.
Assistant: ./. .
1. Principles of Horticulture. — A study of the principles
involved in the selection, propagation, planting, and general care
of the more important fruits, vegetables, flowers and ornamental
trees and shrubs, with sufficient practice to enable a student to
care for the home plantings.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Second Year. V/2 units.
This course is designed to meet the needs of all students in
Agriculture, giving them a general knowledge of Horticultural
Crops. At the same time the work is fundamental for students
who are planning to take further courses in Horticulture. Horticulture 221
B. Principles of Gardening.—A study of the principles
involved in the planting and growing of the more important
vegetables, flowers, and ornamental trees and shrubs for the
farm home and garden.
Two lectures per week. Second Term, Second Year.
1 unit.
(Required of Second Year students in 1925-26.)
3. Practical Pomology. — A detailed study of the best
methods in Orchard Management with field practice in various
orchard operations, such as planting, pruning, and spraying.
The course also deals with the culture of small fruits.
Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Second Term,
Third Year. 2 units.
4. Plant Propagation and Nursery Practice.—This course
deals with the methods used in propagating plants, including
budding and grafting; and with Commercial Nursery practices.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year. ▼ I 1 unit.
5. Commercial Pomology.—A study of the problems connected with the handling of fruits and vegetables—harvesting,
grading, packing, shipping, storing, marketing; packing and
storage houses; marketing associations; costs of production and
marketing.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
6. Systematic Pomology.—A course in description, identification, classification, displaying, and judging of fruits. The
course also includes a certain amount of work in Systematic
Olericulture.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
(Open to Third Year students in 1925-26.) 222 Faculty of Agriculture
7. Practical Vegetable Gardening.—A study of the problems
connected with the commercial growing of vegetables, including
the selection of a location, soil requirements, fertilizing, irrigating, and special cultural methods for the more important vegetables. This course also deals with the construction of hot-beds,
cold-frames, greenhouses, and their management in the forcing
of vegetable crops.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. IV2 units.
(Not offered in 1925-26.)
8. Special Horticulture.—A course for the study of special
branches of Commercial Horticulture, including the manufacture
of horticultural products, such as canned fruits, dried products,
jams, jellies, and fruit juices.
Two lectures per week. Second Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
(Open to Third Year students in 1925-26.)
9. Horticultural Problems.—An introduction to the study
of problems in Horticulture, including the breeding of Horticultural crops, variety adaptations, and methods of research,
together with a review of Horticultural investigational work
in other institutions. There will also be practice in outlining
investigations, and in preparing reports.
Two lectures per week. First Term, Fourth Year.
iy2 units.
10. Landscape Gardening and Floriculture. — The course
aims to give the student a working knowledge of the selection,
planting and care of ornamental plants—trees, shrubs, and
flowers; with the principles for the improvement of home
grounds, school grounds, city streets, and parks. The course
includes practice in identification of plant materials; also practice in making of planting plans.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
11. Thesis. 3 units. Poultry Husbandry 223
Department of Poultry Husbandry
Professor: B. A. Lloyd.
Assistant Professor: V. S. Asmundson.
Assistant:
1. General.—Fundamentals of poultry-keeping, including
breeds, breeding, judging, selection, culling, feeds, feeding,
incubation, brooding, poultry-house construction, killing, egg-
grading, marketing, sanitation and hygiene, diseases, general
management.
The regular laboratory exercises are supplemented by practice work in the feeding and care of poultry flocks.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. First Term,
Second Year. V/2 units.
2. Markets and Marketing.—Marketing conditions for poultry products in British Columbia. The relation of the home
market to outside markets. Canadian Egg Marketing Regulations. Provincial Egg Acts and Regulations. Egg-grading, care,
packing, storing, selling. Fattening poultry for market; killing,
packing, storing, selling. Production and sale of high-class
breeding stock for local demand and export trade. Advertising.
Principles and practice of marketing, private and co-operative.
Study of prices.
One lecture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
3. Incubation and Brooding.—Selection and care of hatching
eggs. Shipping hatching eggs. Natural incubation. Artificial
incubation. Types of incubators. Natural brooding. Artificial
brooding. Rearing, including systems of management, housing,
feeding and training chicks. Brooding equipment. Practice in
operating incubators and brooders.
Prerequisite: Poultry Husbandry 1.
One lecture and two laboratories and practice per week.
Second Term, Third Year. V/2 units.
4. Breeds and Breeding.—The breeds of poultry; their history, origin and economic qualities. The principles of breeding
as applied to Poultry Husbandry. Breeding records. 224 Faculty of Agriculture
Prerequisite: Poultry Husbandry 1 and Biology 2.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Third Year. V/2 units.
4. (a) Advanced Breeding (formerly included in Poultry
6, as part of Advanced Poultry Husbandry).—Breeding for egg
and meat production. Statistical study of production records.
Prerequisite: Poultry Husbandry 4.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. 1 unit.
5. Poultry Management.—-Types of poultry farms and their
respective problems. Farm layouts. Economy of investment of
capital in land, buildings, stock and equipment. Efficiency in
breeds, maintenance, labor, housing, feeding, production and
personnel. Marketing. Farm income, labor income and profit
as based on University survey. Studies of individual farms for
criticism.
One leeture and two laboratories per week. First Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units.
5. (a) Advanced Farm Management (formerly included in
Poultry 6, as part of Advanced Poultry Husbandry).—Continuation of Poultry 5, with more detailed study of surveys and
cost account records to determine labor income and profits.
Inventory valuations. Special study of disease problems.
Estimates on cost of developing poultry farms. Efficiency factors.
Costs of production.
One lecture and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. 1 unit.
6. Diseases, Housing and Hygiene (formerly included in
Poultry Husbandry 6, as part of Advanced Poultry Husbandry).
—Common ailments of poultry and their treatment. Parasites.
Infectious and contagious diseases of poultry and chicks, turkeys,
geese and ducks. Autopsies. Dissection. Poultry-house construction, building sites, types, costs and uses. Yarding. Sanitation and hygiene.
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Second Term,
Fourth Year. V/2 units. Agricultural Economics 225
7. Feeds and Feeding.—A study of the digestive processes
of poultry. Nutritional requirements of poultry. The various
feedstuff's, their composition and value. The compounding of
rations. Experimental data. Problems.
Two lectures per week. First Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
7. (a) Feeding Management (formerly included in Poultry
6, as part of Advanced Poultry Husbandry).—Feeding growing
stock, laying hens, breeding males and females, turkeys, ducks
and geese. Use of lights. Practice in routine management.
One lecture and one laboratory and practice per week.
Second Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
8. Seminar (formerly Poultry Literature).—Poultry literature. Reports on current events. Research and experimental
problems. Preparation of reports and bulletins. Export trade.
Advertising and other economic propaganda.
One lecture per week. Three hours practice per week.
Second Term, Fourth Year. 1 unit.
9. Judging and Selection.—Judging according to standard.
Changes induced by egg production. Characteristics of layers.
Selection for egg production. Selection for meat production.
Two laboratories per week. First Term, Fourth Year.
1 unit.
10. Thesis. 3 units.
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Dean Clement.
1. (a) Farmer Movements.—A study of the Grange; the
Patrons of Industry; the Farmers' Alliance; the American
Society of Equity; the Non-partisan League; the Farm Bureau
Federation; the United Farmers, and other farmer organizations.
(b) Rural Life. — The country life movement; the rural
school; the country church; rural surveys, and a study of special
topics, such as, recreation in country life; the farmer's standard
of living; the functions of a small town; rural migrations.
Lectures and assigned readings. 3 units. 226 Faculty of Agriculture
2. (a) Agricultural Economics. — An application of the
principles of Economics to the field of Agriculture.
Taylor, Agricultural Economics, Macmillan.
(b) The Marketing of Farm Products.—An analysis of the
marketing problem as it applies to Agriculture.
Macklin, Efficient Marketing for Agriculture, Macmillan.
Lectures and assigned readings. 3 units.
Note:—Where courses other than those listed under Agronomy, Animal Husbandry, Dairying, Horticulture, Poultry
Husbandry and Agricultural Economics are mentioned, the
student will please refer to outlines of courses in Arts and Science
or Applied Science. Regulations as to Degree Courses 227
REGULATIONS AS TO M.A., M.A.Sc, AND M.S.A.
COURSES
1. Candidates for the M.A., M.A.Sc, or M.S.A. degree must
hold a bachelor's degree from this University, or its equivalent.
The B.A. is prerequisite for the M.A., the B.A.Sc. for the
M.A.Sc, and the B.S.A. for the M.S.A.
2. A graduate of another university applying for permission
to enter as a graduate student is required to submit with his
application an official statement of his graduation together with
a certificate of the standing gained in the several subjects of
his course. The Faculty concerned will determine the standing
of such a student in this University. The fee for examination
of certificates is $2.00.
3. Candidates with approved degrees and academic records
who proceed to the Master's degree shall be required:
(a.) To spend one year in resident graduate study; or
(b.) (At the discretion of the Faculty concerned):
(i.) To do two or more years of private work
under the supervision of the University,
such work to be equivalent to one year of
graduate study; or
(ii.) To do one year of private work under
University supervision and one term of
resident graduate study, the total of such
work to be equivalent to one year of
resident graduate study.
4. One major and one minor shall be required. Candidates
for the M.S.A. degree may select their minor subject in another
Faculty.
5. (a.) A thesis must be prepared on some approved topic
in the major subject.
(b.) Examinations, written or oral, or both, shall be
required. 228 The University of British Columbia
6. Two typewritten copies of each thesis, on standard-sized
thesis paper, shall be submitted. (See special circular of
"Instructions for the Preparation of Masters' Theses.")
7. Application for admission as a graduate student shall be
made to the Registrar by October 15th. For fees see Page 40. List of Students 229
LIST OF STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE, SESSION 1924-25
FACULTY OF ARTS AND SCIENCE
Fibst Year
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Abrams, Edith M New Westminster
Abrams, Elsie A New Westminster
Adams, Charles Vancouver
Adams, Frank O Vancouver
Aitken, Catherine A Vancouver
Alderson, Annie E Jubilee
Allan, Donald S Vancouver
Allan, D. Kathleen Vancouver
Allardyce, V. Fraser Vancouver
Alien, Doris C Vancouver
Almond, Irene Vancouver
Alsbury, William New Westminster
Anderson, George C New Westminster
Andresen, Sigurd Vancouver
Armour, Arlie M New Westminster
Arnold, Irene M Woodflbre
Arnold, Sydney North Vancouver
Atkinson, Adelaide M Rossland
Atkinson, Herbert S Rossland
Attenborough, Mary A Aldergrove
Aune, Ornulf New Westminster
Baillie, Ruth A Vancouver
Baird, Kathleen P Vancouver
Baker, John A Eburne
Ballentine, C. Gordon Vancouver
Bamber, Irene Vancouver
Barker, Ruth E Vancouver
Barnett, Thomas P Vancouver
Baron, R. Denis Vancouver
Barton, George G Vancouver
Barton, Mary K Vancouver
Beach, Donald W New Westminster
Beall, Charlotte R Vancouver
Beasley, M. Jean Courtenay
Beattie, Arthur H Vancouver
Bebb, Elon Fernie
Bell, Florence A Vancouver
Belovich, Anna H Vancouver
Benedict, Donald W Abbotsford
Bergquist, A. Rubert Vancouver
Berry, Ethel Vancouver
Berto, Tom V Vancouver
Bettes, Florence V Vancouver
Bishop, Joseph W Vancouver
Black, George A New Westminster
Blair, George A Vancouver 230 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Bowering, Violet Vancouver
Bowes, Howard E Vancouver
Bradley, Eva M Port Moody
Bradley, L. Ellen Vancouver
Bramwell, C. Hector Vancouver
Brennan, W. Earle Vancouver
Bride, William W Vancouver
Bridgman, Edward O North Vancouver
Britton, Florence G Merritt
Brooks, W. Robert T New Westminster
Brown, Clifford McG Vancouver
Brown, H. Leslie Vancouver
Brown, Hugh Vancouver
Brown, Mona Vancouver
Brown, Robert C North Vancouver
Brown, William MacB Vancouver
Bryson, Lawrence E New Westminster
Buckley, Constance V Point Grey
Buckley, Laurence M Vancouver
Bulger, Russell J Prince Rupert
Bull, Ernest B Vancouver
Burbridge, James P Theodore, Sask.
Burd, Doris Vancouver
Burgess, Thomas E Vancouver
Burke, Kathleen J McKay
Burns, Sarah Grantham's Landing
Burton, Helen J. M "Vancouver
Butler, Francis A New Westminster
Cadwallader, Eva R New Westminster
Cairns, Jean McC North Vancouver
Caldicott, Judith H Vancouver
Cameron, Eugene F Vancouver
Camerson, Frances W New Westminster
Campbell, Annie J Vancouver
Campbell, Jean A Vancouver
Campbell, R. Kenneth Grand Fords
Carruthers, B. Johnston Steveston
Carter, Elizabeth B Vancouver
Cashato, Olivia Revelstoke
Casselman, Ralph Vancouver
Catterall, Alice M Vancouver
Chamberlain, Douglas G Vancouver
Chappell, Jack G Vancouver
Chilton, Eleanor G Hollyburn
Clark, James F Grand Forks
Clarke, Doris E Vancouver
Clarke, Sidney V Vancouver
Coburn, Hazel I Vancouver
Coles, Ruth M Merritt
Collinson, Alfred W Vancouver
Colquette, C. Bruce Vancouver
Conklin, James S. A Vancouver
Copeland, Elizabeth E New Westminster
Corlette, Anita M Vancouver List of Students 231
Name. Home Address.
Cornwall, George L Vancouver
Cornwall, May V. A Vancouver
Costain, Madge Vancouver
Coursier, Isabel P Revelstoke
Craig, L. Margaret Vancouver
Creelman, Katherine Vancouver
Creer, K. Joan Vancouver
Crosby, Geoffrey P Vancouver
Crossland, Marion Vancouver
Crowder, Amy N Vancouver
Crozier, Mary A Vancouver
Cummings, Elgin McC Vancouver
Cunlifre, Florence E. A West Summerland
Cunningham, J. Alvin Steveston
Cupit, Frank L Vancouver
Currie, John H Vancouver
Curtis, Helen L Vancouver
Cuthbertson, Robert T Vancouver
Dale, Claude C Vancouver
Dalton, V. John North Vancouver
Darling, David A Vancouver
Davidson, George F Vancouver
Davidson, Richard S Vancouver
Dawson, A. Doreen Vancouver
Dawson, Lome Trail
Day, Gertrude W West Burnaby
DeCew, Dorothy M Vancouver
Deeks, Dorothy I Vancouver
Delbridge, Clayton B Vancouver
Demmery, Annie C Vancouver
Desrosiers, M. Eveline Vancouver
Dewar, D. James Vancouver
Dhami, Sadhu Singh Dominion Mills
Dignan, Marian M Port Moody
Dimmick, Fred W New Westminster
Doberer, Donald Calgary, Alta.
Dobson, Frank W Vancouver
Dobson, Mary I Vancouver
Donaldson, Clarence H Grand Forks
Donley, Wilfred G New Westminster
Douglas. Ellen I New Westminster
Dow, Ada E Vancouver
Dow, Lillian M Vancouver
Duckering, Charles E Vancouver
Duffell, Stanley Vancouver
Dunmore, Florence I Vancouver
Dunn, James W Vancouver
Duthie, Thelma G Vancouver
Dynes, Alice E New Westminster
Eagleson, Charlotte E Vancouver
Eaton, G. Howard Vancouver
Eckert, Kenneth Agassiz
Egdecombe, W. Brenda O Vancouver 232 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Efford, Grace H Vancouver
Elliott, • Philip L Vancouver
Emery, Marie B Burnaby
English, Charles North Vancouver
Erickson, Evart A Silverton
Erlendson, Helga Vancouver
Estey, Margaret J Vancouver
Evans, William P Vancouver
Ewert, Emil H Vancouver
Farris, Donald F Vancouver
Fawdrey, Edith L. M Lynn Creek
Finch, Leona M Vancouver
Fisher, M. Jean Ladner
Fitzpatrick, Dudley M Kelowna
Fleet, W. Gordon Burnaby
Fleming, Iola L Vancouver
Fletcher, Ralph R Merritt
Foerster, Fred S Vancouver
Forbes, Reginald S Eburne
Forster, George Vancouver
Fournier, Frank L Vancouver
Franklin, William D Vancouver
Fraser, Christina A ^r. -^ .dr. Vancouver
Frith, Mary K Keremeos
Fuller, Evelyn L Vancouver
Fulton, Olive M. F Vancouver
Gamble, George K Vancouver
Gammie, Margaret H Vancouver
Gard, Lourde K. M Vancouver
Gaudin, Melvin L New Westminster
Gehrke, Irene M Vancouver
Gerrard, Eleanor E Vancouver
Gibbs, Enid A Vancouver
Gibson, C. Alexander Vancouver
Gillespie, Gordon D Vancouver
Gillespie, Vera I Mayo, Y. T.
Gillies, Margaret I. D Vancouver
Gillingham, Donald W Vancouver
Gillson, John W Vancouver
Godkin, Morley B Vancouver
Goebert, Anne C Vancouver
Gormely, Marcus W Vancouver
Gould, Charles E. G Vancouver
Graham, Leslie W Vancouver
Grant, Jessie C Nanaimo
Grant, Leslie B Vancouver
Grant, Vivian J Kerrisdale
Greenlees, Margaret M Vancouver
Greig, Margaret L Kerrisdale
Groves, Elizabeth A Vancouver
Gunn, Lewis L Vancouver
Guns, Vera Vancouver
Gustafson, Homer T Vancouver
Haddock, Norah Vancouver List of Students 233
Name. Home Address.
Hall, Harold Vancouver
Hall, Wilfred N Vancouver
Hallonguist, Earland G New Westminster
Hampton, Ethel Vancouver
Harding, Hazel R North Vancouver
Hardy, Evelyn W Agassiz
Hargitt, F. William Vancouver
Harvey, Mamie V New Westminster
Harvey, W. Russell Vancouver
Hasler, Alethea M Chilliwack
Hay, Dorothy B New Westminster
Healy, E. Justine Vancouver
Henderson, Elinor J Vancouver
Henry, Clarence E Vancouver
Hepher, William S Boswell
Herd, Thomas D Vancouver
Hill, Vernon R Vancouver
Hillas, Gertrude Vancouver
Hipperson, Dorothy C Nelson
Hockridge, Murray Vancouver
Hodgson, Evelyn Vancouver
Hodgson, Shirley W New Westminster
Hoffman, Elfriede H Aldergrove
Hoffman, Marjorie E \g. . . :. . . . Vancouver
Home, Nora A Cranbrook
Hornsby, Ruth M Prince George
Howarth, Harry Vancouver
Hundal, Teja Singh Point Grey
Hunt, Basil G North Vancouver
Hunt, Florence S Vancouver
Hunter, Beatrice M Spokane, Wash.
Hunter, Gordon M Vancouver
Hutchinson, Joyce Vancouver
Hyndman, Ernest E Vancouver
Hyodo, Hide -> Vancouver
Imrie, Gerald D Vancouver
Ingledew, Edith V. L Vancouver
Inglis, Hugh F Gibson's Landing
Ink, Joseph C Nelson
Ireland, Harold Vancouver
Jackson, Elaine M Kamloops
Jackson, W. Allin Vancouver
Jacobs, Florence M Vancouver
James, Marion N Vancouver
James, Ralph D Vancouver
Jeffrey, J. Lenora Vancouver
Johns, Jessie Vancouver
Johnson, A. Sloane Burnaby
Johnson, F. Henry Vancouver
Jones, Gomer Hedley
Kamitakahara, Hiroshi Vancouver
Kask, John L Vancouver
Kelly, Gordon E Silverton
Kendall, Elizabeth V Vancouver 234 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Kendall, Noble Vancouver
Kennedy, Dorothy N Vancouver
Kerr, Ruby E Point Grey
Kipp, Velma B Vancouver
Kirk, Jean S Vancouver
Kirk, Marjorie M. S Vancouver
Knox, George A Vancouver
Kosowski, Mary Vancouver
Lamb, Helen A Vancouver
Lando, Ezra B Vancouver
Lane, Edith W Vancouver
Lane, Eric S Vancouver
Lane, Joseph H South Wellington
Lange, J. Malcolm J Vancouver
Lanyon, Margaret J North Vancouver
Lawler, Beatrice M Vancouver
Lazarus, Bernard H Vancouver
Lee, Ernest Burnaby
Lee, Gerald H Bonnington Falls
Lee, Yone M Vancouver
Lewis, Frank A Kelowna
Logie, Rosa M Kerrisdale
Lord, Clifford S New Westminster
Lothian, Fremlin E. Vancouver
Lucas, Richard B Vancouver
Lucas, Verna Z ^&. Vancouver
Lyons, Florence M : Vancouver
Madeley, J. Elizabeth Vancouver
Madeley, W. Arthur Vancouver
Madsen, Christy Vancouver
Magar, W. Lloyd Eburne
Maikawa, Fred H Vancouver
Mallory, W. A. Roger Lang Bay
Mann, Doris E New Westminster
Marrion, Oscar G Vancouver
Marrs, Laverock Revelstoke
Marshall, M. Alexander West Summerland
Marshall, Vera F Vancouver
Martin, Inez K Vancouver
Martin, J. Elizabeth Vancouver
Masterson, William J New Westminster
Matheson, Helen D Vancouver
Matheson, Jean U New Westminster
Matheson, William M Vancouver
Mathews, Lawrence G. . Vancouver
Matthews, Jean I Vancouver
Mawdsley, Constance L Vancouver
Mayne, Amy D. Vancouver
Mennie, Lilian J Central Park
Mercer, Gladys E New Westminster
Meredith, J. Laurence R Vancouver
Merryfleld, Basil R Vancouver
Milley, Elva M Vancouver
Monroe, Lorna C Vancouver List of Students 235
Name. Home Address.
Moore, Amy R Vancouver
Morgan, Agnes H Vancouver
Morrison, Francis A Hammond
Moscrop, Harold J Vancouver
Munro, Ferdinand L Vancouver
Murphy, Lorna M Vancouver
Musgrave, Gwendolen M Cobble Hill
McAllister, Marguerite L Vancouver
McAlpine, Gladys C North Vancouver
McBain, Wilberta J Vancouver
MacCallum, Grace C. E Agassiz
McCharles, John A Vancouver
McCleery, F. Marie Vancouver
McDevitt, Elizabeth A Vancouver
Macdonald, Ian Vancouver
McDonald, Jean G Vancouver
Macdonald, John E Vancouver
McDonald, L. Dorothy Vancouver
MacDonald, Margaret C New Westminster
McDonald, Margaret C. C Vancouver
McDonald, Marion E Vancouver
MacDonald, Norman D New Westminster
McDonald, Walter V Vancouver
Macfarlane, A. Lorna Vancouver
McFarlane, M. Meredith Vancouver
McGill, Catherine L. E Vancouver
McGill, Esther M Vancouver
McGregor, John G New Westminster
McGugan, Donald McP Vancouver
Maclnnes, William E Vancouver
Mcintosh, Graham R Vancouver
Mclntyre, Borden Revelstoke
Maclver, Dolina C. Vancouver
MacKay, Muriel A Vancouver
McLachlan, E. Josephine Haney
McLaughlin, Grace V Vancouver
McLean, Alexander Vancouver
MacLean, Edwin V Vancouver
McLennan, Alice M New Westminster
McLennan, Edna C Vancouver
MacLeod, Jeannette L Vancouver
McLuckie, Kathleen L Vancouver
MacLurg, Alexander Kelowna
McMillan, Jack A Vancouver
McMurphy, E. Margaret New Westminster
McNeill, Douglas F Vancouver
McNeil, Sarah M Ladysmith
McRae, C. Edmund Vancouver
MacTavish, Constance C Vancouver
Neill, Ruth A Vancouver
Neubrand, Emil Nakusp
Newall, Nathan Vancouver
Nielsen, A. Doris New Westminster
Nimsick, Leo T Rossland 236 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Noble, Robertson D Vancouver
Nordberg, Elsie Lynn Creek
Oberg, Kalervo Toflno
Odium, Roger M Vancouver
Ogawa, Thomas T Vancouver
Ogg, Winnifred H Vancouver
Olkovick, Tania Vancouver
O'Neill, Doris M Vancouver
O'Neill, Graeme Vancouver
Osterhout, Victor H Vancouver
Oswald, Drummond W Mt. Lehman
Palmer, David B Glendye, Scot.
Parker, Mary Vancouver
Paterson, Ethylwin A Vancouver
Paterson, Paula N. E Vancouver
Patrick, W. Beverly Vancouver
Pilkington, Francis C Vancouver
Plummer, Theodore S Vancouver
Pollock, M. Elizabeth Vancouver
Poole, F. Abner Port Hammond
Pradolini, Ugo Revelstoke
Prendergast, Robina I Vancouver
Rathie, Ian McW Vancouver
Ratledge, L. Jack Quesnel
Rayner, G. Eric Naramata
Reed, Hetty Vancouver
Reid, Isabel T. F Burnaby
Reid, Marjorie S New Westminster
Richmond, W. Osborn Chilliwack
Ridley, Henry McD Vancouver
Rilance, Arnold B Vancouver
Robarts, Norma V Vancouver
Roberts, Helen E Vancouver
Robertson, Francis McG North Vancouver
Robertson, Muriel A Vancouver
Robinson, Alexander F Vancouver
Robinson, Eleanor E Vancouver
Robinson, Lillian J Vancouver
Rogers, Edward W Rossland
Ronald, Helen M New Westminster
Ross, David W Waldo
Ruark, R. Charlotte North Bend
Rudnicki, Louie A. H Fernie
Russell, Catherine M Burnaby
Salisbury, Dorothy E Vancouver
Saunders, Frederick E Vancouver
Savage, Helen G Vancouver
Sayers, George E Port Haney
Scott, Albert E Anyox
Seed, Harry J North Vancouver
Selbie, Horace W Vancouver
Selby, William R Kimberly
Selman, W. Russell Vancouver
Shannon, Kathleen M Vancouver List of Students 237
Name. Home Address.
Sharp, Gertrude C Vancouver
Sharp, Robert F Vancouver
Shaw, Ralph M Vancouver
Shears, Nellie M. B Vancouver
Shields, Gordon J. I Vancouver
Shimokura, Harold M Vancouver
Simpson, Samuel L Massett
Simpson, Vera Vancouver
Smaby, Sylvia H Ocean Falls
Smith, Margaret L New Westminster
Smith, Margaret S Vancouver
Smith, Mildred M New Westminster
Sobey, M. Constance Vancouver
Sostad, Odin S Vancouver
Spencer, Myrtle A Vancouver
Southon, Olive A Vancouver
Spilsbury, Richard H North Vancouver
Stacey, Ruth M Vancouver
Stanley, Thomas R Vancouver
Stark, Janette E Vancouver
Starr, Jean C Vancouver
Steele, E. Emma A Vancouver
Stephens, Harriette G Vancouver
Stevens, Lillian B Vancouver
Stevenson, Alan M North Vancouver
Stevenson, John S New Westminster
Steves, M. Winnifred Steveston
Stewart, Kenny N Fernie
Stewart, Vernard L Vancouver
Stinson, Rena C Vancouver
Stones, Bessie W Vancouver
Sturdy, Florence MacD Vancouver
Stusser, Max Vancouver
Sugarman, Howard W Vancouver
Sugarman, Ruth A Vancouver
Sutherland, Donald Vancouver
Swaisland, Helen L Vancouver
Swanson, Gladys E Vancouver
Swanson, Jack D Vancouver
Swanson, John R Vancouver
Tait, Claudine P North Vancouver
Taylor, Christopher I North Vancouver
Taylor, Edward B North Vancouver
Taylor, Grace E Vancouver
Taylor, Margaret T Vancouver
Taylor, Sydney Vancouver
Taylor, William H Vancouver
Telford, Douglas Vancouver
Thompson, G. Hester Cranbrook
Thomson, G. Elsbeth Vancouver
Thomson, Margaret M Vancouver
Thomson, Primrose M Keremeos
Thomson, William E Vancouver
Thorpe, Cecil C Vancouver 238 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Thurston, Kenneth T Port Moody
Tindall, John R Vancouver
Tingley, Beth R Vancouver
Todd, Eric E Vancouver
Tolmie, M. K. Jean Coleman, Alta.
Trenholm, William A Chemainus
Trent, G. D. John Point Grey
Tufts, Evelyn E Vancouver
Turpin, William H Vancouver
Vosburgh, John W Hatzic
Vosper, V. Lorine Vancouver
Wainman, Charles Vernon
Walker, Margaret M. W Vancouver
Walker, Mary A Vancouver
Wallace, John B Vancouver
Wallace, M. Kathleen Vancouver
Warden, Thomas Vancouver
Washington, Norma R. Vancouver
Watson, Howard D Vancouver
Watson, Neil McK Vancouver
Weaver, Alice L Vancouver
West, Elsie H Vancouver
Westman, Mabel C Vancouver
White, Cecil B Vancouver
White, Helen A. Vancouver
Wilkman, Victor O Gibson's Landing
Williams, John H Kelowna
Wilson, Charlotte R loco
Wilson, Clara M. . Dundarave
Wilson, George H Vancouver
Wilson, Gerald, D Vancouver
Wilson, Jean K Cranbrook
Wilson, Sybil M. M New Westminster
Wiren, Wiljo W Gibson's Landing
Wonder, C. E. Ruel Vancouver
Woo, Chong W New Westminster
Wood, Laura-Linda F Vancouver
Wood, Robert G Burnaby
Woods, Doris J Vancouver
Woodside, Valerie E Vancouver
Workman, William R Coal Creek
Worsley, Vietta Vancouver
Wray, Grace M New Westminster
Wray, Violet G New Westminster
Wredberg, Gunhilde Port Kells
Wright, Amy M Kerrisdale
Wright, Jean C Kelowna
Wright, Laurence O Vancouver
Wright, Robert H Vancouver
Young, Maurice T New Westminster List of Students 239
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Allen, John S Naramata
Almond, Blanche Vancouver
Ash, G. Ruth Cloverdale
Atkins, Nancy E Vancouver
Ballard, Ernest R Vancouver
Black, Albert F Point Grey
Black, R. May Vancouver
Boyes, Winnifred E Vancouver
Brown, Dorothy E Vancouver
Brown, Norman Vancouver
Buchanan, Harry A Vancouver
Buckingham, William N Vancouver
Bumstead, V. Grace Vancouver
Butler, Estelle M Kaslo
Calvert, Donald E Kaslo
Cameron, Maxwell A Nelson
Cameron, William M Vancouver
Campbell, Henry N Vancouver
Chadbourne, Bessie S Vancouver
Chisholm, Beatrice M Eburne
Clegg, E. Beatrix Vancouver
Clyne, Nora K Vancouver
Coade, Lillian M Vancouver
Cole, Mary R Vancouver
Coles, Hilda Vancouver
Coombe, Dorothy L Vancouver
Cottingham, Mollis E Vancouver
Crawford, Alan M Vancouver
Cunliffe, Muriel A Vancouver
Dalrymple, Thomas Vancouver
Davidson, Elsie A Vancouver
DeCew, W. Howard Vancouver
Denman, Ester O' Vancouver
Dick, R. Norman Britannia Mines
Dowsley, Gertrude O Vancouver
Duncan, James W. D Vancouver
Dwinnell, Edith L New Westminster
Elliott, Frank W Vancouver
Fagan, F. Bertram North Bend
Farris, Katherine Vancouver
Fraser, James A Vancouver
Fraser, Jean H Vancouver
Freeborn, Grace M Vancouver
Fugler, M. Ethel Vancouver
Fullerton, W. Evan Vancouver
Galbraith, Gladys E Vancouver
Gillespie, Robert M Vancouver
Gilley," Jean R. D New Westminster
Gretton, Ronald H North Vancouver
Groves, Kenneth P Vancouver
Guernsey, Elizabeth Vancouver 240 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Hadgkiss, Annie L Vancouver
Harding, Cora L Vancouver
Harvey, Gladys S Vancouver
Hatfield, Harley R Penticton
Hemsworth, Phyllis M Vancouver
Henderson, Arnold E Vancouver
Hicks, Ruby F Vancouver
Higginbotham, Mary J Vancouver
Hill, Evelyn M Vancouver
Hockin, John MacG Vancouver
Holland, F. Jean Vancouver
Hood, Orlo McG Vancouver
Hope, Grace E Vancouver
Howay, Undine L New Westminster
Hurry, Margaret I Vancouver
Ingledew, William E Kerrisdale
Jagger, Albert E Vancouver
Johnston, Frederick B Vancouver
Johnston, Mary H Vancouver
Keatley, Nora K Grand Forks
Keillor, Margaret G Vancouver
Kerr, Ida M Vancouver
Kilpatrick, M. Elspeth Vancouver
King, Hubert B Vancouver
King, Roy North Vancouver
Lam, George Vancouver
Lamb, Kaye Cloverdale
Lambert, Phyllis M North Lonsdale
Lamont, Donald MacK Vancouver
Lamont, Katherine M Vancouver
Lane, Mary E. . ^^^^ New Westminster
Lasser, Freda Vancouver
Leigh, M. Digby Revelstoke
Leith, Edward I Prince George
Liersch, John E North Vancouver
Lockerbie, David S Sullivan
Logie, Russell M. . . Vancouver
Lucas, Marian M Victoria
Mattice, Clarence R Vancouver
Meagher, John F Nelson
Mercer, Clara M New Westminster
Metz, Alice W Vancouver
Millward, Louis G Vancouver
Morell, A. Ernest Vancouver
Morris, John R Vancouver
Morriss, Mary R Vancouver
Morrison, Robert L Vancouver
Mottley, Charles McC Vancouver
Munro, Hector G Vancouver
McBeath, Hazel M Vancouver
McDiarmid, Margaret A Ladner
MacGraw, Christina Penticton
MacDonald, Josephine New Westminster
Mclntyre, Marjorie C Vancouver List of Students 241
Name. Home Address.
Mackenzie, Henrietta D Point Grey
McKechnie, Robert E Vancouver
McKie, Archibald Vancouver
MacKinnon, John M Fraser Mills
MacLean, Courtney F Vancouver
McLean, James B Vancouver
McLean, John A Vancouver
McLuckie, Alan J Vancouver
MacNeill, Lome C Vancouver
McPhee, Angus L Vancouver
McQuarrie, Clare N Vancouver
McQuarrie, George R New Westminster
MacTavish, Isabelle G Vancouver
McWilliams, Harold G Vancouver
Newby, Cecil D Sardis
Nixon, Myrtle Vancouver
Noble, Kenneth F Vancouver
Northey, Helen G Vancouver
Oliver, John C Vancouver
Page, Miriam H Clinton
Parmley, J. Robert Penticton
Partington, Dorothy L. R Hollyburn
Patten, C. Gordon Armstrong
Peck, Helen T Vancouver
Pettapiece, Edna L Vancouver
Phillips, G. Lindsay Vancouver
Phillips, R. Gaundry Vancouver
Piggott, Eleanora Armstrong
Pumphrey, K. Avis Vancouver
Quigley, Arthur K Vancouver
Ralph, Isobel Vancouver
Ramsay, Amelia S. A Vancouver
Rankin, Margaret J Vancouver
Reid, M. Elsie Vancouver
Reynolds, H. Elizabeth Vernon
Riddell, J. Marie Vancouver
Ripstein, Horace R Vancouver
Robertson, Mary S Vancouver
Robinson, Audrey F Vancouver
Robinson, G. Russell Vancouver
Robinson, Lillian A Vancouver
Robson, Annie O Vancouver
Russell, Dorothy B Vancouver
Scouse, Agnes H Steveston
Seymour, Wallace W Vancouver
Shakespeare, Jack S ; North Vancouver
Smith, Harold D Vancouver
Stanley, John New Westminster
Stedman, Ralph E Vancouver
Stevens, Francis H Vancouver
Stevenson, M. Ian Vancouver
Stewart, C. Jean New Westminster
Stewart, J. Eileen Vancouver
Stocks, George H Vancouver 242 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Strauss, A. Donalda Vancouver
Streight, H. R. Lyle New Westminster
Sturdy, David A Revelstoke
Swanson, Violet M Vancouver
Taylor, Reginald M Vancouver
Thompson, Henrietta B Vancouver
Todd, Duncan K Vancouver
Turley, Edith F Vancouver
Tutill, Douglas Merritt
Underhill, H. Margaretta New Westminster
Wagenhauser, Muriel E Princeton
Wales, Mona M Vancouver
Wakefield, Amy E Vancouver
Walker, Day North Vancouver
Walmsley, Sheridan E New Westminster
Warden, David C Vancouver
Welch, Constance M Vancouver
Wells, Harry N Vancouver
Wilkinson, John H Vancouver
Wilkinson, Margery H Vancouver
Williams, Dorothy E Vancouver
Winter, Edythe W Point Grey
Wong, Margaret Vancouver
Woodworth, Charles A w^^^ Vancouver
Woodworth, Hugh MacC Vancouver
Wright, Max H. C North Vancouver
Conditioned
Allan, Dalton D Vancouver
Arnold, Jack R Vancouver
Barons, Dorothy K Vancouver
Chislett, Charlotte Vancouver
Clark, William T Middlesboro
Gordon, Ronald, E. K New Westminster
Grayston, Harry V Vancouver
Ladner, Edward M Vancouver
Maxwell, J. Allison New Westminster
Millener, Violet M Vancouver
Morrison, Edmund Vancouver
McIntosh, Josephine H O'Brien Bay
McKay, Dorothy C New Westminster
MacKay, Jack C Vancouver
Mackenzie, Anne C Vancouver
MacKenzie, Donald Vancouver
McSweyn, Maxlne M. M Vancouver
Reid, James New Westminster
Reid, Katharine O. M New Westminster
Reynolds, C. Murray Nanaimo
Rive, Gertrude Abbotsford
Scott, Norman T Kamloops
Singleton, Margaret C. R North Vancouver
Sutherland, J. Burton Vancouver
Wagg, Elda B Vancouver
Wellington, Beatrice M Vancouver List of Students 243
Name. Home Address.
Wilson, Carl A Sardis
Wilson, Isabel A Vancouver
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Armour, J. Arnold K New Westminster
Armstrong, Helen J Penticton
Ashworth, George W Vancouver
Baillie, Oenone G Vancouver
Baines, Alyce A Victoria
Ball, Ralph H Kelowna
Balmer, Ian A Tuxford, Sask.
Barton, Bernice E Vancouver
Barton, Isobel W Vancouver
Barton, Lorna D Vancouver
Baynes, Doris L Vancouver
Beane, May E Victoria
Bell, William J Vancouver
Berkeley, Alfreda A Nanaimo
Birney, A. Earle Vancouver
Blatchford, Annie Vancouver
Bolt, Sybil Vancouver
Bonsall, Henry B Vancouver
Boyles, Sadie M Vancouver
Bridge, John W Vancouver
Bridgman, Clara M Vancouver
Brown, Florence V Vancouver
Bullock-Webster, Marion I Victoria
Burnett, Lila W Vancouver
Byrne, Thomas S Vancouver
Campbell, Mildred H Vancouver
Catterall, John L Vancouver
Chalmers, William Vancouver
Chamberlain, Edward R Vancouver
Clark, Herbert, E. F Vancouver
Clark, Kathleen L Vancouver
Coghlan, Basil S Vancouver
Conrad, Elsie Vancouver
Cooper, Ursula H Vancouver
Cowx, Joseph G Vancouver
Crees, Norman J Vancouver
Cull, J. Simpson Vancouver
Davidson, Allen E New Westminster
Dickman, Esther E New Westminster
Dimock, Marjorie C Armstrong
Dobie, M. Helen New Westminster
Eaton, Virginia . . . Vancouver
Edgett, Freda B Vancouver
Esler, Mary R Vancouver
Faulkner, Jean C Vancouver
Fowler, Horace W Vancouver
Fraser, Ruth A. . Vancouver
Freeman, Maurice Vancouver 244 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Fuller, Betty S. C Victoria
Gadd, Gwendolyn M Vancouver
Gallaugher, Arthur F Vancouver
Garesche, Gladys M Victoria
Garner, Edna B Vancouver
Gartshore, Hendrie L Vancouver
Gauthier, A. Cairns Vancouver
Gibbard, Charles A Mission City
Gilley, Hazel L New Westminster
Gould, Clara W. H Vancouver
Grace, John New Westminster
Graham, Jean A. C Vancouver
Griffith, Braham G Vancouver
Gruchy, Allan G Vancouver
Handford, Cecile Vancouver
Henderson, Anne A Vancouver
Henderson, Robert A Vancouver
Hill, Mark R Vancouver
Hodgins, Lillian L Nanaimo
Hunter, H. Murray ..Vancouver
Irwin, M. Lenora Vancouver
Jones, Margaret E Vancouver
Kidd, Honor M Vancouver
King, Esther E Vancouver
King, G. Agnes Vancouver
Lade, Mary E Vancouver
Langridge, Gertrude A. . . Vancouver
Leach, F. Wanetta Vancouver
Leeming, Marjorie H Victoria
Levirs, Franklin O. P Victoria
Logie, W. James Vancouver
Lynn, Mildred B Vancouver
Lyttleton, Helen M Vancouver
Marin, Rosa A. M Vancouver
Marsh, D'Arcy G Victoria
Mellish, A. Preston Vancouver
Menten, Marjorie E New Westminster
Mercer, W. E. Arthur New Westminster
Meredith, Joan O. F North Vancouver
Minaty, William Vancouver
Mitchell, Marion Vancouver
Moore, Hilton M Vancouver
Morrison, Margaret G Vancouver
Murphy, William Vancouver
Musgrave, Flora M Royal Oak
Myers, Alice Naramata
MacArthur, Freida C. . Vancouver
McCulloch, Walter F Kamloops
MacDonald, Eileen Vernon
MacDonald, Kenna C Vernon
McGregor, Mary C Vancouver
Mclntyre, Charles M Vancouver
McKay, Doris G Vancouver
MacKay, Mary A Vancouver List of Students 245
Name. Home Address.
McKee, Mary M , Vancouver
MacKenzie, L. Margaret New Westminster
MacKinnon, Ronald L Vancouver
McLennan, Alan B Vancouver
MacRae, Jean W Vancouver
Nakano, Noboru A Cumberland
Norman, Ralph O Vancouver
Osborne, Donald J. F Vancouver
Palmer, Russel A Vancouver
Phipps, E. Shiela M Vancouver
Pillsbury, Richard W Prince Rupert
Piters, Jack Vancouver
Porter, Ida S Hollyburn
Potter, Frank Cumberland
Price, Anna E Vernon
Raby, Ua G Salmon Arm
Reid, Mary F Vancouver
Selwood, Pierce W Dundarave
Sheridan, Richard H Vancouver
Smith, Louis F West Summerland
Smith, Marion R Vancouver
St. Denis, Frederic G Vancouver
Stirling, Barbara G Kelowna
Stirling, Gwendolyn G Kelowna
Story, Jean M Vancouver
Straight, Winona T Vancouver
Stuart, Ronald J Echo Bay
Sutherland, John H Vancouver
Swanson, Margaret Vancouver
Swencisky, Grace H. New Westminster
Taylor, David South Wellington
Teeple, Ruth E Vancouver
Telford, Gordon D Vancouver
Thompson, Bertha H Vancouver
Tighe, Elsie M Calgary, Alta.
Turnbull, Walter R Vancouver
Usher, Katherine H Vancouver
Verchere, David R Ladysmith
Wales, Bertram E Vancouver
Washington, Dorothy M Vancouver
Woodrow, Jean Vancouver
Conditioned
Aitken, James Vancouver
Farrand, Charles J. S Vancouver
Kobe, Susumu Vancouver
Moffat, Alda C Vancouver
McLennan, Percy G Vancouver
Swannell, Charles F Victoria
Taylor, Thomas M. C Kelowna
Thompson, J. Harold Vancouver
Vincent, George Gaston Victoria
Wilkinson, Jane H Vancouver 246 The University of British Columbia
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Allen, George A Vancouver
Anderson, Gwladys M Vancouver
Angell, Eloise Vancouver
Anthony, Edward J Nakusp
Arkley, Adalene Vancouver
Arkley, Heileman O Vancouver
Arkley, Stanley T Vancouver
Auden, Kenneth F London, Ont.
Ball, Robert W Sandwick
Barnes, Vera F Upper Sackville, N. B.
Bell, Ella W Vancouver
Bell, Marjorie A Vancouver
Brown, Thomas W Vancouver
Bull, Armour McK Vancouver
Burns, Nancy S Vancouver
Carpenter, Gilbert B Vancouver
Charlton, David B Port Haney
Chapman, Edward F New Westminster
Clarke, M. Kathleen Vancouver
Craig, James H Vancouver
Crich, Evelyn P Vancouver
Davidson, Jean E Vancouver
Deans, William Vancouver
Dobbin, Mary H Vancouver
Dodds, Kathleen Vancouver
Dowling, Clifford H Vancouver
Duncan, Cedric J Vancouver
Edwards, Lucy L Vancouver
Elliott, Muriel E Kamloops
Farrand, Zoe E Vancouver
Farrington, Eileen G Vancouver
Fee, Archibald R West Burnaby
Fee, Doris L Kamloops
Fisher, Jessie L Vancouver
Ford, M. Doris Vancouver
Forster, Eric Capilano
Gaddes, Leonard Edgewater
Gage, Walter H Burnaby
Gignac, Frances V Vancouver
Gillanders, Earle B Chilliwack
Graham, Etta L Vancouver
Grauer, Albert E Vancouver
Gregory, Phyllis M Rossland
Griffith, W. Ivor Vancouver
Groves, Dorothy Vancouver
Hall, Winnifred M Vancouver
Hallamore, Gertrude J Vancouver
Hankinson, Bessie Vancouver
Hardie, William L Vancouver
Harvey, Mary . . . Vancouver
Hemingway, Allan Victoria List of Students 247
Name. Home Address.
Henderson, Harold R Vancouver
Hood, Helen R Vancouver
Inglis, Kathleen M Gibson's Landing
Ingram, Sydney B Lethbridge, Alta.
Jackson, Mary I Vancouver
Keay, Norah A Victoria
Keenan, Thomas J Squamish
Kelly, Clive A Vancouver
Kelly, Wilfred Vancouver
Knowling, Edith L Vancouver
Lanning, Walter S. W Vancouver
Lucas, Edith E Victoria
Lyness, Dora I Vancouver
Mather, Vera G North Vancouver
Mathews, Ralph B Victoria
Miller, Kenneth L Vancouver
Mills, Reginald C Vancouver
Mowatt, Laura S Vancouver
MacDonald, Janet R New Westminster
McDonald, Marguerite Armstrong
MacGill, Helen G Vancouver
McGugan, E. Muriel Vancouver
Mclntyre, Margary Vancouver
McKillop, Lex L Vancouver
MeLarty, E. Islay Vancouver
McLean, Leslie M Vancouver
McLeod, Florence A Vancouver
MacLeod, Robert L North Vancouver
McMears, Jean R Vancouver
Nelson, Clarence Vancouver
Newcombe, Gwendolyn North Vancouver
Painter, Francis M Vancouver
Palmer, Peter F Vancouver
Pattullo, L. Doris Victoria
Railton, Joan M Vancouver
Rilance, Elsie G. L Vancouver
Russell, Isabel M Vancouver
Schell, Kenneth A Vancouver
Sharpe, Vera M Enderby
Sheppard, Lucy A Vancouver
Shorney, K. Doris Vancouver
Sing, H. Carman Cobble Hill
Smith, Grace E. M Vancouver
Smith, H. Bertram Victoria
Smith, James Vancouver
Stevens, Ernest G. B Vancouver
Sutherland, Marion G New Westminster
Swanson, Mary K Vancouver
Taylor, Dorothy G New Westminster
Taylor, Elsie G Victoria
Thompson, Homer A Rosedale
Thrupp, Svlvia L Kamloops
Tinning, Wessie M. M Vancouver
Wasson. Evans E Nelson 248 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Watney, Douglas P New Westminster
Weinberg, Jeanette Vancouver
Welch, Beatrice R Vancouver
Whiteside, Helen R New Westminster
Whittaker, Norah M Vancouver
Wilcox, Laura Vancouver
Williamson, Cecilia Vancouver
Winter, A. Greta Vancouver
Woolliams, G. Ewart Cloverdale
Conditioned
Dougan, Clarence A Port Hammond
Eades, James E Vancouver
Hagelstein, George F Langley Prairie
Knapton, Ernest J Victoria
Miyazaski, Masajiro Vancouver
Morrison, Louise D Vancouver
Murray, Dorothy A Vancouver
Shore, J. Wallace B Vancouver
Thomson, Jean Vancouver
Wilkinson, Nelly Vancouver
Unxi.assieied
Second Year
Alihan, Milla Vancouver
Anders, Charles H Vancouver
Anderson, Gustaf A Chungking, China
Anthony, Arthur T Vancouver
Arkwright, Dorothy Kerrisdale
Auchinvole, Harry Union Bay
Baird, J. Douglas Vancouver
Baker, Lorimer G Vancouver
Bates, W. Lever Kobe, Japan
Blackburn, Malcolm S Beachburg, Ont.
Cameron, Elizabeth V Vancouver
Cant, Hector R New Westminster
Crickmay, Alfred E North Vancouver
Crickmay, Geoffrey W North Vancouver
Cullinane, James A Rossland
Cunningham, Fred H Burnaby
Darling, Phyllis Vancouver
Dhami, Bhagat Singh Hoshiarpur, India
Doad, Mota Singh Punjab, India
Doidge, Gilbert North Vancouver
Domoney, Clarence Vancouver
Evans, A. Maxwell Vancouver
Frederickson, Clarence J Vancouver
Galloway, Walter F Vancouver
Gill, Bhagat Singh Moga, India
Gill, Puran Singh Chanan Wal, India
Godfrey, Arthur T Nelson
Gooding, F. M. Margaret New Westminster
Goult, Barrington H. E Vancouver List of Students 249
Name. Home Address.
Graham, Thomas R. S Cumberland
Green, Lillooet K New Westminster
Greggor, C. Fenella Vancouver
Griffin, Martin J Vancouver
Keenan, David P Squamish
Kerr, George Vancouver
Lambert, Walter H Vancouver
Ledingham, George M Vancouver
Ledingham, John P Vancouver
Ledingham, Mary P Vancouver
Legg, John H New Westminster
Marshall, Evelyn Vancouver
Martin, Edith I New Westminster
Mitton, J. Raymond Vancouver
Mulhern, Edmond F Vancouver
McDermott, Andrew M New Westminster
Macdonald, Alexander B Vancouver
Mcintosh, Mary C. E Vancouver
Mackay, Donald C Vancouver
McKechnie, Neil D New Westminster
MacKinnon, N. D. Clyde Cranbrook
McLaughlin, Cecil E Vancouver
McMurphy, Audrie E New Westminster
Porter, Aileen G Vancouver
Pretious, Edward S Hollyburn
Purdy, Harry L Vancouver
Rae, Hugh M New Westminster
Rafiof, Aflaton Ispahan, Persia
Schultz, Charles D North Vancouver
Shaw, John C Vancouver
Sohi, Budh Singh Punjab, India
Sparks, Frederick P Vancouver
Takagaki, Shinzo Vancouver
Taylor, Bernard W West Summerland
Thompson, George Vancouver
Watson, Janet K Vancouver
Winn, Herbert Vancouver
FACULTY OF APPLIED SCIENCE
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Astell, Joseph J Vancouver
Bailey, Basil E Vancouver
Bailey, Charles F Vancouver
Baillie, Allan D Port Hammond
Beatty, George E Yokohama, Japan
Bell, Douglas E Vancouver
Canfield, Orra W New Westminster
Carpenter, Robert B Vancouver
Challenger, John W Vancouver
Crawford, Lionel G Middlesboro
Curtis, James D North Vancouver 250 The University of British Columbia
Name. Home Address.
Davies, Dermot A Vancouver
Davis, Harry V Revelstoke
Duncan, John D Vancouver
Edwards, Harold H Vancouver
Elliott, E. Nelles Victoria
Farrington, John L Kerrisdale
Goranson, Edwin A New Westminster
Goudie, Douglas M Notch Hill
Grant, Wylie S Victoria
Grimmett, Jack A Vancouver
Groves, Tom D Westholme
Gurd, Jack W. M Vancouver
Gustafson, Carl E Vancouver
Gwyther, Harold W Vancouver
Hadgkiss, James Vancouver
Harvie, Ralph A Vancouver
Hedley, Mathew S Vancouver
Heelas, John C Armstrong
Hill, Robert A Vancouver
Hodgins, Hugh J Vancouver
Honeyford, O. Keith Vancouver
Horwood, Hereward C Kingston, Ont.
Irwin, Ronald E North Vancouver
Jones, John A Nanaimo
Kelly, F. Harold Vancouver
Lazorek, William Anyox
Leek, Walter E Vancouver
Logan, Gordon V. E Vancouver
Mooyboer, Abram P Grand Forks
Morris, Wilfred H Vancouver
McQuarrie, Hector N North Vancouver
Pollard, William F. A Victoria
Porter, Basil W New Westminster
Rayner, Cyril T Naramata
Ridington, Bernard C Vancouver
Sampson, C. Howard Cadboro Bay
Sangha, Ajaib Singh Punjab, India
Scott, John J Vancouver
Sharpham, Arthur L Vancouver
Sinclair, James Vancouver
Stapleton, Ralph W North Vancouver
Stewardson, Alan New Westminster
Sutherland. James B Vancouver
Terhune, Stuart J Rossland
Tokunaga, Tadashi Vancouver
Touzeau, Ernest G Vancouver
Tupper, Bert Vancouver
Woodmdn, Owen O. M Parksville
Conditioned
Crickmay, James L North Vancouver
Doberer, Cameron Calgary, Alta.
Patrick, Hugh C Victoria List of Students 251
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Arnold, Theodore E Kerrisdale
Bishop, Charles B Vancpuver
Bloom, Jason Vancouver
Brown, Rex L Vancouver
Clement, Bruce D Vancouver
D'Aoust, J. Gilbert Vancouver
Elley, Frederick W Fernie
Gale, Stanley C Vancouver
Gibson, Swanston Vancouver
Gill, Otto H Cranbrook
Gordon, Arthur LB Skidegate
Hartley, James D Victoria
Hatch, David A Vancouver
Hubner, Rudolph Trail
Johnston, H. Lloyd Victoria
Kerslake, Ben Vicosa
Larson, Arthur G. A Vancouver
Leek, Charles W Vancouver
Lees, Everett J Vancouver
Manson, Harold E Hatzic
Marin, Joseph Vancouver
Mathewson, Philip L Essondale
Millar, Jame W Revelstoke
Miller, George W Vancouver
Mounce, L. Shannon Vancouver
McDiarmid, Ralph G North Vancouver
Newmarch, Gerald Vancouver
Nunn, E. Hazen Vancouver
Nikiei, Charles V Vancouver
Owen, F. James Trail
Phillips, Ernest A Vancouver
Pottinger, Alexander Vancouver
Rees, Arthur F New Westminster
Rothwell, James M Vancouver
Shannon, Jack D Vancouver
Tamura, Kikuichi Yamaguchi Ken, Japan
Todd, Robert L Vancouver
Wainman,, Philip R Vernon
Stevenson, C. Douglas Victoria
Conditioned
Arland, Andrew J Cloverdale
Barnsley, Frank R Vancouver
Fanning, Oscar Vancouver
Kidd, Desmond F Vancouver
Lang, Arthur H Vernon
Mathews, John T Vancouver
North, J. Terry Vancouver
Phillips, Wilfred J London, Eng. 252 The University of British Columbia
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Name. Home Address.
Abernethy, Gordon McK Vancouver
Bain, William A Vancouver
Barton, Carl F Vancouver
Bassett, Edward W Victoria
Bayliss, Robert H Vancouver
Brock, B. Britton Vancouver
Buchanan, Thomas G Vancouver
Guernsey, Frederick W Vancouver
Hale, Frederick M Vancouver
Jones, William A Vancouver
Kania, Joseph E. A Vancouver
Louden, Thomas N Vancouver
Norman, George W. H North Vancouver
Pearcey, John G Vancouver
Robinson, George R Vancouver
Tamura, Morikiyo Haney
Tarr, Francis G. A North Vancouver
Timleck, Curtis J New Westminster
Warren, Harry V Vancouver
Wilks, Ernest F Vancouver
Conditioned
Kidd, George S New Westminster
Maclean, Hugh A Vancouver
Richmond, A. Morton Nanaimo
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Arnott, Clarence Vancouver
Bennett, James L North Vancouver
Callander, Bruce M Vancouver
Campbell, J. Middleton Vancouver
Carter, M. Neal Vancouver
Cox, C. Roland Kamloops
Demidoff, Peter H Trail
Disney, Charles N New Westminster
Evjen, Ralph W Vancouver
Ferguson, Royden H Vancouver
Greggor, Robert D Vancouver
Groves, Godfrey F. C Kelowna
Hicks, Kenneth W Vancouver
Hincks, Drennan Cadboro Bay
Israeli, Moshe Vancouver
Jackson, Robert M Vancouver
Lambert, Arthur A Nelson
Lazenby, Frederic A Port Hammond
Lucas, Colin C Vancouver
Maguire, John A Campbellford, Ont.
Morgan, Frederick S Vancouver
Morton, Ralph McK Vancouver
McDonald, Malcolm Vancouver List of Students 253
Name. Home Address.
McPherson, John W Vancouver
Price, Peter Parksville
Ramsell, John L Vancouver
Steede, John H Port Alberni
Sutherland, Brian P : Vancouver
Walsh, Harold E Vancouver
Woodhouse, Arthur R . Vancouver
Conditioned
Niederman, Otto Longview, Wash.
Stoodley, George E Armstrong
Unclassified
Black, Thomas B Prince Rupert
Dhut, Bhag Singh Dhut Kalan, India
Eales, George H Vancouver
Emery, Geoffrey B Edmonds
Falconer, Joseph G Bindloss, Alta.
Gibson, Ernest S Vancouver
Huestis, Eric S Vancouver
Hunter, George G Cranbrook
Parsons, Harold E Vancouver
Pollock, James R Vancouver
Sparks, Wilbur H Vancouver
Tsuyoshi, Mlyake Vancouver
Young, Robert B Compeer, Alta.
NURSING
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Aitchison, Margaret Vancouver
Anderton, Evelyn Cranbrook
Archibald, Marian Vancouver
Aske, Jessie Vancouver
Dorsett, Margaret Vancouver
Henderson, Mary E Vancouver
Hilton, Grace I Vancouver
Jenkins, Anne S Notch Hill
Kilpatrick, Heather Vancouver
McPhee, Mary L Vancouver
Tisdall, Edith W Vancouver
Upshall, E. Muriel Vancouver
Wilkie, Dora W. '. Victoria
Woodcock, Olive G Vancouver
Young, Margaret Vancouver
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Griggs, H. Rebecca Tacoma, Wash.
Johnston, Mabel G. J North Vancouver
Macdonald, Ruth Vancouver
Yates, Annie T Vancouver 254 The University of British Columbia
Conditioned
Name. Home Address.
McKechnie, Flora Vancouver
Swerdfager, Myrtle E Kamloops
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Higgs, Nora L Albert Head
Lyne, Frances Creston
Reilly, Ruby R Vancouver
Stoddart, Elizabeth Clinton
Conditioned
Olmstead, Dorothy G Vancouver
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Innes, Florence A. I Vancouver
Fifth Year
Full Undergraduates
Bennet, Helen M Victoria
Carson, Leila A Victoria
Hedley, Anne Vancouver
Rogers, Dorothy M Seattle, Wash.
Unclassified
Armstrong, Norah E Fort a La Corne, Sask.
Creelman, Florence M. L Vancouver
Kerr, Margaret E New Westminster
Rolston, Miriam I Vancouver
Swencisky, Victoria M New Westminster
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
First Year
Full Undergraduates
Berlet, Roy F Vancouver
Boyes, E-lgar D Vancouver
Corbishley, Donald Penticton
Dick, Cecil R Vancouver
Hundal, Jermeja Singh Point Grey
Martin, George MacE Sardis
Moffatt, Kenneth F Vernon
Mclntyre, Douglas C Vancouver
MacKenzie, C. Duncan New Westminster
MacKenzie, J. Cameron New Westminster
Thornloe, Keith Vancouver
Second Year
Full Undergraduates
Asher, C. Richard Kelowna
Berry, Jack C Langley Prairie
Milne, Helen I Vancouver
Ross, Herbert H Vancouver List of Students 255
Conditioned
Name. Home Address.
Eden, Allan H Vancouver
Noble, Grace I Hatzic
Reid, Edgar C Haney
Third Year
Full Undergraduates
Biely, Jacob Chita, Siberia
Gough, William F Hull, England
Mutrie, Fergus Vernon
McCurrach, J. Bruce New Westminster
Rayment, Arthur B Sooke
Rive, Charles Vancouver
Tarr, Hugh L. A North Vancouver
Conditioned
Newcombe, Frederick E Vancouver
Fourth Year
Full Undergraduates
Argue, Charles W Vancouver
Atkinson, Lyle A Vancouver
Aylard, Arthur W Victoria
Baxendale, Robert D Trial
Buckley, Hubert L North Vancouver
Cameron, William C Chilliwack
Challenger, George W Ladner
Chester, Herbert Cranbrook
Fraser, Edward B Nanaimo
Gutteridge, Harry S Vancouver
Hay, Kenneth A Lachute, Que.
Laing, Arthur Eburne
Murphy, Laurence A New Westminster
Nelson, John C Vancouver
Townsend, Charles T London, Eng.
Unclassified
Allen, Maude A Vancouver
Bowman, Sydney J Vancouver
Briggs, Helen V Vancouver
Brown, William C Hammond
Caple, Kenneth P Vancouver
Dynes, George M. . . New Westminster
Haywood, Harold D Vancouver
Luyat, Gabriel A Agassiz
Matthews, Willoughby W Westholme
Philip, William P Kamloops
Thompson, David W Eburne
Verchere, Frank G Mission City
Vroom, Paul N St. Stephen, N. B.
Wilkinson, Thomas G Vancouver 256 The University of British Columbia
GRADUATES
Faculty of Arts and Science
Name. Home Address.
Abercrombie, C. William Vancouver
Brink, Reginald M Vancouver
Brown, Joseph F Hammond
Burton, John S Vancouver
Clark, Charles A. F Vancouver
Crozier, Robert N Vancouver
Crummy, Richard B Vancouver
Crute, Ebenezer North Vancouver
Dallas, Dorothy F Vancouver
Duffy, James Co. Clare, Ireland
Elliott, M. Louise Vancouver
Garner, William Trail
Gibbard, John E. Mission City
Gill, Alan F North Vancouver
Gillen, Agnes S Abbotsford
Gordon, Margaret Vancouver
Hamilton, George H Vancouver
Harvey, Isobel Vancouver
Heaslip, Leonard W Vancouver
Hewetson, Henry W. . . . .aW. Vancouver
Hodgson, C. Walter Vancouver
Johnston, C. Islay North Vancouver
Lee, Doris E Bonnington Falls
Lewis, Hunter C Vancouver
Limpus, George H Vancouver
Lock, Ernest H New Westminster
Mather, Greta E North Vancouver
Mathews, Helen M Vancouver
Nuttall, T. Herbert New Westminster
Offord, Harold R Vancouver
Reith, Helen W Penticton
Smith, D. Blair Vancouver
Smith, Gertrude M New Denver
Southon, H. Stewart A Vancouver
Wilby, G. Van Vancouver
Faculty of Applied Science
Bramston-Cook, H. E Vancouver
Graham, William E Vancouver
Huggett, Jack L North Vancouver
McLashlan, C. Gordon Vancouver
Osborne, Freleigh F Vancouver
Peck, W. Swanzey Vancouver
Smitheringale, William V Vancouver
Faculty of Agriculture
Clarke, George E. W Vancouver
Fleming, William M Duncan
Robertson, William H Victoria
White, Edward W Victoria List of Students 257
TEACHER TRAINING COURSE
Name. Home Address.
Albo, Joseph Rossland
Aske, Flora M Vancouver
Astell, Mary C. L Vancouver
Baird, John D Vancouver
Beckwith, Grace D. McL Victoria
Buchanan, Allen Vancouver
Burton, Erling W Vancouver
Cawthorne, Winifred B Victoria
Chapin, F. Marie Kelowna
Chapman, Mary I New Westminster
Coates, Bertha W Vancouver
Cope, Mary C. L Vancouver
Crawford, Howard S Detroit, Mich.
Creelman, Helen Vancouver
Edwards, Nellie Vancouver
English, John F Chilliwack
♦Forward, J. Margaret Ladysmith
Gibbard, John E Mission City
Goodchild, Margaret E Matsquin
Green, Rowland T Kaslo
Harman, Eileen B Vancouver
Harris, Richard C New Denver
James, Fern D. G Vancouver
Johnston, Florence E Vancouver
Jones, John D Cloverdale
Knowling, Edith L Vancouver
Langdale, Ada G Vancouver
Lawrence, Mary E St. George, N. B.
Lillico, Annie B Vancouver
Limpus, George H . Vancouver
Meadows, Lyman E Vancouver
McDonald, Gertrude E Nelson
McMorris, Frances E Vancouver
McRae, Rena V Vancouver
MacWilliam, Ruth A Vancouver
Newton, Edward H Vancouver
Notzel, Clifford A Vancouver
Paradis, Josephine A Enderby
Parsons, Arthur V Nakusp
Peck, Dorothy C Vancouver
Pittendrigh, Mary A Vancouver
Reid, Mary L Vancouver
Reith, Helen W Penticton
Schmidt, Walter E Vancouver
Smith, Agnes C Kamloops
Stewart, Edith M Vancouver
Strauss, Jean L Vancouver
Taylor, Clifford N Vancouver
Topper, Robert Mission City
Turner, Alice V Vancouver
Turpin, Helen M Vancouver
Williams, Florence I Vancouver
Wyllie, William J. E Kamloops
♦Deceased 258
The University of British Columbia
Registration for 1924-25
Faculty of Arts and Science
Women Men Total
First Year 263 263 526
Second Year 110 103 213
Third Year 85 68 153
Fourth Year 70 55 125
Unclassified 14 53 67
1084
Faculty of Applied Science
Women Men Total
First Year 0 62 62
Second Year 0 47 47
Third Year 0 23 23
Fourth Year 0 32 32
Unclassified 0 13 13
177
Nursing^.
Women Men Total
First Year \ 15 0 15
Second Year 6 0 6
Third Year 5 0 5
Fourth Year 1 0 1
Fifth Year 4 0 4
Unclassified 5 0 5
• 36
Faculty of Agriculture
Women Men Total
First Year 0 11 11
Second Year 2 5 7
Third Year 0 8 8
Fourth Year 0 15 15
Unclassified 2 12 14
55
Graduates
Women Men Total
Arts and Science 11 24 35
Applied Science 0 7 7
Agriculture 0 4 4
46
Teacher Training Course
Women Men Total
Teacher Training Course 34 19 53
53
1451
Short Courses
Summer School 294
Agriculture 61
Public Health Nursing 3
Botany 57
415 Degrees Conferred 259
EXAMINATION RESULTS (Session 1923-24)
DEGREES CONFERRED
Faculty of Arts and Science
Conferring the Degree of Master of Arts
(Names in alphabetical order)
Bain, Janet Burnett, B.A Major: Bacteriology
Minor: Chemistry
Beech, William Kenneth, B.A Major: Economics
Minor: Government
Bolton, Lloyd Lawrence, B.A Major: Zoology
Minor: Botany
Kerr, Donna Enid, B.A Major: Chemistry
Minor: Bacteriology
LeNeveu, Allan Henry, B.A Major: Economics
Minor: Sociology
Osterhout, Minnie Mildred, B.A Major: Philosophy
Minor: English
Smith, William Rosswell, B.A Major: History
Minor: Economics
Weld, Charles Beecher, B.A Major: Bacteriology
Minor: Chemistry
Wilby, George Van, B.A Major: Zoology
Minor: Botany
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Arts
With Honours
(Names in alphabetical order)
Albo, Joseph (1st class honours in French
Aske, Magdalene (2nd class honours in English and
Greek)
Bell, Frederick Heward (1st class honours in Biology)
Brand, Frederick James (1st class honours in Mathematics)
Bruun, Arthur Geoffrey (1st class honours in History and
Philosophy)
Cowdell, Lillian Francis (2nd class honours in Economics
and History)
Crozier, Robert Nelson (1st class honours in Chemistry)
Curtis, Philip Sheldon (1st class honours in Philosophy)
Elsey, Charles Roy (1st class honours in Biology)
Gibbard, John Edgar (2nd class honours in History and
Economics)
Gill, Alan Findlay (1st class honours in Chemistry)
Harman, Eileen Beatrice (1st class honours in French)
Ingram, Lucy (1st class honours in French and
English)
Jackson, Eric Whitcliffe (2nd class honours in History)
Limpus, George Henry (1st class honours in Bacteriology
and Biology)
Mather, Greta Ellen (1st class honours in Economics)
Morgan, Lome Thompson (1st class honours in Economics) 260
The University of British Columbia
Notzel, Clifford Arthur (1st class honours in French)
Offord, Harold Reginald (2nd class honours in Chemistry)
Paradis, Josephine Alphonsine . . (1st class honours in French)
Riddehough, Geoffrey Blundell . . (1st class honours in English and
Latin; 1st class honours in English Language and Literature)
Simpson, William Wesley (1st class honours in Biology)
Tolman, Carl (1st class honours in Geology)
Wheeler, Arthur Lloyd (2nd class honours in English and
Latin)
In Pass Course
(Names in order of merit)
Class I
MacKinnon, Isabel Mary
Class II
Elliott, Marjorie Louise
Jones, John Denzil
Cawthorne, Winifred Beatrice
Goodwin, Theodore Howard
Burton, Jean
James, Fern Dulcie Grace
Telfer, Jean
Brink, Reginald Murray
Fawcett, Marie Louise
Teeple, Mildred Grace
Evans, Muriel Magdalene
Grant, John Allan
Turpin, Helen Mary
Hodgson, Charles Walter
Astell, Mary Catherine Laura
Gillen, Agnes Sarah
Higginbotham, Frances Irene
Topper, Robert
Burton, John Stoneman
Coates, Bertha Wilhemina
Somerset, VentriB Ann
Cantelon, Harold Brock
Goodchild, Margaret Elizabeth
Hyland, Ivadele Harriette
Lundie, James Athol
Macnaghten, Kathleen Edith
Lewis, Gordon Allen
Reith, Helen Wilma
Archibald, Laura Mary
Forward, Jessie Margaret
Yonemura, Hozumi
Davidson, John Ross
Kievell, Myrtle Lorraine
Langdale, Ada Grace
McDonald, Gertrude
Edgell, Phyllis Margaret
Edgett, Lloyd Warren
Green, Rowland, Thomas
Miller, George Stanley
Palmer, Sarah
Peck, Dorothy Campbell
Turner, Alice Verna
Williams, Florence Irene
Ormond, Eleanor Olive
Lillico, Annie Brown
McRae, Rena Viola
Smith, Donald Blair
Cope, Mary Catherine Lillian
Holmes, Dorothy Margaret
McLane, Paul Vernon
Mangat, Nahar Singh
Meadows, Lyman
Johnston, Florence Evangeline
Passed
Reilly, Ruby Rhoda
Cross, Henry Norman
Jones, Florence Aileen
McMorris, Frances Elizabeth
Pittendrigh, Mary Aleda
Hislop, Gordon Bruce
Munn, Lyle Errington
Smith, Agnes Christina
Smith, Jones Alexander Campbell
Aegrotat
Mitchell, John Hardie Degrees Conferred
261
Double Course
(Arts and Applied Science)
Letson, Gordon Mcintosh
Buchanan, Allen
Caspell, Jessie Marguerite
Colton, Leonard Conroy
Creelman, Helen
Dawson, David Collins
Unranked
Hunter, Robert
Jardine, Agnes Alexander
Livingston, Garrett Stuart
Mitchell, James Reid
Maclean, Ethel Margaret
Faculty of Applied Science
Conferring the Degree of Master of Applied Science
Ure, William, B.A.Sc Major: Chemistry
Minor: Physics
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science
(Names in order of merit)
Bramston-Cook, Harold E
Corfield, Guy
Charnley, Frank
Bickell, Leslie K.
Chemical Engineering
Class I
Huggett, Jack L.
Class II
Elliott, Frederick G.
Wallis, Hubert G.
Passed
' None
Civil Engineering
Finlay, Allan H.
Gwyther, Valentine M. W.
Class I
Stroyan, Philip B.
Class II
Coffin, Fred W.
Passed
None
Underhill, Jack E.
Heaslip, Wilbur J.
Peele, Percy J. F.
Electrical Engineering
Class I
Stacey, Leonard B.
Norman, George H.
Class II
Graham,
Passed
None
Roland C. 262 The University of British Columbia
Forest Engineering
Class I
Barr, Percy M.
Class II
McKee, Robert G. Carlisle, Kenneth W.
Ternan, Clifford C.
Passed
None
Geographical Engineering
Class I
Evans, Charles S. Stockwell, Clifford H.
Class II
Guernsey, Tarrant D. (B.A.Sc. in Met. Eng.)
Passed
None
Mechanical Engineering
Class I
None
Class II
Wolverton, Jasper M.
Passed
Bell, John G.
Hardie, Dudley B,
Metallurgical Engineering
Class I
McLachlan, Gordon C.
Class II
Hedley, Robert H.
Passed
None Degrees Conferred 263
Mining Engineering
Class I
Osborne, Freleigh F. Giegerich, Henry C.
Class II
Lipsey, George C. Falconer, Stuart A.
Smitheringale, William V.
Passed
Campbell, Douglas S. Jackson, Gerald C. A.
McCutcheon, James C. Jure, Albert E.
Unranked
Forrester, William W.
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Applied Science in Nursing
(Names in order of merit)
Class I
None
Class II
Cook, Louise
Wilson, Everilda
Pearce, Beatrice
Gill, Bonnie
Naden, Esther
Passed
None
Faculty of Agriculture
Conferring the Degree of Master of Science in Agriculture
(Names in alphabetical order)
Kelly, Clifford Darton, B.S.A Major: Dairying
Minor: Chemistry
Leckie, Claude Perrin, B.S.A Major: Horticulture
Minor: Plant
Pathology
Conferring the Degree of Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
(Names in order of merit)
Class I
Wilcox, John Carman Etter, Harold Clinton
Steves, Harold Leslie Martin, George Rutherford
Hope, Ernest Charles
Class II
Barton, Charles MacKenzie Ogilvie, Alvin Easton
Wilcox, Ralph Victor Russell, Hugh McLaten
Zoond, Alexander
Passed
Plummer, Arthur Howard 264 The University of British Columbia
MEDALS, SCHOLARSHIPS, AND PRIZES
Awarded May, 1924
For Post Graduate Studies
1. University Scholarship, $200.00 Joseph F. Brown
2. The Anne Wesbrook Scholarship, $100.00. .Winifred Cawthorne
Faculty of Arts and Science
Fourth Tear
1. The Governor-General's Gold Medal G.B. Riddehough
2. The Historical Society Gold Medal A. Geoffrey Bruun
3. Alliance Francoise Gold Medal Lucy Ingram
Third Tear
1. University Scholarship, $75.00 Edith E. Lucas
2. University Scholarship, $75.00 Sydney B. Ingram
3. The Arts '19 Scholarship, $150.00 Helen G. MacGill
4. The Gerald Myles Harvey Prize, $50.00—Books. .Sylvia Thrupp
Second Tear
1. The McGill Graduates' Scholarship, $137.50 . .Sadie M. Boyles
2. University Scholarship, $75.00 Sadie M. Boyles, by
reversion to William Chalmers.
3. University Scholarship, $75.00 William Chalmers, by
reversion to F. Wanetta Leach.
4. The Terminal City Club Memorial Scholarship, $110.00—
A. Earle Birney.
5. The Scott Memorial Scholarship, $110.00—Alfreda Berkeley
6. The Shaw Memorial Scholarship, $137.50—John L. Catterall
First Tear
1. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 David C. Warden
2. Royal Istitution Scholarship, $75.00 Margaret G. Keillor
3. Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 Francis H. Stevens
4. The Vancouver Women's Conservative Associaton Prize, $25.00
—Charles Bailey.
5. The P. E. O. Sisterhood Prize, $25.00 Undine L. Howay
6. The P. E. O. Sisterhood Prize, $25.00 No award
Faculty of Applied Science
For Post Graduate Studies
The Dean Brock Scholarship, $100.00 P. M. Barr
Fourth Tear
The Convocation Scholarship, $50.00 J. E. Underhill
Third Tear
The Dunsmuir Scholarship, $165.00 Peter Price Medals, Scholarships and Prizes Awarded 265
Second Tear
University Scholarship, $75.00 G. W. H. Norman
First Tear
Royal Institution Scholarship, $75.00 F. H. Sanders
Nursing—Public Health
1. Provincial Board of Health Prize, Regular Course, $50.00—
Louise Cook.
2. Provincial Board of Health Prize, Short Course, $50.00—
Florence L. Fullerton.
Faculty of Agriculture
For Post Graduate Studies
W. C. Macdonald Scholarship, $500.00. Cecil Lamb
Third Tear
1. The B. C. Fruit Growers' Association Scholarship, $100.00—
C. W. Argue.
2. The B. C. Dairymen's Association Prizes—Three equal prizes
amounting to $100: A. Y. Aylard, R. G. Blair, K. A. Hay
First Tear
University Scholarship, $75.00 Helen Milne
General—(Open)
1. University Book Prize, $25.00 No award
2. University Book Prize, $25.00 No award
3. The Women's Canadian Club Scholarship, $110.00—
Marion Mitchell
4. The Historical Society Prize, $25.00 Harold Cantelon
5. The Captain LeRoy Memorial Scholarship, $250.00—
Carl Tolman
6. The Players' Club Prize, $50.00 No award
7. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
H. E. Manson
8. University Scholarship for Returned Soldiers, $75.00—
C. A. Gibbard
9. The Letters Club Prize, $25.00 H. Carman Sing
10. The Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy—Bursary,
$50.00—J. L. Ramsell.
11. The Canadian Club of Vancouver Scholarship—
First Prize, $200.00 C. Roy Elsey
Second Prize, $100.00 J. C. Wilcox THE UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA
TEACHER TRAINING COURSE
1. Explanatory Statement
At the request of the Provincial Department of Education,
the University undertook, in September, 1923, the direction of
the professional training of candidates for the Academic
Certificate.
Courses in elementary methods and in the special subjects
of the elementary school curriculum were provided in the
Provincial Normal School, and facilities for practice teaching
were furnished through the kindness of the Vancouver School
Board and the Principal and Staff of the King Edward High
School. These courses were open only to University graduates,
and the original registration was 55.
The Dean of Arts and Science acted as provisional director
and lecturer in the History and Principles of Education and in
Educational Psychology. In November, 1923, Dr. George M.
Weir, Principal of the Provincial Normal School, Saskatoon,
Sask., was appointed Professor of Education and Director
of Teacher Training, and assumed the duties of his office
January 1, 1924.
Lecturers on Methods in high school subjects were appointed
from the University staff.
2. The Course
(a) First Term—Concurrent with the First Term of the
University year.
During this term the Methods courses in elementary school
subjects will be given under the supervision of the University.
Observation assignments and practice teaching in the elementary
school are required.
Texts and references will be announced at the beginning of
the term. Teacher Training Course 267
(6) Second Term—Concurrent with the Second Term of
the University year.
The Methods courses given during this term by members
of the University staff are confined to the high school subjects.
Candidates will be permitted to register for professional instruction (including observation assignments and practice teaching in the high school) only in those subjects which they are
qualified to teach by reason of their previous academic preparation. Methods courses in three subjects are obligatory.
Texts and references will be announced at the beginning of
the term.
(c) Obligatory Subjects—Required of all candidates for
the Academic Certificate.
(1) Educational Psychology—2 hours a week. Both terms.
(2) History and Principles of Education—2 hours a week.
Both terms.
(3) School Administration and Law—1 hour a week. Both
terms.
Texts and references in the above courses will be announced
at the beginning of the First Term.
(d) Observation Assignments and Practice Teaching—Approximately 100 hours: 40 hours in the elementary school and
60 hours in the high school.
3. Registration and Fee
Documentary evidence of graduation in Arts or Science
from a recognized university must be submitted to the University Registrar by all candidates other than graduates of The
University of British Columbia. All correspondence in connection with the Teacher Training course should be addressed to
the University Registrar, from whom registration cards may be
procured.
The fee for the course is sixty dollars, payable in two
instalments of thirty dollars each, at the Office of the Bursar,
The University of British Columbia. 268 The University of British Columbia
4. University Privileges and Discipline
All students registered in the Teacher Training course at
the University are entitled to the privileges accorded to students
in the various Faculties, and are also subject to the regulations
of the University regarding discipline and attendance at
lectures.
5. Certificate and Diploma
At the close of the session, successful candidates will be
recommended to the Provincial Department of Education for
the Academic Certificate and to the Faculty of Arts and Science
for the granting of the University Diploma in Education.
UNIVERSITY SUMMER SESSION, 1925
Six Weeks—July 6th to August 15th
"With the Session of 1922 the University Summer School
for Teachers became the University Summer Session. Teachers
and others who possess full Matriculation standing may now
pursue University courses and receive credit therefor towards
the B.A. degree.
The University Summer Session will, in co-operation with
the Provincial Department of Education, continue to provide
special courses for teachers of high school subjects, and also
courses in Educational Theory and Method of a similar character
to those which have been given during the past four years.
Summer session students wishing to transfer to the regular
session should make application upon a form which will be
supplied upon request by the Registrar.
Inquiries and applications should be addressed to the
Director of the Summer Session, The University of British
Columbia, Vancouver, B. C. Student Organization 269
STUDENT ORGANIZATION
In order that the activities of the student body may be
effectively carried on, the Alma Mater Society has been organized, with a governing executive called the Students' Council. It
is the duty of the Students' Council to control all the activities
of the societies subsidiary to the Alma Mater Society.
Each student on admittance to the University automatically
becomes a member of the Alma Mater Society. All student
activities are regulated and questions of student discipline are
controlled by the Students' Council. It consists of twelve
members, chosen from the Third and Fourth Years. With the
exception of the Editor-in-chief of the "Ubyssey," the members
are elected by ballot at the close of the session preceding their
term of office.
In order that the work may be carried on to the best advantage, considerable funds are necessary, and the Alma Mater fee
of $7.00, compulsory for all students, is designed to cover the
expenses incurred.
Students upon entering the University have an opportunity
to take part in practically all lines of sport, as well as to participate in debating and public speaking, and various other
activities which are more clearly indicated below.
Publications Board
The Publications Board is best known from the Handbook,
the "Ubyssey" and the "Annual." In the first of these an
attempt is made to compile information valuable to the undergraduate. The "Ubyssey," the College paper, is published
weekly. The members of the Staff are students selected as a
result of voluntary competition. The "Annual," which is published at the end of the spring term, summarizes the activities
of the various classes and societies.
Literary and Scientific Department
The Literary and Scientific Department co-ordinates the
workings of its constituent Societies, which are indicated below.
In the Players' Club, those whose talents lie in the direction
of the drama may find medium of expression. 270 The University of British Columbia
The Musical Society, membership in which is granted as a
result of competitive try-outs, consists of an orchestra and mixed
chorus comprising over a hundred students under professional
leadership.
For those interested in public speaking and debating there
are the Men's Literary Society and the Women's Literary
Society, the Agriculture Discussion Club, and Sigma Delta
Kappa Society.
The Chemistry Society, the Engineering Discussion Club,
the Social Science Club, the Live-stock Club and the G. M.
Dawson Discussion Club offer a field for discussion of Scientific
and Social problems.
Women's Athletics
The Women's Athletic Association comprises all the
women's athletic clubs of the University, the chief of which are
herewith briefly described:
The Women's Basketball Club enters two teams in the
City League.
The Women's Swimming Club competes with the V.A.S.C.,
and also against Victoria during the annual trip. This year a
course in life-saving has been given.
The women may join the Badminton and Tennis clubs,
which are under the Men's Athletic Association.
The Grass Hockey Club, though not entered in a league,
plays challenge games against the High Schools, New Westminster and Victoria.
The Women's Gymnasium Club meets once a week, under
a physical instructor.
The Track Club holds, with the Men's Track Club, a joint
meet which takes place annually at Brockton Point, one of the
women's events being the relay for the Arts '25 Cup.
A Training Club for all women playing on any University
team. This club meets twice a week, under the supervision of
the University trainer.
Inter-class matches are arranged in basketball, badminton,
swimming, track, etc., for which points are awarded, the winning Student Organization 271
class being the holders of the Chris. Spencer Cup for the ensuing
year.
Men's Athletics
The Men's Athletic Association endeavors to foster all
branches of clean and manly sport.
The Rugby season opens at the beginning of the Fall Term.
Practices are held once a week, and teams are entered by the
Rugby Club as follows: Two teams play in the Miller Cup
League for the city championship, and from these a First Team
is chosen to play in the McKechnie Cup League for the provincial championship. The Second and Freshmen teams, the
latter comprised entirely of Freshmen, play in the Intermediate
League of the city for the Province Cup.
Basketball season follows that of Rugby. Four teams, two
senior and two intermediate, are chosen and entered in the
City League.
The Soccer Club enters three teams in the City leagues.
The first team plays in the First Division League and in the
provincial championship series. The second team plays in the
Third Division, while the third team is entered in the Junior
League.
The Track Club takes charge of all field events, its big
features being the Western Canada Inter-collegiate Amateur
Athletic Union track meet, the Arts '20 relay race, and the
annual inter-class track meet.
The Men's Grass Hockey Club, recently formed, enters a
team in the City League.
This year a Canadian Rugby Club has been formed, and two
teams have been entered in the City League.
The Rowing Club is affiliated with the Vancouver Rowing
Club, and retains its identity as a University Club.
The Ice Hockey Club enters a team each year in the city
series.
The Outdoors Club takes charge of all picnics, hikes, mountain climbing, excursions, and outdoor parties.
The Tennis Tournament takes place after the opening of 272 The University op British Columbia
the Fall Term, and the championship games are played in men's
and women's singles and doubles, and also mixed doubles.
The Badminton Club holds practices and games in the evenings throughout the winter.
The Boxing and the Swimming Clubs meet once a week
during the winter, under capable instructors.
Alumni Association
This organization was formed in May, 1917. It is composed of Honorary, Active, and Associate members. Honorary
membership includes all members of the Faculty. Active membership includes all Associate members who have paid their
annual fee of $2.00 for town members, $1.00 for out-of-town
members. All graduates of the University automatically become
Associate members on graduating.
The purpose of the Association is to further the interests of
the University and the Alumni. To accomplish this purpose
the Association aims to keep its members interested in the University and the Alma Mater, so that they may know their college
not only as it was, but as it is, and can be. To carry out these
aims general meetings are held every two months during the
University term. In addition, a directory of our graduates is
sent to all Active members, while news bulletins are sent to both
Active and Associate members.
There are four standing committees in the Association,
which seek to foster interest in athletics, music, dramatics and
publications among members of the Association, and throughout
the Province in other organizations. VICTORIA COLLEGE
(IN AFFILIATION WITH THE UNIVERSITY OF B.C.)
STAFF
Edwabd B. Paul, M.A. LL.D. (Aberdeen), Principal, Associate Professor
of Classics.
E. Howard Russell, B.A. (Queen's), Registrar, Associate Professor of
Mathematics.
Percy H. Elliott, M.Sc. (McGill), Associate Professor of Science.
Miss Jeanette A. Canh, B.L. (Dalhousie), Assistant Professor of English
and Philosophy.
Mme. E. Sanderson-Mongin, Assistant Professor of French.
Miss A. Riddell, M.A. (Glasgow), Instructor in English,
W. H. Hughes, B.A., B.Sc. (Queen's), Assistant in Physical Laboratory.
E. S. Farr, B.A., LL.B. (Toronto), Instructor in History and Economics.
W. H. Christie, Assistant in Physical Laboratory.
The College at Victoria, B. C, gives instruction in the first
two years of the course in Arts and Science. The courses
offered are:
First and Second Years
The work of the first two years consists of 30 units, 15 of
which must be taken in each year.
Each student must take:—-
units
(a) English 1 in the First Year and English 2 in the
Second Year , 6
(b) The first two courses in a language offered for
Matriculation, one course in each year 6
(c) Mathematics 1 in the First Year.... 3
(d) History 1 or 2 or 3, or Philosophy 1 or Economies 1 (if possible) 3
(e) Chemistry 1 or Physics 1 3
(/) Three courses—not already chosen—selected from
the following:—
Chemistry 1, Economics 1, French 1, French
2, Greek 1, Greek 2, Hisory 1, History 2,
Latin 1, Latin 2, Mathematics 2, Mathematics
3, Mathematics 4, Philosophy 1, Physics 1.... 9
The rules and regulations governing the College are the
same as those in force in the University. WESTMINSTER HALL
(Presbyterian)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Smith, M.A., Ph.D., D.D.
Registrar and Secretary
Rev. J. A. Logan, D.D.
Westminster Hall offers courses in Theology, and, under the
general regulations of the University in reference to affiliated
Theological Colleges, provides classes for which credit is given
in the Arts Course for the B.A. degree. (See Page 61.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Westminster Hall.
THE ANGLICAN THEOLOGICAL
COLLEGE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. W. H. Vance, M.A.
Registrar
Rev. C. H. Shortt, M.A.
The Anglican Theological College offers courses in Theology
leading to the Diploma of Licentiate in Theology and the Degrees
of B.D. and D.D., and, under the general regulations of the
University in reference to affiliated colleges, provides Theological
options for which credit is given in the course leading to the
B.A. degree. (See page 61.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of the College. RYERSON COLLEGE
(Methodist)
VANCOUVER, B. C.
(In affiliation with The University of British Columbia)
Principal
Rev. J. G. Brown, M.A.
Ryerson College offers courses of instruction in Theology
leading to the degree of B.D. and for ordination to the Christian
Ministry, and, under the general regulations of the University
with reference to affiliated Theological Colleges, provides
Religious Knowledge options for which credit is given in the
course leading to the B.A. degree. (See Page 61.)
For further information in reference to Faculty, Courses
of Study, etc., see calendar of Ryerson College. //
~J,
Buildings and Grounds of
The University of firitish Columbia,
Vancouver, 3.C.
y Theological
\\
%e>
^a^w
---1
p^esa/?qotr cnescerir
|«i«/»/U\\\\ ^^
Milit&iy /deserve M/et/c\\\\X\ Oman's
Field W\tM$
Stadium
Union &■
Gymnasium
ftkdkme
untzzir—
]Q
#w/>
Dormitory
i «/?r^
^TtI
Science
.id d'
Yfldmia/strdtionX
St
*r
mines <*-
fynoi/tuiB
fa*
farm Gtfi
2* 2322
]C
IldC
Botanical Gardens
53
farm La/?ds
Q£
i
^"i^t
*/5
^
Horticulture
Geo/?o/rt
„^Ji^
m
I Library
Z c/cience
3 Jtdministrahor?
4 Auditorium
SJtrts
6 Applied rjcience
7floriculture
8 Power//ouse
9 fflechdmodl Ldboretones
10Electrical Laboratories
It ff?inir$/?tetdlforgy£,'f1ydmij/ies
t2 tvrest Products Laboratory
/3 tiorticulturdi Bern
Far/r? As/zeds'
^?cXro/?Or7?y
Lepenc/.—• ■ i' i [ j (
■ Permanent Sc///<d/r?/ds
M Je/ni-Per/tpane/yt /3ui/c/Sr/ps
GrtiNE THE SUN PUBLISHING COMPANY LTA.
Featured Collection
UBC Publications
The University of British Columbia Calendar Aug 30, 1925
Item Metadata
Download
- Media
- calendars-1.0169856.pdf
- Metadata
- JSON: calendars-1.0169856.json
- JSON-LD: calendars-1.0169856-ld.json
- RDF/XML (Pretty): calendars-1.0169856-rdf.xml
- RDF/JSON: calendars-1.0169856-rdf.json
- Turtle: calendars-1.0169856-turtle.txt
- N-Triples: calendars-1.0169856-rdf-ntriples.txt
- Original Record: calendars-1.0169856-source.json
- Full Text
- calendars-1.0169856-fulltext.txt
- Citation
- calendars-1.0169856.ris
Full Text
Cite
Citation Scheme:
Usage Statistics
Share
Embed
Customize your widget with the following options, then copy and paste the code below into the HTML
of your page to embed this item in your website.
<div id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidgetDisplay">
<script id="ubcOpenCollectionsWidget"
src="{[{embed.src}]}"
data-item="{[{embed.item}]}"
data-collection="{[{embed.collection}]}"
data-metadata="{[{embed.showMetadata}]}"
data-width="{[{embed.width}]}"
async >
</script>
</div>
Our image viewer uses the IIIF 2.0 standard.
To load this item in other compatible viewers, use this url: https://iiif.library.ubc.ca/presentation/cdm.calendars.1-0169856/manifest